--- /dev/null
+=======================
+ARM Linux 2.6 and upper
+=======================
+
+ Please check <ftp://ftp.arm.linux.org.uk/pub/armlinux> for
+ updates.
+
+Compilation of kernel
+---------------------
+
+ In order to compile ARM Linux, you will need a compiler capable of
+ generating ARM ELF code with GNU extensions. GCC 3.3 is known to be
+ a good compiler. Fortunately, you needn't guess. The kernel will report
+ an error if your compiler is a recognized offender.
+
+ To build ARM Linux natively, you shouldn't have to alter the ARCH = line
+ in the top level Makefile. However, if you don't have the ARM Linux ELF
+ tools installed as default, then you should change the CROSS_COMPILE
+ line as detailed below.
+
+ If you wish to cross-compile, then alter the following lines in the top
+ level make file::
+
+ ARCH = <whatever>
+
+ with::
+
+ ARCH = arm
+
+ and::
+
+ CROSS_COMPILE=
+
+ to::
+
+ CROSS_COMPILE=<your-path-to-your-compiler-without-gcc>
+
+ eg.::
+
+ CROSS_COMPILE=arm-linux-
+
+ Do a 'make config', followed by 'make Image' to build the kernel
+ (arch/arm/boot/Image). A compressed image can be built by doing a
+ 'make zImage' instead of 'make Image'.
+
+
+Bug reports etc
+---------------
+
+ Please send patches to the patch system. For more information, see
+ http://www.arm.linux.org.uk/developer/patches/info.php Always include some
+ explanation as to what the patch does and why it is needed.
+
+ or submitted through the web form at
+ http://www.arm.linux.org.uk/developer/
+
+ When sending bug reports, please ensure that they contain all relevant
+ information, eg. the kernel messages that were printed before/during
+ the problem, what you were doing, etc.
+
+
+Include files
+-------------
+
+ Several new include directories have been created under include/asm-arm,
+ which are there to reduce the clutter in the top-level directory. These
+ directories, and their purpose is listed below:
+
+ ============= ==========================================================
+ `arch-*` machine/platform specific header files
+ `hardware` driver-internal ARM specific data structures/definitions
+ `mach` descriptions of generic ARM to specific machine interfaces
+ `proc-*` processor dependent header files (currently only two
+ categories)
+ ============= ==========================================================
+
+
+Machine/Platform support
+------------------------
+
+ The ARM tree contains support for a lot of different machine types. To
+ continue supporting these differences, it has become necessary to split
+ machine-specific parts by directory. For this, the machine category is
+ used to select which directories and files get included (we will use
+ $(MACHINE) to refer to the category)
+
+ To this end, we now have arch/arm/mach-$(MACHINE) directories which are
+ designed to house the non-driver files for a particular machine (eg, PCI,
+ memory management, architecture definitions etc). For all future
+ machines, there should be a corresponding arch/arm/mach-$(MACHINE)/include/mach
+ directory.
+
+
+Modules
+-------
+
+ Although modularisation is supported (and required for the FP emulator),
+ each module on an ARM2/ARM250/ARM3 machine when is loaded will take
+ memory up to the next 32k boundary due to the size of the pages.
+ Therefore, is modularisation on these machines really worth it?
+
+ However, ARM6 and up machines allow modules to take multiples of 4k, and
+ as such Acorn RiscPCs and other architectures using these processors can
+ make good use of modularisation.
+
+
+ADFS Image files
+----------------
+
+ You can access image files on your ADFS partitions by mounting the ADFS
+ partition, and then using the loopback device driver. You must have
+ losetup installed.
+
+ Please note that the PCEmulator DOS partitions have a partition table at
+ the start, and as such, you will have to give '-o offset' to losetup.
+
+
+Request to developers
+---------------------
+
+ When writing device drivers which include a separate assembler file, please
+ include it in with the C file, and not the arch/arm/lib directory. This
+ allows the driver to be compiled as a loadable module without requiring
+ half the code to be compiled into the kernel image.
+
+ In general, try to avoid using assembler unless it is really necessary. It
+ makes drivers far less easy to port to other hardware.
+
+
+ST506 hard drives
+-----------------
+
+ The ST506 hard drive controllers seem to be working fine (if a little
+ slowly). At the moment they will only work off the controllers on an
+ A4x0's motherboard, but for it to work off a Podule just requires
+ someone with a podule to add the addresses for the IRQ mask and the
+ HDC base to the source.
+
+ As of 31/3/96 it works with two drives (you should get the ADFS
+ `*configure` harddrive set to 2). I've got an internal 20MB and a great
+ big external 5.25" FH 64MB drive (who could ever want more :-) ).
+
+ I've just got 240K/s off it (a dd with bs=128k); thats about half of what
+ RiscOS gets; but it's a heck of a lot better than the 50K/s I was getting
+ last week :-)
+
+ Known bug: Drive data errors can cause a hang; including cases where
+ the controller has fixed the error using ECC. (Possibly ONLY
+ in that case...hmm).
+
+
+1772 Floppy
+-----------
+ This also seems to work OK, but hasn't been stressed much lately. It
+ hasn't got any code for disc change detection in there at the moment which
+ could be a bit of a problem! Suggestions on the correct way to do this
+ are welcome.
+
+
+`CONFIG_MACH_` and `CONFIG_ARCH_`
+---------------------------------
+ A change was made in 2003 to the macro names for new machines.
+ Historically, `CONFIG_ARCH_` was used for the bonafide architecture,
+ e.g. SA1100, as well as implementations of the architecture,
+ e.g. Assabet. It was decided to change the implementation macros
+ to read `CONFIG_MACH_` for clarity. Moreover, a retroactive fixup has
+ not been made because it would complicate patching.
+
+ Previous registrations may be found online.
+
+ <http://www.arm.linux.org.uk/developer/machines/>
+
+Kernel entry (head.S)
+---------------------
+ The initial entry into the kernel is via head.S, which uses machine
+ independent code. The machine is selected by the value of 'r1' on
+ entry, which must be kept unique.
+
+ Due to the large number of machines which the ARM port of Linux provides
+ for, we have a method to manage this which ensures that we don't end up
+ duplicating large amounts of code.
+
+ We group machine (or platform) support code into machine classes. A
+ class typically based around one or more system on a chip devices, and
+ acts as a natural container around the actual implementations. These
+ classes are given directories - arch/arm/mach-<class> - which contain
+ the source files and include/mach/ to support the machine class.
+
+ For example, the SA1100 class is based upon the SA1100 and SA1110 SoC
+ devices, and contains the code to support the way the on-board and off-
+ board devices are used, or the device is setup, and provides that
+ machine specific "personality."
+
+ For platforms that support device tree (DT), the machine selection is
+ controlled at runtime by passing the device tree blob to the kernel. At
+ compile-time, support for the machine type must be selected. This allows for
+ a single multiplatform kernel build to be used for several machine types.
+
+ For platforms that do not use device tree, this machine selection is
+ controlled by the machine type ID, which acts both as a run-time and a
+ compile-time code selection method. You can register a new machine via the
+ web site at:
+
+ <http://www.arm.linux.org.uk/developer/machines/>
+
+ Note: Please do not register a machine type for DT-only platforms. If your
+ platform is DT-only, you do not need a registered machine type.
+
+---
+
+Russell King (15/03/2004)
--- /dev/null
+=================
+Booting ARM Linux
+=================
+
+Author: Russell King
+
+Date : 18 May 2002
+
+The following documentation is relevant to 2.4.18-rmk6 and beyond.
+
+In order to boot ARM Linux, you require a boot loader, which is a small
+program that runs before the main kernel. The boot loader is expected
+to initialise various devices, and eventually call the Linux kernel,
+passing information to the kernel.
+
+Essentially, the boot loader should provide (as a minimum) the
+following:
+
+1. Setup and initialise the RAM.
+2. Initialise one serial port.
+3. Detect the machine type.
+4. Setup the kernel tagged list.
+5. Load initramfs.
+6. Call the kernel image.
+
+
+1. Setup and initialise RAM
+---------------------------
+
+Existing boot loaders:
+ MANDATORY
+New boot loaders:
+ MANDATORY
+
+The boot loader is expected to find and initialise all RAM that the
+kernel will use for volatile data storage in the system. It performs
+this in a machine dependent manner. (It may use internal algorithms
+to automatically locate and size all RAM, or it may use knowledge of
+the RAM in the machine, or any other method the boot loader designer
+sees fit.)
+
+
+2. Initialise one serial port
+-----------------------------
+
+Existing boot loaders:
+ OPTIONAL, RECOMMENDED
+New boot loaders:
+ OPTIONAL, RECOMMENDED
+
+The boot loader should initialise and enable one serial port on the
+target. This allows the kernel serial driver to automatically detect
+which serial port it should use for the kernel console (generally
+used for debugging purposes, or communication with the target.)
+
+As an alternative, the boot loader can pass the relevant 'console='
+option to the kernel via the tagged lists specifying the port, and
+serial format options as described in
+
+ Documentation/admin-guide/kernel-parameters.rst.
+
+
+3. Detect the machine type
+--------------------------
+
+Existing boot loaders:
+ OPTIONAL
+New boot loaders:
+ MANDATORY except for DT-only platforms
+
+The boot loader should detect the machine type its running on by some
+method. Whether this is a hard coded value or some algorithm that
+looks at the connected hardware is beyond the scope of this document.
+The boot loader must ultimately be able to provide a MACH_TYPE_xxx
+value to the kernel. (see linux/arch/arm/tools/mach-types). This
+should be passed to the kernel in register r1.
+
+For DT-only platforms, the machine type will be determined by device
+tree. set the machine type to all ones (~0). This is not strictly
+necessary, but assures that it will not match any existing types.
+
+4. Setup boot data
+------------------
+
+Existing boot loaders:
+ OPTIONAL, HIGHLY RECOMMENDED
+New boot loaders:
+ MANDATORY
+
+The boot loader must provide either a tagged list or a dtb image for
+passing configuration data to the kernel. The physical address of the
+boot data is passed to the kernel in register r2.
+
+4a. Setup the kernel tagged list
+--------------------------------
+
+The boot loader must create and initialise the kernel tagged list.
+A valid tagged list starts with ATAG_CORE and ends with ATAG_NONE.
+The ATAG_CORE tag may or may not be empty. An empty ATAG_CORE tag
+has the size field set to '2' (0x00000002). The ATAG_NONE must set
+the size field to zero.
+
+Any number of tags can be placed in the list. It is undefined
+whether a repeated tag appends to the information carried by the
+previous tag, or whether it replaces the information in its
+entirety; some tags behave as the former, others the latter.
+
+The boot loader must pass at a minimum the size and location of
+the system memory, and root filesystem location. Therefore, the
+minimum tagged list should look::
+
+ +-----------+
+ base -> | ATAG_CORE | |
+ +-----------+ |
+ | ATAG_MEM | | increasing address
+ +-----------+ |
+ | ATAG_NONE | |
+ +-----------+ v
+
+The tagged list should be stored in system RAM.
+
+The tagged list must be placed in a region of memory where neither
+the kernel decompressor nor initrd 'bootp' program will overwrite
+it. The recommended placement is in the first 16KiB of RAM.
+
+4b. Setup the device tree
+-------------------------
+
+The boot loader must load a device tree image (dtb) into system ram
+at a 64bit aligned address and initialize it with the boot data. The
+dtb format is documented at https://www.devicetree.org/specifications/.
+The kernel will look for the dtb magic value of 0xd00dfeed at the dtb
+physical address to determine if a dtb has been passed instead of a
+tagged list.
+
+The boot loader must pass at a minimum the size and location of the
+system memory, and the root filesystem location. The dtb must be
+placed in a region of memory where the kernel decompressor will not
+overwrite it, while remaining within the region which will be covered
+by the kernel's low-memory mapping.
+
+A safe location is just above the 128MiB boundary from start of RAM.
+
+5. Load initramfs.
+------------------
+
+Existing boot loaders:
+ OPTIONAL
+New boot loaders:
+ OPTIONAL
+
+If an initramfs is in use then, as with the dtb, it must be placed in
+a region of memory where the kernel decompressor will not overwrite it
+while also with the region which will be covered by the kernel's
+low-memory mapping.
+
+A safe location is just above the device tree blob which itself will
+be loaded just above the 128MiB boundary from the start of RAM as
+recommended above.
+
+6. Calling the kernel image
+---------------------------
+
+Existing boot loaders:
+ MANDATORY
+New boot loaders:
+ MANDATORY
+
+There are two options for calling the kernel zImage. If the zImage
+is stored in flash, and is linked correctly to be run from flash,
+then it is legal for the boot loader to call the zImage in flash
+directly.
+
+The zImage may also be placed in system RAM and called there. The
+kernel should be placed in the first 128MiB of RAM. It is recommended
+that it is loaded above 32MiB in order to avoid the need to relocate
+prior to decompression, which will make the boot process slightly
+faster.
+
+When booting a raw (non-zImage) kernel the constraints are tighter.
+In this case the kernel must be loaded at an offset into system equal
+to TEXT_OFFSET - PAGE_OFFSET.
+
+In any case, the following conditions must be met:
+
+- Quiesce all DMA capable devices so that memory does not get
+ corrupted by bogus network packets or disk data. This will save
+ you many hours of debug.
+
+- CPU register settings
+
+ - r0 = 0,
+ - r1 = machine type number discovered in (3) above.
+ - r2 = physical address of tagged list in system RAM, or
+ physical address of device tree block (dtb) in system RAM
+
+- CPU mode
+
+ All forms of interrupts must be disabled (IRQs and FIQs)
+
+ For CPUs which do not include the ARM virtualization extensions, the
+ CPU must be in SVC mode. (A special exception exists for Angel)
+
+ CPUs which include support for the virtualization extensions can be
+ entered in HYP mode in order to enable the kernel to make full use of
+ these extensions. This is the recommended boot method for such CPUs,
+ unless the virtualisations are already in use by a pre-installed
+ hypervisor.
+
+ If the kernel is not entered in HYP mode for any reason, it must be
+ entered in SVC mode.
+
+- Caches, MMUs
+
+ The MMU must be off.
+
+ Instruction cache may be on or off.
+
+ Data cache must be off.
+
+ If the kernel is entered in HYP mode, the above requirements apply to
+ the HYP mode configuration in addition to the ordinary PL1 (privileged
+ kernel modes) configuration. In addition, all traps into the
+ hypervisor must be disabled, and PL1 access must be granted for all
+ peripherals and CPU resources for which this is architecturally
+ possible. Except for entering in HYP mode, the system configuration
+ should be such that a kernel which does not include support for the
+ virtualization extensions can boot correctly without extra help.
+
+- The boot loader is expected to call the kernel image by jumping
+ directly to the first instruction of the kernel image.
+
+ On CPUs supporting the ARM instruction set, the entry must be
+ made in ARM state, even for a Thumb-2 kernel.
+
+ On CPUs supporting only the Thumb instruction set such as
+ Cortex-M class CPUs, the entry must be made in Thumb state.
--- /dev/null
+=========================================================
+Cluster-wide Power-up/power-down race avoidance algorithm
+=========================================================
+
+This file documents the algorithm which is used to coordinate CPU and
+cluster setup and teardown operations and to manage hardware coherency
+controls safely.
+
+The section "Rationale" explains what the algorithm is for and why it is
+needed. "Basic model" explains general concepts using a simplified view
+of the system. The other sections explain the actual details of the
+algorithm in use.
+
+
+Rationale
+---------
+
+In a system containing multiple CPUs, it is desirable to have the
+ability to turn off individual CPUs when the system is idle, reducing
+power consumption and thermal dissipation.
+
+In a system containing multiple clusters of CPUs, it is also desirable
+to have the ability to turn off entire clusters.
+
+Turning entire clusters off and on is a risky business, because it
+involves performing potentially destructive operations affecting a group
+of independently running CPUs, while the OS continues to run. This
+means that we need some coordination in order to ensure that critical
+cluster-level operations are only performed when it is truly safe to do
+so.
+
+Simple locking may not be sufficient to solve this problem, because
+mechanisms like Linux spinlocks may rely on coherency mechanisms which
+are not immediately enabled when a cluster powers up. Since enabling or
+disabling those mechanisms may itself be a non-atomic operation (such as
+writing some hardware registers and invalidating large caches), other
+methods of coordination are required in order to guarantee safe
+power-down and power-up at the cluster level.
+
+The mechanism presented in this document describes a coherent memory
+based protocol for performing the needed coordination. It aims to be as
+lightweight as possible, while providing the required safety properties.
+
+
+Basic model
+-----------
+
+Each cluster and CPU is assigned a state, as follows:
+
+ - DOWN
+ - COMING_UP
+ - UP
+ - GOING_DOWN
+
+::
+
+ +---------> UP ----------+
+ | v
+
+ COMING_UP GOING_DOWN
+
+ ^ |
+ +--------- DOWN <--------+
+
+
+DOWN:
+ The CPU or cluster is not coherent, and is either powered off or
+ suspended, or is ready to be powered off or suspended.
+
+COMING_UP:
+ The CPU or cluster has committed to moving to the UP state.
+ It may be part way through the process of initialisation and
+ enabling coherency.
+
+UP:
+ The CPU or cluster is active and coherent at the hardware
+ level. A CPU in this state is not necessarily being used
+ actively by the kernel.
+
+GOING_DOWN:
+ The CPU or cluster has committed to moving to the DOWN
+ state. It may be part way through the process of teardown and
+ coherency exit.
+
+
+Each CPU has one of these states assigned to it at any point in time.
+The CPU states are described in the "CPU state" section, below.
+
+Each cluster is also assigned a state, but it is necessary to split the
+state value into two parts (the "cluster" state and "inbound" state) and
+to introduce additional states in order to avoid races between different
+CPUs in the cluster simultaneously modifying the state. The cluster-
+level states are described in the "Cluster state" section.
+
+To help distinguish the CPU states from cluster states in this
+discussion, the state names are given a `CPU_` prefix for the CPU states,
+and a `CLUSTER_` or `INBOUND_` prefix for the cluster states.
+
+
+CPU state
+---------
+
+In this algorithm, each individual core in a multi-core processor is
+referred to as a "CPU". CPUs are assumed to be single-threaded:
+therefore, a CPU can only be doing one thing at a single point in time.
+
+This means that CPUs fit the basic model closely.
+
+The algorithm defines the following states for each CPU in the system:
+
+ - CPU_DOWN
+ - CPU_COMING_UP
+ - CPU_UP
+ - CPU_GOING_DOWN
+
+::
+
+ cluster setup and
+ CPU setup complete policy decision
+ +-----------> CPU_UP ------------+
+ | v
+
+ CPU_COMING_UP CPU_GOING_DOWN
+
+ ^ |
+ +----------- CPU_DOWN <----------+
+ policy decision CPU teardown complete
+ or hardware event
+
+
+The definitions of the four states correspond closely to the states of
+the basic model.
+
+Transitions between states occur as follows.
+
+A trigger event (spontaneous) means that the CPU can transition to the
+next state as a result of making local progress only, with no
+requirement for any external event to happen.
+
+
+CPU_DOWN:
+ A CPU reaches the CPU_DOWN state when it is ready for
+ power-down. On reaching this state, the CPU will typically
+ power itself down or suspend itself, via a WFI instruction or a
+ firmware call.
+
+ Next state:
+ CPU_COMING_UP
+ Conditions:
+ none
+
+ Trigger events:
+ a) an explicit hardware power-up operation, resulting
+ from a policy decision on another CPU;
+
+ b) a hardware event, such as an interrupt.
+
+
+CPU_COMING_UP:
+ A CPU cannot start participating in hardware coherency until the
+ cluster is set up and coherent. If the cluster is not ready,
+ then the CPU will wait in the CPU_COMING_UP state until the
+ cluster has been set up.
+
+ Next state:
+ CPU_UP
+ Conditions:
+ The CPU's parent cluster must be in CLUSTER_UP.
+ Trigger events:
+ Transition of the parent cluster to CLUSTER_UP.
+
+ Refer to the "Cluster state" section for a description of the
+ CLUSTER_UP state.
+
+
+CPU_UP:
+ When a CPU reaches the CPU_UP state, it is safe for the CPU to
+ start participating in local coherency.
+
+ This is done by jumping to the kernel's CPU resume code.
+
+ Note that the definition of this state is slightly different
+ from the basic model definition: CPU_UP does not mean that the
+ CPU is coherent yet, but it does mean that it is safe to resume
+ the kernel. The kernel handles the rest of the resume
+ procedure, so the remaining steps are not visible as part of the
+ race avoidance algorithm.
+
+ The CPU remains in this state until an explicit policy decision
+ is made to shut down or suspend the CPU.
+
+ Next state:
+ CPU_GOING_DOWN
+ Conditions:
+ none
+ Trigger events:
+ explicit policy decision
+
+
+CPU_GOING_DOWN:
+ While in this state, the CPU exits coherency, including any
+ operations required to achieve this (such as cleaning data
+ caches).
+
+ Next state:
+ CPU_DOWN
+ Conditions:
+ local CPU teardown complete
+ Trigger events:
+ (spontaneous)
+
+
+Cluster state
+-------------
+
+A cluster is a group of connected CPUs with some common resources.
+Because a cluster contains multiple CPUs, it can be doing multiple
+things at the same time. This has some implications. In particular, a
+CPU can start up while another CPU is tearing the cluster down.
+
+In this discussion, the "outbound side" is the view of the cluster state
+as seen by a CPU tearing the cluster down. The "inbound side" is the
+view of the cluster state as seen by a CPU setting the CPU up.
+
+In order to enable safe coordination in such situations, it is important
+that a CPU which is setting up the cluster can advertise its state
+independently of the CPU which is tearing down the cluster. For this
+reason, the cluster state is split into two parts:
+
+ "cluster" state: The global state of the cluster; or the state
+ on the outbound side:
+
+ - CLUSTER_DOWN
+ - CLUSTER_UP
+ - CLUSTER_GOING_DOWN
+
+ "inbound" state: The state of the cluster on the inbound side.
+
+ - INBOUND_NOT_COMING_UP
+ - INBOUND_COMING_UP
+
+
+ The different pairings of these states results in six possible
+ states for the cluster as a whole::
+
+ CLUSTER_UP
+ +==========> INBOUND_NOT_COMING_UP -------------+
+ # |
+ |
+ CLUSTER_UP <----+ |
+ INBOUND_COMING_UP | v
+
+ ^ CLUSTER_GOING_DOWN CLUSTER_GOING_DOWN
+ # INBOUND_COMING_UP <=== INBOUND_NOT_COMING_UP
+
+ CLUSTER_DOWN | |
+ INBOUND_COMING_UP <----+ |
+ |
+ ^ |
+ +=========== CLUSTER_DOWN <------------+
+ INBOUND_NOT_COMING_UP
+
+ Transitions -----> can only be made by the outbound CPU, and
+ only involve changes to the "cluster" state.
+
+ Transitions ===##> can only be made by the inbound CPU, and only
+ involve changes to the "inbound" state, except where there is no
+ further transition possible on the outbound side (i.e., the
+ outbound CPU has put the cluster into the CLUSTER_DOWN state).
+
+ The race avoidance algorithm does not provide a way to determine
+ which exact CPUs within the cluster play these roles. This must
+ be decided in advance by some other means. Refer to the section
+ "Last man and first man selection" for more explanation.
+
+
+ CLUSTER_DOWN/INBOUND_NOT_COMING_UP is the only state where the
+ cluster can actually be powered down.
+
+ The parallelism of the inbound and outbound CPUs is observed by
+ the existence of two different paths from CLUSTER_GOING_DOWN/
+ INBOUND_NOT_COMING_UP (corresponding to GOING_DOWN in the basic
+ model) to CLUSTER_DOWN/INBOUND_COMING_UP (corresponding to
+ COMING_UP in the basic model). The second path avoids cluster
+ teardown completely.
+
+ CLUSTER_UP/INBOUND_COMING_UP is equivalent to UP in the basic
+ model. The final transition to CLUSTER_UP/INBOUND_NOT_COMING_UP
+ is trivial and merely resets the state machine ready for the
+ next cycle.
+
+ Details of the allowable transitions follow.
+
+ The next state in each case is notated
+
+ <cluster state>/<inbound state> (<transitioner>)
+
+ where the <transitioner> is the side on which the transition
+ can occur; either the inbound or the outbound side.
+
+
+CLUSTER_DOWN/INBOUND_NOT_COMING_UP:
+ Next state:
+ CLUSTER_DOWN/INBOUND_COMING_UP (inbound)
+ Conditions:
+ none
+
+ Trigger events:
+ a) an explicit hardware power-up operation, resulting
+ from a policy decision on another CPU;
+
+ b) a hardware event, such as an interrupt.
+
+
+CLUSTER_DOWN/INBOUND_COMING_UP:
+
+ In this state, an inbound CPU sets up the cluster, including
+ enabling of hardware coherency at the cluster level and any
+ other operations (such as cache invalidation) which are required
+ in order to achieve this.
+
+ The purpose of this state is to do sufficient cluster-level
+ setup to enable other CPUs in the cluster to enter coherency
+ safely.
+
+ Next state:
+ CLUSTER_UP/INBOUND_COMING_UP (inbound)
+ Conditions:
+ cluster-level setup and hardware coherency complete
+ Trigger events:
+ (spontaneous)
+
+
+CLUSTER_UP/INBOUND_COMING_UP:
+
+ Cluster-level setup is complete and hardware coherency is
+ enabled for the cluster. Other CPUs in the cluster can safely
+ enter coherency.
+
+ This is a transient state, leading immediately to
+ CLUSTER_UP/INBOUND_NOT_COMING_UP. All other CPUs on the cluster
+ should consider treat these two states as equivalent.
+
+ Next state:
+ CLUSTER_UP/INBOUND_NOT_COMING_UP (inbound)
+ Conditions:
+ none
+ Trigger events:
+ (spontaneous)
+
+
+CLUSTER_UP/INBOUND_NOT_COMING_UP:
+
+ Cluster-level setup is complete and hardware coherency is
+ enabled for the cluster. Other CPUs in the cluster can safely
+ enter coherency.
+
+ The cluster will remain in this state until a policy decision is
+ made to power the cluster down.
+
+ Next state:
+ CLUSTER_GOING_DOWN/INBOUND_NOT_COMING_UP (outbound)
+ Conditions:
+ none
+ Trigger events:
+ policy decision to power down the cluster
+
+
+CLUSTER_GOING_DOWN/INBOUND_NOT_COMING_UP:
+
+ An outbound CPU is tearing the cluster down. The selected CPU
+ must wait in this state until all CPUs in the cluster are in the
+ CPU_DOWN state.
+
+ When all CPUs are in the CPU_DOWN state, the cluster can be torn
+ down, for example by cleaning data caches and exiting
+ cluster-level coherency.
+
+ To avoid wasteful unnecessary teardown operations, the outbound
+ should check the inbound cluster state for asynchronous
+ transitions to INBOUND_COMING_UP. Alternatively, individual
+ CPUs can be checked for entry into CPU_COMING_UP or CPU_UP.
+
+
+ Next states:
+
+ CLUSTER_DOWN/INBOUND_NOT_COMING_UP (outbound)
+ Conditions:
+ cluster torn down and ready to power off
+ Trigger events:
+ (spontaneous)
+
+ CLUSTER_GOING_DOWN/INBOUND_COMING_UP (inbound)
+ Conditions:
+ none
+
+ Trigger events:
+ a) an explicit hardware power-up operation,
+ resulting from a policy decision on another
+ CPU;
+
+ b) a hardware event, such as an interrupt.
+
+
+CLUSTER_GOING_DOWN/INBOUND_COMING_UP:
+
+ The cluster is (or was) being torn down, but another CPU has
+ come online in the meantime and is trying to set up the cluster
+ again.
+
+ If the outbound CPU observes this state, it has two choices:
+
+ a) back out of teardown, restoring the cluster to the
+ CLUSTER_UP state;
+
+ b) finish tearing the cluster down and put the cluster
+ in the CLUSTER_DOWN state; the inbound CPU will
+ set up the cluster again from there.
+
+ Choice (a) permits the removal of some latency by avoiding
+ unnecessary teardown and setup operations in situations where
+ the cluster is not really going to be powered down.
+
+
+ Next states:
+
+ CLUSTER_UP/INBOUND_COMING_UP (outbound)
+ Conditions:
+ cluster-level setup and hardware
+ coherency complete
+
+ Trigger events:
+ (spontaneous)
+
+ CLUSTER_DOWN/INBOUND_COMING_UP (outbound)
+ Conditions:
+ cluster torn down and ready to power off
+
+ Trigger events:
+ (spontaneous)
+
+
+Last man and First man selection
+--------------------------------
+
+The CPU which performs cluster tear-down operations on the outbound side
+is commonly referred to as the "last man".
+
+The CPU which performs cluster setup on the inbound side is commonly
+referred to as the "first man".
+
+The race avoidance algorithm documented above does not provide a
+mechanism to choose which CPUs should play these roles.
+
+
+Last man:
+
+When shutting down the cluster, all the CPUs involved are initially
+executing Linux and hence coherent. Therefore, ordinary spinlocks can
+be used to select a last man safely, before the CPUs become
+non-coherent.
+
+
+First man:
+
+Because CPUs may power up asynchronously in response to external wake-up
+events, a dynamic mechanism is needed to make sure that only one CPU
+attempts to play the first man role and do the cluster-level
+initialisation: any other CPUs must wait for this to complete before
+proceeding.
+
+Cluster-level initialisation may involve actions such as configuring
+coherency controls in the bus fabric.
+
+The current implementation in mcpm_head.S uses a separate mutual exclusion
+mechanism to do this arbitration. This mechanism is documented in
+detail in vlocks.txt.
+
+
+Features and Limitations
+------------------------
+
+Implementation:
+
+ The current ARM-based implementation is split between
+ arch/arm/common/mcpm_head.S (low-level inbound CPU operations) and
+ arch/arm/common/mcpm_entry.c (everything else):
+
+ __mcpm_cpu_going_down() signals the transition of a CPU to the
+ CPU_GOING_DOWN state.
+
+ __mcpm_cpu_down() signals the transition of a CPU to the CPU_DOWN
+ state.
+
+ A CPU transitions to CPU_COMING_UP and then to CPU_UP via the
+ low-level power-up code in mcpm_head.S. This could
+ involve CPU-specific setup code, but in the current
+ implementation it does not.
+
+ __mcpm_outbound_enter_critical() and __mcpm_outbound_leave_critical()
+ handle transitions from CLUSTER_UP to CLUSTER_GOING_DOWN
+ and from there to CLUSTER_DOWN or back to CLUSTER_UP (in
+ the case of an aborted cluster power-down).
+
+ These functions are more complex than the __mcpm_cpu_*()
+ functions due to the extra inter-CPU coordination which
+ is needed for safe transitions at the cluster level.
+
+ A cluster transitions from CLUSTER_DOWN back to CLUSTER_UP via
+ the low-level power-up code in mcpm_head.S. This
+ typically involves platform-specific setup code,
+ provided by the platform-specific power_up_setup
+ function registered via mcpm_sync_init.
+
+Deep topologies:
+
+ As currently described and implemented, the algorithm does not
+ support CPU topologies involving more than two levels (i.e.,
+ clusters of clusters are not supported). The algorithm could be
+ extended by replicating the cluster-level states for the
+ additional topological levels, and modifying the transition
+ rules for the intermediate (non-outermost) cluster levels.
+
+
+Colophon
+--------
+
+Originally created and documented by Dave Martin for Linaro Limited, in
+collaboration with Nicolas Pitre and Achin Gupta.
+
+Copyright (C) 2012-2013 Linaro Limited
+Distributed under the terms of Version 2 of the GNU General Public
+License, as defined in linux/COPYING.
--- /dev/null
+.. SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0
+
+.. kernel-feat:: $srctree/Documentation/features arm
--- /dev/null
+==========================================================================
+Interface for registering and calling firmware-specific operations for ARM
+==========================================================================
+
+
+Some boards are running with secure firmware running in TrustZone secure
+world, which changes the way some things have to be initialized. This makes
+a need to provide an interface for such platforms to specify available firmware
+operations and call them when needed.
+
+Firmware operations can be specified by filling in a struct firmware_ops
+with appropriate callbacks and then registering it with register_firmware_ops()
+function::
+
+ void register_firmware_ops(const struct firmware_ops *ops)
+
+The ops pointer must be non-NULL. More information about struct firmware_ops
+and its members can be found in arch/arm/include/asm/firmware.h header.
+
+There is a default, empty set of operations provided, so there is no need to
+set anything if platform does not require firmware operations.
+
+To call a firmware operation, a helper macro is provided::
+
+ #define call_firmware_op(op, ...) \
+ ((firmware_ops->op) ? firmware_ops->op(__VA_ARGS__) : (-ENOSYS))
+
+the macro checks if the operation is provided and calls it or otherwise returns
+-ENOSYS to signal that given operation is not available (for example, to allow
+fallback to legacy operation).
+
+Example of registering firmware operations::
+
+ /* board file */
+
+ static int platformX_do_idle(void)
+ {
+ /* tell platformX firmware to enter idle */
+ return 0;
+ }
+
+ static int platformX_cpu_boot(int i)
+ {
+ /* tell platformX firmware to boot CPU i */
+ return 0;
+ }
+
+ static const struct firmware_ops platformX_firmware_ops = {
+ .do_idle = exynos_do_idle,
+ .cpu_boot = exynos_cpu_boot,
+ /* other operations not available on platformX */
+ };
+
+ /* init_early callback of machine descriptor */
+ static void __init board_init_early(void)
+ {
+ register_firmware_ops(&platformX_firmware_ops);
+ }
+
+Example of using a firmware operation::
+
+ /* some platform code, e.g. SMP initialization */
+
+ __raw_writel(__pa_symbol(exynos4_secondary_startup),
+ CPU1_BOOT_REG);
+
+ /* Call Exynos specific smc call */
+ if (call_firmware_op(cpu_boot, cpu) == -ENOSYS)
+ cpu_boot_legacy(...); /* Try legacy way */
+
+ gic_raise_softirq(cpumask_of(cpu), 1);
--- /dev/null
+.. SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0
+
+======================================
+Chromebook Boot Flow
+======================================
+
+Most recent Chromebooks that use device tree are using the opensource
+depthcharge_ bootloader. Depthcharge_ expects the OS to be packaged as a `FIT
+Image`_ which contains an OS image as well as a collection of device trees. It
+is up to depthcharge_ to pick the right device tree from the `FIT Image`_ and
+provide it to the OS.
+
+The scheme that depthcharge_ uses to pick the device tree takes into account
+three variables:
+
+- Board name, specified at depthcharge_ compile time. This is $(BOARD) below.
+- Board revision number, determined at runtime (perhaps by reading GPIO
+ strappings, perhaps via some other method). This is $(REV) below.
+- SKU number, read from GPIO strappings at boot time. This is $(SKU) below.
+
+For recent Chromebooks, depthcharge_ creates a match list that looks like this:
+
+- google,$(BOARD)-rev$(REV)-sku$(SKU)
+- google,$(BOARD)-rev$(REV)
+- google,$(BOARD)-sku$(SKU)
+- google,$(BOARD)
+
+Note that some older Chromebooks use a slightly different list that may
+not include SKU matching or may prioritize SKU/rev differently.
+
+Note that for some boards there may be extra board-specific logic to inject
+extra compatibles into the list, but this is uncommon.
+
+Depthcharge_ will look through all device trees in the `FIT Image`_ trying to
+find one that matches the most specific compatible. It will then look
+through all device trees in the `FIT Image`_ trying to find the one that
+matches the *second most* specific compatible, etc.
+
+When searching for a device tree, depthcharge_ doesn't care where the
+compatible string falls within a device tree's root compatible string array.
+As an example, if we're on board "lazor", rev 4, SKU 0 and we have two device
+trees:
+
+- "google,lazor-rev5-sku0", "google,lazor-rev4-sku0", "qcom,sc7180"
+- "google,lazor", "qcom,sc7180"
+
+Then depthcharge_ will pick the first device tree even though
+"google,lazor-rev4-sku0" was the second compatible listed in that device tree.
+This is because it is a more specific compatible than "google,lazor".
+
+It should be noted that depthcharge_ does not have any smarts to try to
+match board or SKU revisions that are "close by". That is to say that
+if depthcharge_ knows it's on "rev4" of a board but there is no "rev4"
+device tree then depthcharge_ *won't* look for a "rev3" device tree.
+
+In general when any significant changes are made to a board the board
+revision number is increased even if none of those changes need to
+be reflected in the device tree. Thus it's fairly common to see device
+trees with multiple revisions.
+
+It should be noted that, taking into account the above system that
+depthcharge_ has, the most flexibility is achieved if the device tree
+supporting the newest revision(s) of a board omits the "-rev{REV}"
+compatible strings. When this is done then if you get a new board
+revision and try to run old software on it then we'll at pick the
+newest device tree we know about.
+
+.. _depthcharge: https://source.chromium.org/chromiumos/chromiumos/codesearch/+/main:src/platform/depthcharge/
+.. _`FIT Image`: https://doc.coreboot.org/lib/payloads/fit.html
--- /dev/null
+.. SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0
+
+================
+ARM Architecture
+================
+
+.. toctree::
+ :maxdepth: 1
+
+ arm
+ booting
+ cluster-pm-race-avoidance
+ firmware
+ interrupts
+ kernel_mode_neon
+ kernel_user_helpers
+ memory
+ mem_alignment
+ tcm
+ setup
+ swp_emulation
+ uefi
+ vlocks
+ porting
+
+ features
+
+SoC-specific documents
+======================
+
+.. toctree::
+ :maxdepth: 1
+
+ google/chromebook-boot-flow
+
+ ixp4xx
+
+ marvell
+ microchip
+
+ netwinder
+ nwfpe/index
+
+ keystone/overview
+ keystone/knav-qmss
+
+ omap/index
+
+ pxa/mfp
+
+
+ sa1100/index
+
+ stm32/stm32f746-overview
+ stm32/overview
+ stm32/stm32h743-overview
+ stm32/stm32h750-overview
+ stm32/stm32f769-overview
+ stm32/stm32f429-overview
+ stm32/stm32mp13-overview
+ stm32/stm32mp151-overview
+ stm32/stm32mp157-overview
+ stm32/stm32-dma-mdma-chaining
+
+ sunxi
+
+ samsung/index
+
+ sunxi/clocks
+
+ spear/overview
+
+ sti/stih407-overview
+ sti/stih418-overview
+ sti/overview
+
+ vfp/release-notes
+
+
+.. only:: subproject and html
+
+ Indices
+ =======
+
+ * :ref:`genindex`
--- /dev/null
+==========
+Interrupts
+==========
+
+2.5.2-rmk5:
+ This is the first kernel that contains a major shake up of some of the
+ major architecture-specific subsystems.
+
+Firstly, it contains some pretty major changes to the way we handle the
+MMU TLB. Each MMU TLB variant is now handled completely separately -
+we have TLB v3, TLB v4 (without write buffer), TLB v4 (with write buffer),
+and finally TLB v4 (with write buffer, with I TLB invalidate entry).
+There is more assembly code inside each of these functions, mainly to
+allow more flexible TLB handling for the future.
+
+Secondly, the IRQ subsystem.
+
+The 2.5 kernels will be having major changes to the way IRQs are handled.
+Unfortunately, this means that machine types that touch the irq_desc[]
+array (basically all machine types) will break, and this means every
+machine type that we currently have.
+
+Lets take an example. On the Assabet with Neponset, we have::
+
+ GPIO25 IRR:2
+ SA1100 ------------> Neponset -----------> SA1111
+ IIR:1
+ -----------> USAR
+ IIR:0
+ -----------> SMC9196
+
+The way stuff currently works, all SA1111 interrupts are mutually
+exclusive of each other - if you're processing one interrupt from the
+SA1111 and another comes in, you have to wait for that interrupt to
+finish processing before you can service the new interrupt. Eg, an
+IDE PIO-based interrupt on the SA1111 excludes all other SA1111 and
+SMC9196 interrupts until it has finished transferring its multi-sector
+data, which can be a long time. Note also that since we loop in the
+SA1111 IRQ handler, SA1111 IRQs can hold off SMC9196 IRQs indefinitely.
+
+
+The new approach brings several new ideas...
+
+We introduce the concept of a "parent" and a "child". For example,
+to the Neponset handler, the "parent" is GPIO25, and the "children"d
+are SA1111, SMC9196 and USAR.
+
+We also bring the idea of an IRQ "chip" (mainly to reduce the size of
+the irqdesc array). This doesn't have to be a real "IC"; indeed the
+SA11x0 IRQs are handled by two separate "chip" structures, one for
+GPIO0-10, and another for all the rest. It is just a container for
+the various operations (maybe this'll change to a better name).
+This structure has the following operations::
+
+ struct irqchip {
+ /*
+ * Acknowledge the IRQ.
+ * If this is a level-based IRQ, then it is expected to mask the IRQ
+ * as well.
+ */
+ void (*ack)(unsigned int irq);
+ /*
+ * Mask the IRQ in hardware.
+ */
+ void (*mask)(unsigned int irq);
+ /*
+ * Unmask the IRQ in hardware.
+ */
+ void (*unmask)(unsigned int irq);
+ /*
+ * Re-run the IRQ
+ */
+ void (*rerun)(unsigned int irq);
+ /*
+ * Set the type of the IRQ.
+ */
+ int (*type)(unsigned int irq, unsigned int, type);
+ };
+
+ack
+ - required. May be the same function as mask for IRQs
+ handled by do_level_IRQ.
+mask
+ - required.
+unmask
+ - required.
+rerun
+ - optional. Not required if you're using do_level_IRQ for all
+ IRQs that use this 'irqchip'. Generally expected to re-trigger
+ the hardware IRQ if possible. If not, may call the handler
+ directly.
+type
+ - optional. If you don't support changing the type of an IRQ,
+ it should be null so people can detect if they are unable to
+ set the IRQ type.
+
+For each IRQ, we keep the following information:
+
+ - "disable" depth (number of disable_irq()s without enable_irq()s)
+ - flags indicating what we can do with this IRQ (valid, probe,
+ noautounmask) as before
+ - status of the IRQ (probing, enable, etc)
+ - chip
+ - per-IRQ handler
+ - irqaction structure list
+
+The handler can be one of the 3 standard handlers - "level", "edge" and
+"simple", or your own specific handler if you need to do something special.
+
+The "level" handler is what we currently have - its pretty simple.
+"edge" knows about the brokenness of such IRQ implementations - that you
+need to leave the hardware IRQ enabled while processing it, and queueing
+further IRQ events should the IRQ happen again while processing. The
+"simple" handler is very basic, and does not perform any hardware
+manipulation, nor state tracking. This is useful for things like the
+SMC9196 and USAR above.
+
+So, what's changed?
+===================
+
+1. Machine implementations must not write to the irqdesc array.
+
+2. New functions to manipulate the irqdesc array. The first 4 are expected
+ to be useful only to machine specific code. The last is recommended to
+ only be used by machine specific code, but may be used in drivers if
+ absolutely necessary.
+
+ set_irq_chip(irq,chip)
+ Set the mask/unmask methods for handling this IRQ
+
+ set_irq_handler(irq,handler)
+ Set the handler for this IRQ (level, edge, simple)
+
+ set_irq_chained_handler(irq,handler)
+ Set a "chained" handler for this IRQ - automatically
+ enables this IRQ (eg, Neponset and SA1111 handlers).
+
+ set_irq_flags(irq,flags)
+ Set the valid/probe/noautoenable flags.
+
+ set_irq_type(irq,type)
+ Set active the IRQ edge(s)/level. This replaces the
+ SA1111 INTPOL manipulation, and the set_GPIO_IRQ_edge()
+ function. Type should be one of IRQ_TYPE_xxx defined in
+ <linux/irq.h>
+
+3. set_GPIO_IRQ_edge() is obsolete, and should be replaced by set_irq_type.
+
+4. Direct access to SA1111 INTPOL is deprecated. Use set_irq_type instead.
+
+5. A handler is expected to perform any necessary acknowledgement of the
+ parent IRQ via the correct chip specific function. For instance, if
+ the SA1111 is directly connected to a SA1110 GPIO, then you should
+ acknowledge the SA1110 IRQ each time you re-read the SA1111 IRQ status.
+
+6. For any child which doesn't have its own IRQ enable/disable controls
+ (eg, SMC9196), the handler must mask or acknowledge the parent IRQ
+ while the child handler is called, and the child handler should be the
+ "simple" handler (not "edge" nor "level"). After the handler completes,
+ the parent IRQ should be unmasked, and the status of all children must
+ be re-checked for pending events. (see the Neponset IRQ handler for
+ details).
+
+7. fixup_irq() is gone, as is `arch/arm/mach-*/include/mach/irq.h`
+
+Please note that this will not solve all problems - some of them are
+hardware based. Mixing level-based and edge-based IRQs on the same
+parent signal (eg neponset) is one such area where a software based
+solution can't provide the full answer to low IRQ latency.
--- /dev/null
+===========================================================
+Release Notes for Linux on Intel's IXP4xx Network Processor
+===========================================================
+
+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+1. Overview
+
+Intel's IXP4xx network processor is a highly integrated SOC that
+is targeted for network applications, though it has become popular
+in industrial control and other areas due to low cost and power
+consumption. The IXP4xx family currently consists of several processors
+that support different network offload functions such as encryption,
+routing, firewalling, etc. The IXP46x family is an updated version which
+supports faster speeds, new memory and flash configurations, and more
+integration such as an on-chip I2C controller.
+
+For more information on the various versions of the CPU, see:
+
+ http://developer.intel.com/design/network/products/npfamily/ixp4xx.htm
+
+Intel also made the IXCP1100 CPU for sometime which is an IXP4xx
+stripped of much of the network intelligence.
+
+2. Linux Support
+
+Linux currently supports the following features on the IXP4xx chips:
+
+- Dual serial ports
+- PCI interface
+- Flash access (MTD/JFFS)
+- I2C through GPIO on IXP42x
+- GPIO for input/output/interrupts
+ See arch/arm/mach-ixp4xx/include/mach/platform.h for access functions.
+- Timers (watchdog, OS)
+
+The following components of the chips are not supported by Linux and
+require the use of Intel's proprietary CSR software:
+
+- USB device interface
+- Network interfaces (HSS, Utopia, NPEs, etc)
+- Network offload functionality
+
+If you need to use any of the above, you need to download Intel's
+software from:
+
+ http://developer.intel.com/design/network/products/npfamily/ixp425.htm
+
+DO NOT POST QUESTIONS TO THE LINUX MAILING LISTS REGARDING THE PROPRIETARY
+SOFTWARE.
+
+There are several websites that provide directions/pointers on using
+Intel's software:
+
+ - http://sourceforge.net/projects/ixp4xx-osdg/
+ Open Source Developer's Guide for using uClinux and the Intel libraries
+
+ - http://gatewaymaker.sourceforge.net/
+ Simple one page summary of building a gateway using an IXP425 and Linux
+
+ - http://ixp425.sourceforge.net/
+ ATM device driver for IXP425 that relies on Intel's libraries
+
+3. Known Issues/Limitations
+
+3a. Limited inbound PCI window
+
+The IXP4xx family allows for up to 256MB of memory but the PCI interface
+can only expose 64MB of that memory to the PCI bus. This means that if
+you are running with > 64MB, all PCI buffers outside of the accessible
+range will be bounced using the routines in arch/arm/common/dmabounce.c.
+
+3b. Limited outbound PCI window
+
+IXP4xx provides two methods of accessing PCI memory space:
+
+1) A direct mapped window from 0x48000000 to 0x4bffffff (64MB).
+ To access PCI via this space, we simply ioremap() the BAR
+ into the kernel and we can use the standard read[bwl]/write[bwl]
+ macros. This is the preffered method due to speed but it
+ limits the system to just 64MB of PCI memory. This can be
+ problamatic if using video cards and other memory-heavy devices.
+
+2) If > 64MB of memory space is required, the IXP4xx can be
+ configured to use indirect registers to access PCI This allows
+ for up to 128MB (0x48000000 to 0x4fffffff) of memory on the bus.
+ The disadvantage of this is that every PCI access requires
+ three local register accesses plus a spinlock, but in some
+ cases the performance hit is acceptable. In addition, you cannot
+ mmap() PCI devices in this case due to the indirect nature
+ of the PCI window.
+
+By default, the direct method is used for performance reasons. If
+you need more PCI memory, enable the IXP4XX_INDIRECT_PCI config option.
+
+3c. GPIO as Interrupts
+
+Currently the code only handles level-sensitive GPIO interrupts
+
+4. Supported platforms
+
+ADI Engineering Coyote Gateway Reference Platform
+http://www.adiengineering.com/productsCoyote.html
+
+ The ADI Coyote platform is reference design for those building
+ small residential/office gateways. One NPE is connected to a 10/100
+ interface, one to 4-port 10/100 switch, and the third to and ADSL
+ interface. In addition, it also supports to POTs interfaces connected
+ via SLICs. Note that those are not supported by Linux ATM. Finally,
+ the platform has two mini-PCI slots used for 802.11[bga] cards.
+ Finally, there is an IDE port hanging off the expansion bus.
+
+Gateworks Avila Network Platform
+http://www.gateworks.com/support/overview.php
+
+ The Avila platform is basically and IXDP425 with the 4 PCI slots
+ replaced with mini-PCI slots and a CF IDE interface hanging off
+ the expansion bus.
+
+Intel IXDP425 Development Platform
+http://www.intel.com/design/network/products/npfamily/ixdpg425.htm
+
+ This is Intel's standard reference platform for the IXDP425 and is
+ also known as the Richfield board. It contains 4 PCI slots, 16MB
+ of flash, two 10/100 ports and one ADSL port.
+
+Intel IXDP465 Development Platform
+http://www.intel.com/design/network/products/npfamily/ixdp465.htm
+
+ This is basically an IXDP425 with an IXP465 and 32M of flash instead
+ of just 16.
+
+Intel IXDPG425 Development Platform
+
+ This is basically and ADI Coyote board with a NEC EHCI controller
+ added. One issue with this board is that the mini-PCI slots only
+ have the 3.3v line connected, so you can't use a PCI to mini-PCI
+ adapter with an E100 card. So to NFS root you need to use either
+ the CSR or a WiFi card and a ramdisk that BOOTPs and then does
+ a pivot_root to NFS.
+
+Motorola PrPMC1100 Processor Mezanine Card
+http://www.fountainsys.com
+
+ The PrPMC1100 is based on the IXCP1100 and is meant to plug into
+ and IXP2400/2800 system to act as the system controller. It simply
+ contains a CPU and 16MB of flash on the board and needs to be
+ plugged into a carrier board to function. Currently Linux only
+ supports the Motorola PrPMC carrier board for this platform.
+
+5. TODO LIST
+
+- Add support for Coyote IDE
+- Add support for edge-based GPIO interrupts
+- Add support for CF IDE on expansion bus
+
+6. Thanks
+
+The IXP4xx work has been funded by Intel Corp. and MontaVista Software, Inc.
+
+The following people have contributed patches/comments/etc:
+
+- Lennerty Buytenhek
+- Lutz Jaenicke
+- Justin Mayfield
+- Robert E. Ranslam
+
+[I know I've forgotten others, please email me to be added]
+
+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+Last Update: 01/04/2005
--- /dev/null
+================
+Kernel mode NEON
+================
+
+TL;DR summary
+-------------
+* Use only NEON instructions, or VFP instructions that don't rely on support
+ code
+* Isolate your NEON code in a separate compilation unit, and compile it with
+ '-march=armv7-a -mfpu=neon -mfloat-abi=softfp'
+* Put kernel_neon_begin() and kernel_neon_end() calls around the calls into your
+ NEON code
+* Don't sleep in your NEON code, and be aware that it will be executed with
+ preemption disabled
+
+
+Introduction
+------------
+It is possible to use NEON instructions (and in some cases, VFP instructions) in
+code that runs in kernel mode. However, for performance reasons, the NEON/VFP
+register file is not preserved and restored at every context switch or taken
+exception like the normal register file is, so some manual intervention is
+required. Furthermore, special care is required for code that may sleep [i.e.,
+may call schedule()], as NEON or VFP instructions will be executed in a
+non-preemptible section for reasons outlined below.
+
+
+Lazy preserve and restore
+-------------------------
+The NEON/VFP register file is managed using lazy preserve (on UP systems) and
+lazy restore (on both SMP and UP systems). This means that the register file is
+kept 'live', and is only preserved and restored when multiple tasks are
+contending for the NEON/VFP unit (or, in the SMP case, when a task migrates to
+another core). Lazy restore is implemented by disabling the NEON/VFP unit after
+every context switch, resulting in a trap when subsequently a NEON/VFP
+instruction is issued, allowing the kernel to step in and perform the restore if
+necessary.
+
+Any use of the NEON/VFP unit in kernel mode should not interfere with this, so
+it is required to do an 'eager' preserve of the NEON/VFP register file, and
+enable the NEON/VFP unit explicitly so no exceptions are generated on first
+subsequent use. This is handled by the function kernel_neon_begin(), which
+should be called before any kernel mode NEON or VFP instructions are issued.
+Likewise, the NEON/VFP unit should be disabled again after use to make sure user
+mode will hit the lazy restore trap upon next use. This is handled by the
+function kernel_neon_end().
+
+
+Interruptions in kernel mode
+----------------------------
+For reasons of performance and simplicity, it was decided that there shall be no
+preserve/restore mechanism for the kernel mode NEON/VFP register contents. This
+implies that interruptions of a kernel mode NEON section can only be allowed if
+they are guaranteed not to touch the NEON/VFP registers. For this reason, the
+following rules and restrictions apply in the kernel:
+* NEON/VFP code is not allowed in interrupt context;
+* NEON/VFP code is not allowed to sleep;
+* NEON/VFP code is executed with preemption disabled.
+
+If latency is a concern, it is possible to put back to back calls to
+kernel_neon_end() and kernel_neon_begin() in places in your code where none of
+the NEON registers are live. (Additional calls to kernel_neon_begin() should be
+reasonably cheap if no context switch occurred in the meantime)
+
+
+VFP and support code
+--------------------
+Earlier versions of VFP (prior to version 3) rely on software support for things
+like IEEE-754 compliant underflow handling etc. When the VFP unit needs such
+software assistance, it signals the kernel by raising an undefined instruction
+exception. The kernel responds by inspecting the VFP control registers and the
+current instruction and arguments, and emulates the instruction in software.
+
+Such software assistance is currently not implemented for VFP instructions
+executed in kernel mode. If such a condition is encountered, the kernel will
+fail and generate an OOPS.
+
+
+Separating NEON code from ordinary code
+---------------------------------------
+The compiler is not aware of the special significance of kernel_neon_begin() and
+kernel_neon_end(), i.e., that it is only allowed to issue NEON/VFP instructions
+between calls to these respective functions. Furthermore, GCC may generate NEON
+instructions of its own at -O3 level if -mfpu=neon is selected, and even if the
+kernel is currently compiled at -O2, future changes may result in NEON/VFP
+instructions appearing in unexpected places if no special care is taken.
+
+Therefore, the recommended and only supported way of using NEON/VFP in the
+kernel is by adhering to the following rules:
+
+* isolate the NEON code in a separate compilation unit and compile it with
+ '-march=armv7-a -mfpu=neon -mfloat-abi=softfp';
+* issue the calls to kernel_neon_begin(), kernel_neon_end() as well as the calls
+ into the unit containing the NEON code from a compilation unit which is *not*
+ built with the GCC flag '-mfpu=neon' set.
+
+As the kernel is compiled with '-msoft-float', the above will guarantee that
+both NEON and VFP instructions will only ever appear in designated compilation
+units at any optimization level.
+
+
+NEON assembler
+--------------
+NEON assembler is supported with no additional caveats as long as the rules
+above are followed.
+
+
+NEON code generated by GCC
+--------------------------
+The GCC option -ftree-vectorize (implied by -O3) tries to exploit implicit
+parallelism, and generates NEON code from ordinary C source code. This is fully
+supported as long as the rules above are followed.
+
+
+NEON intrinsics
+---------------
+NEON intrinsics are also supported. However, as code using NEON intrinsics
+relies on the GCC header <arm_neon.h>, (which #includes <stdint.h>), you should
+observe the following in addition to the rules above:
+
+* Compile the unit containing the NEON intrinsics with '-ffreestanding' so GCC
+ uses its builtin version of <stdint.h> (this is a C99 header which the kernel
+ does not supply);
+* Include <arm_neon.h> last, or at least after <linux/types.h>
--- /dev/null
+============================
+Kernel-provided User Helpers
+============================
+
+These are segment of kernel provided user code reachable from user space
+at a fixed address in kernel memory. This is used to provide user space
+with some operations which require kernel help because of unimplemented
+native feature and/or instructions in many ARM CPUs. The idea is for this
+code to be executed directly in user mode for best efficiency but which is
+too intimate with the kernel counter part to be left to user libraries.
+In fact this code might even differ from one CPU to another depending on
+the available instruction set, or whether it is a SMP systems. In other
+words, the kernel reserves the right to change this code as needed without
+warning. Only the entry points and their results as documented here are
+guaranteed to be stable.
+
+This is different from (but doesn't preclude) a full blown VDSO
+implementation, however a VDSO would prevent some assembly tricks with
+constants that allows for efficient branching to those code segments. And
+since those code segments only use a few cycles before returning to user
+code, the overhead of a VDSO indirect far call would add a measurable
+overhead to such minimalistic operations.
+
+User space is expected to bypass those helpers and implement those things
+inline (either in the code emitted directly by the compiler, or part of
+the implementation of a library call) when optimizing for a recent enough
+processor that has the necessary native support, but only if resulting
+binaries are already to be incompatible with earlier ARM processors due to
+usage of similar native instructions for other things. In other words
+don't make binaries unable to run on earlier processors just for the sake
+of not using these kernel helpers if your compiled code is not going to
+use new instructions for other purpose.
+
+New helpers may be added over time, so an older kernel may be missing some
+helpers present in a newer kernel. For this reason, programs must check
+the value of __kuser_helper_version (see below) before assuming that it is
+safe to call any particular helper. This check should ideally be
+performed only once at process startup time, and execution aborted early
+if the required helpers are not provided by the kernel version that
+process is running on.
+
+kuser_helper_version
+--------------------
+
+Location: 0xffff0ffc
+
+Reference declaration::
+
+ extern int32_t __kuser_helper_version;
+
+Definition:
+
+ This field contains the number of helpers being implemented by the
+ running kernel. User space may read this to determine the availability
+ of a particular helper.
+
+Usage example::
+
+ #define __kuser_helper_version (*(int32_t *)0xffff0ffc)
+
+ void check_kuser_version(void)
+ {
+ if (__kuser_helper_version < 2) {
+ fprintf(stderr, "can't do atomic operations, kernel too old\n");
+ abort();
+ }
+ }
+
+Notes:
+
+ User space may assume that the value of this field never changes
+ during the lifetime of any single process. This means that this
+ field can be read once during the initialisation of a library or
+ startup phase of a program.
+
+kuser_get_tls
+-------------
+
+Location: 0xffff0fe0
+
+Reference prototype::
+
+ void * __kuser_get_tls(void);
+
+Input:
+
+ lr = return address
+
+Output:
+
+ r0 = TLS value
+
+Clobbered registers:
+
+ none
+
+Definition:
+
+ Get the TLS value as previously set via the __ARM_NR_set_tls syscall.
+
+Usage example::
+
+ typedef void * (__kuser_get_tls_t)(void);
+ #define __kuser_get_tls (*(__kuser_get_tls_t *)0xffff0fe0)
+
+ void foo()
+ {
+ void *tls = __kuser_get_tls();
+ printf("TLS = %p\n", tls);
+ }
+
+Notes:
+
+ - Valid only if __kuser_helper_version >= 1 (from kernel version 2.6.12).
+
+kuser_cmpxchg
+-------------
+
+Location: 0xffff0fc0
+
+Reference prototype::
+
+ int __kuser_cmpxchg(int32_t oldval, int32_t newval, volatile int32_t *ptr);
+
+Input:
+
+ r0 = oldval
+ r1 = newval
+ r2 = ptr
+ lr = return address
+
+Output:
+
+ r0 = success code (zero or non-zero)
+ C flag = set if r0 == 0, clear if r0 != 0
+
+Clobbered registers:
+
+ r3, ip, flags
+
+Definition:
+
+ Atomically store newval in `*ptr` only if `*ptr` is equal to oldval.
+ Return zero if `*ptr` was changed or non-zero if no exchange happened.
+ The C flag is also set if `*ptr` was changed to allow for assembly
+ optimization in the calling code.
+
+Usage example::
+
+ typedef int (__kuser_cmpxchg_t)(int oldval, int newval, volatile int *ptr);
+ #define __kuser_cmpxchg (*(__kuser_cmpxchg_t *)0xffff0fc0)
+
+ int atomic_add(volatile int *ptr, int val)
+ {
+ int old, new;
+
+ do {
+ old = *ptr;
+ new = old + val;
+ } while(__kuser_cmpxchg(old, new, ptr));
+
+ return new;
+ }
+
+Notes:
+
+ - This routine already includes memory barriers as needed.
+
+ - Valid only if __kuser_helper_version >= 2 (from kernel version 2.6.12).
+
+kuser_memory_barrier
+--------------------
+
+Location: 0xffff0fa0
+
+Reference prototype::
+
+ void __kuser_memory_barrier(void);
+
+Input:
+
+ lr = return address
+
+Output:
+
+ none
+
+Clobbered registers:
+
+ none
+
+Definition:
+
+ Apply any needed memory barrier to preserve consistency with data modified
+ manually and __kuser_cmpxchg usage.
+
+Usage example::
+
+ typedef void (__kuser_dmb_t)(void);
+ #define __kuser_dmb (*(__kuser_dmb_t *)0xffff0fa0)
+
+Notes:
+
+ - Valid only if __kuser_helper_version >= 3 (from kernel version 2.6.15).
+
+kuser_cmpxchg64
+---------------
+
+Location: 0xffff0f60
+
+Reference prototype::
+
+ int __kuser_cmpxchg64(const int64_t *oldval,
+ const int64_t *newval,
+ volatile int64_t *ptr);
+
+Input:
+
+ r0 = pointer to oldval
+ r1 = pointer to newval
+ r2 = pointer to target value
+ lr = return address
+
+Output:
+
+ r0 = success code (zero or non-zero)
+ C flag = set if r0 == 0, clear if r0 != 0
+
+Clobbered registers:
+
+ r3, lr, flags
+
+Definition:
+
+ Atomically store the 64-bit value pointed by `*newval` in `*ptr` only if `*ptr`
+ is equal to the 64-bit value pointed by `*oldval`. Return zero if `*ptr` was
+ changed or non-zero if no exchange happened.
+
+ The C flag is also set if `*ptr` was changed to allow for assembly
+ optimization in the calling code.
+
+Usage example::
+
+ typedef int (__kuser_cmpxchg64_t)(const int64_t *oldval,
+ const int64_t *newval,
+ volatile int64_t *ptr);
+ #define __kuser_cmpxchg64 (*(__kuser_cmpxchg64_t *)0xffff0f60)
+
+ int64_t atomic_add64(volatile int64_t *ptr, int64_t val)
+ {
+ int64_t old, new;
+
+ do {
+ old = *ptr;
+ new = old + val;
+ } while(__kuser_cmpxchg64(&old, &new, ptr));
+
+ return new;
+ }
+
+Notes:
+
+ - This routine already includes memory barriers as needed.
+
+ - Due to the length of this sequence, this spans 2 conventional kuser
+ "slots", therefore 0xffff0f80 is not used as a valid entry point.
+
+ - Valid only if __kuser_helper_version >= 5 (from kernel version 3.1).
--- /dev/null
+======================================================================
+Texas Instruments Keystone Navigator Queue Management SubSystem driver
+======================================================================
+
+Driver source code path
+ drivers/soc/ti/knav_qmss.c
+ drivers/soc/ti/knav_qmss_acc.c
+
+The QMSS (Queue Manager Sub System) found on Keystone SOCs is one of
+the main hardware sub system which forms the backbone of the Keystone
+multi-core Navigator. QMSS consist of queue managers, packed-data structure
+processors(PDSP), linking RAM, descriptor pools and infrastructure
+Packet DMA.
+The Queue Manager is a hardware module that is responsible for accelerating
+management of the packet queues. Packets are queued/de-queued by writing or
+reading descriptor address to a particular memory mapped location. The PDSPs
+perform QMSS related functions like accumulation, QoS, or event management.
+Linking RAM registers are used to link the descriptors which are stored in
+descriptor RAM. Descriptor RAM is configurable as internal or external memory.
+The QMSS driver manages the PDSP setups, linking RAM regions,
+queue pool management (allocation, push, pop and notify) and descriptor
+pool management.
+
+knav qmss driver provides a set of APIs to drivers to open/close qmss queues,
+allocate descriptor pools, map the descriptors, push/pop to queues etc. For
+details of the available APIs, please refers to include/linux/soc/ti/knav_qmss.h
+
+DT documentation is available at
+Documentation/devicetree/bindings/soc/ti/keystone-navigator-qmss.txt
+
+Accumulator QMSS queues using PDSP firmware
+============================================
+The QMSS PDSP firmware support accumulator channel that can monitor a single
+queue or multiple contiguous queues. drivers/soc/ti/knav_qmss_acc.c is the
+driver that interface with the accumulator PDSP. This configures
+accumulator channels defined in DTS (example in DT documentation) to monitor
+1 or 32 queues per channel. More description on the firmware is available in
+CPPI/QMSS Low Level Driver document (docs/CPPI_QMSS_LLD_SDS.pdf) at
+
+ git://git.ti.com/keystone-rtos/qmss-lld.git
+
+k2_qmss_pdsp_acc48_k2_le_1_0_0_9.bin firmware supports upto 48 accumulator
+channels. This firmware is available under ti-keystone folder of
+firmware.git at
+
+ git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/firmware/linux-firmware.git
+
+To use copy the firmware image to lib/firmware folder of the initramfs or
+ubifs file system and provide a sym link to k2_qmss_pdsp_acc48_k2_le_1_0_0_9.bin
+in the file system and boot up the kernel. User would see
+
+ "firmware file ks2_qmss_pdsp_acc48.bin downloaded for PDSP"
+
+in the boot up log if loading of firmware to PDSP is successful.
+
+Use of accumulated queues requires the firmware image to be present in the
+file system. The driver doesn't acc queues to the supported queue range if
+PDSP is not running in the SoC. The API call fails if there is a queue open
+request to an acc queue and PDSP is not running. So make sure to copy firmware
+to file system before using these queue types.
--- /dev/null
+==========================
+TI Keystone Linux Overview
+==========================
+
+Introduction
+------------
+Keystone range of SoCs are based on ARM Cortex-A15 MPCore Processors
+and c66x DSP cores. This document describes essential information required
+for users to run Linux on Keystone based EVMs from Texas Instruments.
+
+Following SoCs & EVMs are currently supported:-
+
+K2HK SoC and EVM
+=================
+
+a.k.a Keystone 2 Hawking/Kepler SoC
+TCI6636K2H & TCI6636K2K: See documentation at
+
+ http://www.ti.com/product/tci6638k2k
+ http://www.ti.com/product/tci6638k2h
+
+EVM:
+ http://www.advantech.com/Support/TI-EVM/EVMK2HX_sd.aspx
+
+K2E SoC and EVM
+===============
+
+a.k.a Keystone 2 Edison SoC
+
+K2E - 66AK2E05:
+
+See documentation at
+
+ http://www.ti.com/product/66AK2E05/technicaldocuments
+
+EVM:
+ https://www.einfochips.com/index.php/partnerships/texas-instruments/k2e-evm.html
+
+K2L SoC and EVM
+===============
+
+a.k.a Keystone 2 Lamarr SoC
+
+K2L - TCI6630K2L:
+
+See documentation at
+ http://www.ti.com/product/TCI6630K2L/technicaldocuments
+
+EVM:
+ https://www.einfochips.com/index.php/partnerships/texas-instruments/k2l-evm.html
+
+Configuration
+-------------
+
+All of the K2 SoCs/EVMs share a common defconfig, keystone_defconfig and same
+image is used to boot on individual EVMs. The platform configuration is
+specified through DTS. Following are the DTS used:
+
+ K2HK EVM:
+ k2hk-evm.dts
+ K2E EVM:
+ k2e-evm.dts
+ K2L EVM:
+ k2l-evm.dts
+
+The device tree documentation for the keystone machines are located at
+
+ Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/keystone/keystone.txt
+
+Document Author
+---------------
+
+Copyright 2015 Texas Instruments
--- /dev/null
+================
+ARM Marvell SoCs
+================
+
+This document lists all the ARM Marvell SoCs that are currently
+supported in mainline by the Linux kernel. As the Marvell families of
+SoCs are large and complex, it is hard to understand where the support
+for a particular SoC is available in the Linux kernel. This document
+tries to help in understanding where those SoCs are supported, and to
+match them with their corresponding public datasheet, when available.
+
+Orion family
+------------
+
+ Flavors:
+ - 88F5082
+ - 88F5181 a.k.a Orion-1
+ - 88F5181L a.k.a Orion-VoIP
+ - 88F5182 a.k.a Orion-NAS
+
+ - Datasheet: https://web.archive.org/web/20210124231420/http://csclub.uwaterloo.ca/~board/ts7800/MV88F5182-datasheet.pdf
+ - Programmer's User Guide: https://web.archive.org/web/20210124231536/http://csclub.uwaterloo.ca/~board/ts7800/MV88F5182-opensource-manual.pdf
+ - User Manual: https://web.archive.org/web/20210124231631/http://csclub.uwaterloo.ca/~board/ts7800/MV88F5182-usermanual.pdf
+ - Functional Errata: https://web.archive.org/web/20210704165540/https://www.digriz.org.uk/ts78xx/88F5182_Functional_Errata.pdf
+ - 88F5281 a.k.a Orion-2
+
+ - Datasheet: https://web.archive.org/web/20131028144728/http://www.ocmodshop.com/images/reviews/networking/qnap_ts409u/marvel_88f5281_data_sheet.pdf
+ - 88F6183 a.k.a Orion-1-90
+ Homepage:
+ https://web.archive.org/web/20080607215437/http://www.marvell.com/products/media/index.jsp
+ Core:
+ Feroceon 88fr331 (88f51xx) or 88fr531-vd (88f52xx) ARMv5 compatible
+ Linux kernel mach directory:
+ arch/arm/mach-orion5x
+ Linux kernel plat directory:
+ arch/arm/plat-orion
+
+Kirkwood family
+---------------
+
+ Flavors:
+ - 88F6282 a.k.a Armada 300
+
+ - Product Brief : https://web.archive.org/web/20111027032509/http://www.marvell.com/embedded-processors/armada-300/assets/armada_310.pdf
+ - 88F6283 a.k.a Armada 310
+
+ - Product Brief : https://web.archive.org/web/20111027032509/http://www.marvell.com/embedded-processors/armada-300/assets/armada_310.pdf
+ - 88F6190
+
+ - Product Brief : https://web.archive.org/web/20130730072715/http://www.marvell.com/embedded-processors/kirkwood/assets/88F6190-003_WEB.pdf
+ - Hardware Spec : https://web.archive.org/web/20121021182835/http://www.marvell.com/embedded-processors/kirkwood/assets/HW_88F619x_OpenSource.pdf
+ - Functional Spec: https://web.archive.org/web/20130730091033/http://www.marvell.com/embedded-processors/kirkwood/assets/FS_88F6180_9x_6281_OpenSource.pdf
+ - 88F6192
+
+ - Product Brief : https://web.archive.org/web/20131113121446/http://www.marvell.com/embedded-processors/kirkwood/assets/88F6192-003_ver1.pdf
+ - Hardware Spec : https://web.archive.org/web/20121021182835/http://www.marvell.com/embedded-processors/kirkwood/assets/HW_88F619x_OpenSource.pdf
+ - Functional Spec: https://web.archive.org/web/20130730091033/http://www.marvell.com/embedded-processors/kirkwood/assets/FS_88F6180_9x_6281_OpenSource.pdf
+ - 88F6182
+ - 88F6180
+
+ - Product Brief : https://web.archive.org/web/20120616201621/http://www.marvell.com/embedded-processors/kirkwood/assets/88F6180-003_ver1.pdf
+ - Hardware Spec : https://web.archive.org/web/20130730091654/http://www.marvell.com/embedded-processors/kirkwood/assets/HW_88F6180_OpenSource.pdf
+ - Functional Spec: https://web.archive.org/web/20130730091033/http://www.marvell.com/embedded-processors/kirkwood/assets/FS_88F6180_9x_6281_OpenSource.pdf
+ - 88F6280
+
+ - Product Brief : https://web.archive.org/web/20130730091058/http://www.marvell.com/embedded-processors/kirkwood/assets/88F6280_SoC_PB-001.pdf
+ - 88F6281
+
+ - Product Brief : https://web.archive.org/web/20120131133709/http://www.marvell.com/embedded-processors/kirkwood/assets/88F6281-004_ver1.pdf
+ - Hardware Spec : https://web.archive.org/web/20120620073511/http://www.marvell.com/embedded-processors/kirkwood/assets/HW_88F6281_OpenSource.pdf
+ - Functional Spec: https://web.archive.org/web/20130730091033/http://www.marvell.com/embedded-processors/kirkwood/assets/FS_88F6180_9x_6281_OpenSource.pdf
+ - 88F6321
+ - 88F6322
+ - 88F6323
+
+ - Product Brief : https://web.archive.org/web/20120616201639/http://www.marvell.com/embedded-processors/kirkwood/assets/88f632x_pb.pdf
+ Homepage:
+ https://web.archive.org/web/20160513194943/http://www.marvell.com/embedded-processors/kirkwood/
+ Core:
+ Feroceon 88fr131 ARMv5 compatible
+ Linux kernel mach directory:
+ arch/arm/mach-mvebu
+ Linux kernel plat directory:
+ none
+
+Discovery family
+----------------
+
+ Flavors:
+ - MV78100
+
+ - Product Brief : https://web.archive.org/web/20120616194711/http://www.marvell.com/embedded-processors/discovery-innovation/assets/MV78100-003_WEB.pdf
+ - Hardware Spec : https://web.archive.org/web/20141005120451/http://www.marvell.com/embedded-processors/discovery-innovation/assets/HW_MV78100_OpenSource.pdf
+ - Functional Spec: https://web.archive.org/web/20111110081125/http://www.marvell.com/embedded-processors/discovery-innovation/assets/FS_MV76100_78100_78200_OpenSource.pdf
+ - MV78200
+
+ - Product Brief : https://web.archive.org/web/20140801121623/http://www.marvell.com/embedded-processors/discovery-innovation/assets/MV78200-002_WEB.pdf
+ - Hardware Spec : https://web.archive.org/web/20141005120458/http://www.marvell.com/embedded-processors/discovery-innovation/assets/HW_MV78200_OpenSource.pdf
+ - Functional Spec: https://web.archive.org/web/20111110081125/http://www.marvell.com/embedded-processors/discovery-innovation/assets/FS_MV76100_78100_78200_OpenSource.pdf
+
+ - MV76100
+
+ - Product Brief : https://web.archive.org/web/20140722064429/http://www.marvell.com/embedded-processors/discovery-innovation/assets/MV76100-002_WEB.pdf
+ - Hardware Spec : https://web.archive.org/web/20140722064425/http://www.marvell.com/embedded-processors/discovery-innovation/assets/HW_MV76100_OpenSource.pdf
+ - Functional Spec: https://web.archive.org/web/20111110081125/http://www.marvell.com/embedded-processors/discovery-innovation/assets/FS_MV76100_78100_78200_OpenSource.pdf
+
+ Not supported by the Linux kernel.
+
+ Homepage:
+ https://web.archive.org/web/20110924171043/http://www.marvell.com/embedded-processors/discovery-innovation/
+ Core:
+ Feroceon 88fr571-vd ARMv5 compatible
+
+ Linux kernel mach directory:
+ arch/arm/mach-mv78xx0
+ Linux kernel plat directory:
+ arch/arm/plat-orion
+
+EBU Armada family
+-----------------
+
+ Armada 370 Flavors:
+ - 88F6710
+ - 88F6707
+ - 88F6W11
+
+ - Product infos: https://web.archive.org/web/20141002083258/http://www.marvell.com/embedded-processors/armada-370/
+ - Product Brief: https://web.archive.org/web/20121115063038/http://www.marvell.com/embedded-processors/armada-300/assets/Marvell_ARMADA_370_SoC.pdf
+ - Hardware Spec: https://web.archive.org/web/20140617183747/http://www.marvell.com/embedded-processors/armada-300/assets/ARMADA370-datasheet.pdf
+ - Functional Spec: https://web.archive.org/web/20140617183701/http://www.marvell.com/embedded-processors/armada-300/assets/ARMADA370-FunctionalSpec-datasheet.pdf
+
+ Core:
+ Sheeva ARMv7 compatible PJ4B
+
+ Armada XP Flavors:
+ - MV78230
+ - MV78260
+ - MV78460
+
+ NOTE:
+ not to be confused with the non-SMP 78xx0 SoCs
+
+ - Product infos: https://web.archive.org/web/20150101215721/http://www.marvell.com/embedded-processors/armada-xp/
+ - Product Brief: https://web.archive.org/web/20121021173528/http://www.marvell.com/embedded-processors/armada-xp/assets/Marvell-ArmadaXP-SoC-product%20brief.pdf
+ - Functional Spec: https://web.archive.org/web/20180829171131/http://www.marvell.com/embedded-processors/armada-xp/assets/ARMADA-XP-Functional-SpecDatasheet.pdf
+ - Hardware Specs:
+ - https://web.archive.org/web/20141127013651/http://www.marvell.com/embedded-processors/armada-xp/assets/HW_MV78230_OS.PDF
+ - https://web.archive.org/web/20141222000224/http://www.marvell.com/embedded-processors/armada-xp/assets/HW_MV78260_OS.PDF
+ - https://web.archive.org/web/20141222000230/http://www.marvell.com/embedded-processors/armada-xp/assets/HW_MV78460_OS.PDF
+
+ Core:
+ Sheeva ARMv7 compatible Dual-core or Quad-core PJ4B-MP
+
+ Armada 375 Flavors:
+ - 88F6720
+
+ - Product infos: https://web.archive.org/web/20140108032402/http://www.marvell.com/embedded-processors/armada-375/
+ - Product Brief: https://web.archive.org/web/20131216023516/http://www.marvell.com/embedded-processors/armada-300/assets/ARMADA_375_SoC-01_product_brief.pdf
+
+ Core:
+ ARM Cortex-A9
+
+ Armada 38x Flavors:
+ - 88F6810 Armada 380
+ - 88F6811 Armada 381
+ - 88F6821 Armada 382
+ - 88F6W21 Armada 383
+ - 88F6820 Armada 385
+ - 88F6825
+ - 88F6828 Armada 388
+
+ - Product infos: https://web.archive.org/web/20181006144616/http://www.marvell.com/embedded-processors/armada-38x/
+ - Functional Spec: https://web.archive.org/web/20200420191927/https://www.marvell.com/content/dam/marvell/en/public-collateral/embedded-processors/marvell-embedded-processors-armada-38x-functional-specifications-2015-11.pdf
+ - Hardware Spec: https://web.archive.org/web/20180713105318/https://www.marvell.com/docs/embedded-processors/assets/marvell-embedded-processors-armada-38x-hardware-specifications-2017-03.pdf
+ - Design guide: https://web.archive.org/web/20180712231737/https://www.marvell.com/docs/embedded-processors/assets/marvell-embedded-processors-armada-38x-hardware-design-guide-2017-08.pdf
+
+ Core:
+ ARM Cortex-A9
+
+ Armada 39x Flavors:
+ - 88F6920 Armada 390
+ - 88F6925 Armada 395
+ - 88F6928 Armada 398
+
+ - Product infos: https://web.archive.org/web/20181020222559/http://www.marvell.com/embedded-processors/armada-39x/
+
+ Core:
+ ARM Cortex-A9
+
+ Linux kernel mach directory:
+ arch/arm/mach-mvebu
+ Linux kernel plat directory:
+ none
+
+EBU Armada family ARMv8
+-----------------------
+
+ Armada 3710/3720 Flavors:
+ - 88F3710
+ - 88F3720
+
+ Core:
+ ARM Cortex A53 (ARMv8)
+
+ Homepage:
+ https://web.archive.org/web/20181103003602/http://www.marvell.com/embedded-processors/armada-3700/
+
+ Product Brief:
+ https://web.archive.org/web/20210121194810/https://www.marvell.com/content/dam/marvell/en/public-collateral/embedded-processors/marvell-embedded-processors-armada-37xx-product-brief-2016-01.pdf
+
+ Hardware Spec:
+ https://web.archive.org/web/20210202162011/http://www.marvell.com/content/dam/marvell/en/public-collateral/embedded-processors/marvell-embedded-processors-armada-37xx-hardware-specifications-2019-09.pdf
+
+ Device tree files:
+ arch/arm64/boot/dts/marvell/armada-37*
+
+ Armada 7K Flavors:
+ - 88F6040 (AP806 Quad 600 MHz + one CP110)
+ - 88F7020 (AP806 Dual + one CP110)
+ - 88F7040 (AP806 Quad + one CP110)
+
+ Core: ARM Cortex A72
+
+ Homepage:
+ https://web.archive.org/web/20181020222606/http://www.marvell.com/embedded-processors/armada-70xx/
+
+ Product Brief:
+ - https://web.archive.org/web/20161010105541/http://www.marvell.com/embedded-processors/assets/Armada7020PB-Jan2016.pdf
+ - https://web.archive.org/web/20160928154533/http://www.marvell.com/embedded-processors/assets/Armada7040PB-Jan2016.pdf
+
+ Device tree files:
+ arch/arm64/boot/dts/marvell/armada-70*
+
+ Armada 8K Flavors:
+ - 88F8020 (AP806 Dual + two CP110)
+ - 88F8040 (AP806 Quad + two CP110)
+ Core:
+ ARM Cortex A72
+
+ Homepage:
+ https://web.archive.org/web/20181022004830/http://www.marvell.com/embedded-processors/armada-80xx/
+
+ Product Brief:
+ - https://web.archive.org/web/20210124233728/https://www.marvell.com/content/dam/marvell/en/public-collateral/embedded-processors/marvell-embedded-processors-armada-8020-product-brief-2017-12.pdf
+ - https://web.archive.org/web/20161010105532/http://www.marvell.com/embedded-processors/assets/Armada8040PB-Jan2016.pdf
+
+ Device tree files:
+ arch/arm64/boot/dts/marvell/armada-80*
+
+ Octeon TX2 CN913x Flavors:
+ - CN9130 (AP807 Quad + one internal CP115)
+ - CN9131 (AP807 Quad + one internal CP115 + one external CP115 / 88F8215)
+ - CN9132 (AP807 Quad + one internal CP115 + two external CP115 / 88F8215)
+
+ Core:
+ ARM Cortex A72
+
+ Homepage:
+ https://web.archive.org/web/20200803150818/https://www.marvell.com/products/infrastructure-processors/multi-core-processors/octeon-tx2/octeon-tx2-cn9130.html
+
+ Product Brief:
+ https://web.archive.org/web/20200803150818/https://www.marvell.com/content/dam/marvell/en/public-collateral/embedded-processors/marvell-infrastructure-processors-octeon-tx2-cn913x-product-brief-2020-02.pdf
+
+ Device tree files:
+ arch/arm64/boot/dts/marvell/cn913*
+
+Avanta family
+-------------
+
+ Flavors:
+ - 88F6500
+ - 88F6510
+ - 88F6530P
+ - 88F6550
+ - 88F6560
+ - 88F6601
+
+ Homepage:
+ https://web.archive.org/web/20181005145041/http://www.marvell.com/broadband/
+
+ Product Brief:
+ https://web.archive.org/web/20180829171057/http://www.marvell.com/broadband/assets/Marvell_Avanta_88F6510_305_060-001_product_brief.pdf
+
+ No public datasheet available.
+
+ Core:
+ ARMv5 compatible
+
+ Linux kernel mach directory:
+ no code in mainline yet, planned for the future
+ Linux kernel plat directory:
+ no code in mainline yet, planned for the future
+
+Storage family
+--------------
+
+ Armada SP:
+ - 88RC1580
+
+ Product infos:
+ https://web.archive.org/web/20191129073953/http://www.marvell.com/storage/armada-sp/
+
+ Core:
+ Sheeva ARMv7 compatible Quad-core PJ4C
+
+ (not supported in upstream Linux kernel)
+
+Dove family (application processor)
+-----------------------------------
+
+ Flavors:
+ - 88AP510 a.k.a Armada 510
+
+ Product Brief:
+ https://web.archive.org/web/20111102020643/http://www.marvell.com/application-processors/armada-500/assets/Marvell_Armada510_SoC.pdf
+
+ Hardware Spec:
+ https://web.archive.org/web/20160428160231/http://www.marvell.com/application-processors/armada-500/assets/Armada-510-Hardware-Spec.pdf
+
+ Functional Spec:
+ https://web.archive.org/web/20120130172443/http://www.marvell.com/application-processors/armada-500/assets/Armada-510-Functional-Spec.pdf
+
+ Homepage:
+ https://web.archive.org/web/20160822232651/http://www.marvell.com/application-processors/armada-500/
+
+ Core:
+ ARMv7 compatible
+
+ Directory:
+ - arch/arm/mach-mvebu (DT enabled platforms)
+ - arch/arm/mach-dove (non-DT enabled platforms)
+
+PXA 2xx/3xx/93x/95x family
+--------------------------
+
+ Flavors:
+ - PXA21x, PXA25x, PXA26x
+ - Application processor only
+ - Core: ARMv5 XScale1 core
+ - PXA270, PXA271, PXA272
+ - Product Brief : https://web.archive.org/web/20150927135510/http://www.marvell.com/application-processors/pxa-family/assets/pxa_27x_pb.pdf
+ - Design guide : https://web.archive.org/web/20120111181937/http://www.marvell.com/application-processors/pxa-family/assets/pxa_27x_design_guide.pdf
+ - Developers manual : https://web.archive.org/web/20150927164805/http://www.marvell.com/application-processors/pxa-family/assets/pxa_27x_dev_man.pdf
+ - Specification : https://web.archive.org/web/20140211221535/http://www.marvell.com/application-processors/pxa-family/assets/pxa_27x_emts.pdf
+ - Specification update : https://web.archive.org/web/20120111104906/http://www.marvell.com/application-processors/pxa-family/assets/pxa_27x_spec_update.pdf
+ - Application processor only
+ - Core: ARMv5 XScale2 core
+ - PXA300, PXA310, PXA320
+ - PXA 300 Product Brief : https://web.archive.org/web/20120111121203/http://www.marvell.com/application-processors/pxa-family/assets/PXA300_PB_R4.pdf
+ - PXA 310 Product Brief : https://web.archive.org/web/20120111104515/http://www.marvell.com/application-processors/pxa-family/assets/PXA310_PB_R4.pdf
+ - PXA 320 Product Brief : https://web.archive.org/web/20121021182826/http://www.marvell.com/application-processors/pxa-family/assets/PXA320_PB_R4.pdf
+ - Design guide : https://web.archive.org/web/20130727144625/http://www.marvell.com/application-processors/pxa-family/assets/PXA3xx_Design_Guide.pdf
+ - Developers manual : https://web.archive.org/web/20130727144605/http://www.marvell.com/application-processors/pxa-family/assets/PXA3xx_Developers_Manual.zip
+ - Specifications : https://web.archive.org/web/20130727144559/http://www.marvell.com/application-processors/pxa-family/assets/PXA3xx_EMTS.pdf
+ - Specification Update : https://web.archive.org/web/20150927183411/http://www.marvell.com/application-processors/pxa-family/assets/PXA3xx_Spec_Update.zip
+ - Reference Manual : https://web.archive.org/web/20120111103844/http://www.marvell.com/application-processors/pxa-family/assets/PXA3xx_TavorP_BootROM_Ref_Manual.pdf
+ - Application processor only
+ - Core: ARMv5 XScale3 core
+ - PXA930, PXA935
+ - Application processor with Communication processor
+ - Core: ARMv5 XScale3 core
+ - PXA955
+ - Application processor with Communication processor
+ - Core: ARMv7 compatible Sheeva PJ4 core
+
+ Comments:
+
+ * This line of SoCs originates from the XScale family developed by
+ Intel and acquired by Marvell in ~2006. The PXA21x, PXA25x,
+ PXA26x, PXA27x, PXA3xx and PXA93x were developed by Intel, while
+ the later PXA95x were developed by Marvell.
+
+ * Due to their XScale origin, these SoCs have virtually nothing in
+ common with the other (Kirkwood, Dove, etc.) families of Marvell
+ SoCs, except with the MMP/MMP2 family of SoCs.
+
+ Linux kernel mach directory:
+ arch/arm/mach-pxa
+
+MMP/MMP2/MMP3 family (communication processor)
+----------------------------------------------
+
+ Flavors:
+ - PXA168, a.k.a Armada 168
+ - Homepage : https://web.archive.org/web/20110926014256/http://www.marvell.com/application-processors/armada-100/armada-168.jsp
+ - Product brief : https://web.archive.org/web/20111102030100/http://www.marvell.com/application-processors/armada-100/assets/pxa_168_pb.pdf
+ - Hardware manual : https://web.archive.org/web/20160428165359/http://www.marvell.com/application-processors/armada-100/assets/armada_16x_datasheet.pdf
+ - Software manual : https://web.archive.org/web/20160428154454/http://www.marvell.com/application-processors/armada-100/assets/armada_16x_software_manual.pdf
+ - Specification update : https://web.archive.org/web/20150927160338/http://www.marvell.com/application-processors/armada-100/assets/ARMADA16x_Spec_update.pdf
+ - Boot ROM manual : https://web.archive.org/web/20130727205559/http://www.marvell.com/application-processors/armada-100/assets/armada_16x_ref_manual.pdf
+ - App node package : https://web.archive.org/web/20141005090706/http://www.marvell.com/application-processors/armada-100/assets/armada_16x_app_note_package.pdf
+ - Application processor only
+ - Core: ARMv5 compatible Marvell PJ1 88sv331 (Mohawk)
+ - PXA910/PXA920
+ - Homepage : https://web.archive.org/web/20150928121236/http://www.marvell.com/communication-processors/pxa910/
+ - Product Brief : https://archive.org/download/marvell-pxa910-pb/Marvell_PXA910_Platform-001_PB.pdf
+ - Application processor with Communication processor
+ - Core: ARMv5 compatible Marvell PJ1 88sv331 (Mohawk)
+ - PXA688, a.k.a. MMP2, a.k.a Armada 610 (OLPC XO-1.75)
+ - Product Brief : https://web.archive.org/web/20111102023255/http://www.marvell.com/application-processors/armada-600/assets/armada610_pb.pdf
+ - Application processor only
+ - Core: ARMv7 compatible Sheeva PJ4 88sv581x core
+ - PXA2128, a.k.a. MMP3, a.k.a Armada 620 (OLPC XO-4)
+ - Product Brief : https://web.archive.org/web/20120824055155/http://www.marvell.com/application-processors/armada/pxa2128/assets/Marvell-ARMADA-PXA2128-SoC-PB.pdf
+ - Application processor only
+ - Core: Dual-core ARMv7 compatible Sheeva PJ4C core
+ - PXA960/PXA968/PXA978 (Linux support not upstream)
+ - Application processor with Communication Processor
+ - Core: ARMv7 compatible Sheeva PJ4 core
+ - PXA986/PXA988 (Linux support not upstream)
+ - Application processor with Communication Processor
+ - Core: Dual-core ARMv7 compatible Sheeva PJ4B-MP core
+ - PXA1088/PXA1920 (Linux support not upstream)
+ - Application processor with Communication Processor
+ - Core: quad-core ARMv7 Cortex-A7
+ - PXA1908/PXA1928/PXA1936
+ - Application processor with Communication Processor
+ - Core: multi-core ARMv8 Cortex-A53
+
+ Comments:
+
+ * This line of SoCs originates from the XScale family developed by
+ Intel and acquired by Marvell in ~2006. All the processors of
+ this MMP/MMP2 family were developed by Marvell.
+
+ * Due to their XScale origin, these SoCs have virtually nothing in
+ common with the other (Kirkwood, Dove, etc.) families of Marvell
+ SoCs, except with the PXA family of SoCs listed above.
+
+ Linux kernel mach directory:
+ arch/arm/mach-mmp
+
+Berlin family (Multimedia Solutions)
+-------------------------------------
+
+ - Flavors:
+ - 88DE3010, Armada 1000 (no Linux support)
+ - Core: Marvell PJ1 (ARMv5TE), Dual-core
+ - Product Brief: https://web.archive.org/web/20131103162620/http://www.marvell.com/digital-entertainment/assets/armada_1000_pb.pdf
+ - 88DE3005, Armada 1500 Mini
+ - Design name: BG2CD
+ - Core: ARM Cortex-A9, PL310 L2CC
+ - 88DE3006, Armada 1500 Mini Plus
+ - Design name: BG2CDP
+ - Core: Dual Core ARM Cortex-A7
+ - 88DE3100, Armada 1500
+ - Design name: BG2
+ - Core: Marvell PJ4B-MP (ARMv7), Tauros3 L2CC
+ - 88DE3114, Armada 1500 Pro
+ - Design name: BG2Q
+ - Core: Quad Core ARM Cortex-A9, PL310 L2CC
+ - 88DE3214, Armada 1500 Pro 4K
+ - Design name: BG3
+ - Core: ARM Cortex-A15, CA15 integrated L2CC
+ - 88DE3218, ARMADA 1500 Ultra
+ - Core: ARM Cortex-A53
+
+ Homepage: https://www.synaptics.com/products/multimedia-solutions
+ Directory: arch/arm/mach-berlin
+
+ Comments:
+
+ * This line of SoCs is based on Marvell Sheeva or ARM Cortex CPUs
+ with Synopsys DesignWare (IRQ, GPIO, Timers, ...) and PXA IP (SDHCI, USB, ETH, ...).
+
+ * The Berlin family was acquired by Synaptics from Marvell in 2017.
+
+CPU Cores
+---------
+
+The XScale cores were designed by Intel, and shipped by Marvell in the older
+PXA processors. Feroceon is a Marvell designed core that developed in-house,
+and that evolved into Sheeva. The XScale and Feroceon cores were phased out
+over time and replaced with Sheeva cores in later products, which subsequently
+got replaced with licensed ARM Cortex-A cores.
+
+ XScale 1
+ CPUID 0x69052xxx
+ ARMv5, iWMMXt
+ XScale 2
+ CPUID 0x69054xxx
+ ARMv5, iWMMXt
+ XScale 3
+ CPUID 0x69056xxx or 0x69056xxx
+ ARMv5, iWMMXt
+ Feroceon-1850 88fr331 "Mohawk"
+ CPUID 0x5615331x or 0x41xx926x
+ ARMv5TE, single issue
+ Feroceon-2850 88fr531-vd "Jolteon"
+ CPUID 0x5605531x or 0x41xx926x
+ ARMv5TE, VFP, dual-issue
+ Feroceon 88fr571-vd "Jolteon"
+ CPUID 0x5615571x
+ ARMv5TE, VFP, dual-issue
+ Feroceon 88fr131 "Mohawk-D"
+ CPUID 0x5625131x
+ ARMv5TE, single-issue in-order
+ Sheeva PJ1 88sv331 "Mohawk"
+ CPUID 0x561584xx
+ ARMv5, single-issue iWMMXt v2
+ Sheeva PJ4 88sv581x "Flareon"
+ CPUID 0x560f581x
+ ARMv7, idivt, optional iWMMXt v2
+ Sheeva PJ4B 88sv581x
+ CPUID 0x561f581x
+ ARMv7, idivt, optional iWMMXt v2
+ Sheeva PJ4B-MP / PJ4C
+ CPUID 0x562f584x
+ ARMv7, idivt/idiva, LPAE, optional iWMMXt v2 and/or NEON
+
+Long-term plans
+---------------
+
+ * Unify the mach-dove/, mach-mv78xx0/, mach-orion5x/ into the
+ mach-mvebu/ to support all SoCs from the Marvell EBU (Engineering
+ Business Unit) in a single mach-<foo> directory. The plat-orion/
+ would therefore disappear.
+
+Credits
+-------
+
--- /dev/null
+================
+Memory alignment
+================
+
+Too many problems popped up because of unnoticed misaligned memory access in
+kernel code lately. Therefore the alignment fixup is now unconditionally
+configured in for SA11x0 based targets. According to Alan Cox, this is a
+bad idea to configure it out, but Russell King has some good reasons for
+doing so on some f***ed up ARM architectures like the EBSA110. However
+this is not the case on many design I'm aware of, like all SA11x0 based
+ones.
+
+Of course this is a bad idea to rely on the alignment trap to perform
+unaligned memory access in general. If those access are predictable, you
+are better to use the macros provided by include/asm/unaligned.h. The
+alignment trap can fixup misaligned access for the exception cases, but at
+a high performance cost. It better be rare.
+
+Now for user space applications, it is possible to configure the alignment
+trap to SIGBUS any code performing unaligned access (good for debugging bad
+code), or even fixup the access by software like for kernel code. The later
+mode isn't recommended for performance reasons (just think about the
+floating point emulation that works about the same way). Fix your code
+instead!
+
+Please note that randomly changing the behaviour without good thought is
+real bad - it changes the behaviour of all unaligned instructions in user
+space, and might cause programs to fail unexpectedly.
+
+To change the alignment trap behavior, simply echo a number into
+/proc/cpu/alignment. The number is made up from various bits:
+
+=== ========================================================
+bit behavior when set
+=== ========================================================
+0 A user process performing an unaligned memory access
+ will cause the kernel to print a message indicating
+ process name, pid, pc, instruction, address, and the
+ fault code.
+
+1 The kernel will attempt to fix up the user process
+ performing the unaligned access. This is of course
+ slow (think about the floating point emulator) and
+ not recommended for production use.
+
+2 The kernel will send a SIGBUS signal to the user process
+ performing the unaligned access.
+=== ========================================================
+
+Note that not all combinations are supported - only values 0 through 5.
+(6 and 7 don't make sense).
+
+For example, the following will turn on the warnings, but without
+fixing up or sending SIGBUS signals::
+
+ echo 1 > /proc/cpu/alignment
+
+You can also read the content of the same file to get statistical
+information on unaligned access occurrences plus the current mode of
+operation for user space code.
+
+
+Nicolas Pitre, Mar 13, 2001. Modified Russell King, Nov 30, 2001.
--- /dev/null
+=================================
+Kernel Memory Layout on ARM Linux
+=================================
+
+
+ November 17, 2005 (2.6.15)
+
+This document describes the virtual memory layout which the Linux
+kernel uses for ARM processors. It indicates which regions are
+free for platforms to use, and which are used by generic code.
+
+The ARM CPU is capable of addressing a maximum of 4GB virtual memory
+space, and this must be shared between user space processes, the
+kernel, and hardware devices.
+
+As the ARM architecture matures, it becomes necessary to reserve
+certain regions of VM space for use for new facilities; therefore
+this document may reserve more VM space over time.
+
+=============== =============== ===============================================
+Start End Use
+=============== =============== ===============================================
+ffff8000 ffffffff copy_user_page / clear_user_page use.
+ For SA11xx and Xscale, this is used to
+ setup a minicache mapping.
+
+ffff4000 ffffffff cache aliasing on ARMv6 and later CPUs.
+
+ffff1000 ffff7fff Reserved.
+ Platforms must not use this address range.
+
+ffff0000 ffff0fff CPU vector page.
+ The CPU vectors are mapped here if the
+ CPU supports vector relocation (control
+ register V bit.)
+
+fffe0000 fffeffff XScale cache flush area. This is used
+ in proc-xscale.S to flush the whole data
+ cache. (XScale does not have TCM.)
+
+fffe8000 fffeffff DTCM mapping area for platforms with
+ DTCM mounted inside the CPU.
+
+fffe0000 fffe7fff ITCM mapping area for platforms with
+ ITCM mounted inside the CPU.
+
+ffc80000 ffefffff Fixmap mapping region. Addresses provided
+ by fix_to_virt() will be located here.
+
+ffc00000 ffc7ffff Guard region
+
+ff800000 ffbfffff Permanent, fixed read-only mapping of the
+ firmware provided DT blob
+
+fee00000 feffffff Mapping of PCI I/O space. This is a static
+ mapping within the vmalloc space.
+
+VMALLOC_START VMALLOC_END-1 vmalloc() / ioremap() space.
+ Memory returned by vmalloc/ioremap will
+ be dynamically placed in this region.
+ Machine specific static mappings are also
+ located here through iotable_init().
+ VMALLOC_START is based upon the value
+ of the high_memory variable, and VMALLOC_END
+ is equal to 0xff800000.
+
+PAGE_OFFSET high_memory-1 Kernel direct-mapped RAM region.
+ This maps the platforms RAM, and typically
+ maps all platform RAM in a 1:1 relationship.
+
+PKMAP_BASE PAGE_OFFSET-1 Permanent kernel mappings
+ One way of mapping HIGHMEM pages into kernel
+ space.
+
+MODULES_VADDR MODULES_END-1 Kernel module space
+ Kernel modules inserted via insmod are
+ placed here using dynamic mappings.
+
+TASK_SIZE MODULES_VADDR-1 KASAn shadow memory when KASan is in use.
+ The range from MODULES_VADDR to the top
+ of the memory is shadowed here with 1 bit
+ per byte of memory.
+
+00001000 TASK_SIZE-1 User space mappings
+ Per-thread mappings are placed here via
+ the mmap() system call.
+
+00000000 00000fff CPU vector page / null pointer trap
+ CPUs which do not support vector remapping
+ place their vector page here. NULL pointer
+ dereferences by both the kernel and user
+ space are also caught via this mapping.
+=============== =============== ===============================================
+
+Please note that mappings which collide with the above areas may result
+in a non-bootable kernel, or may cause the kernel to (eventually) panic
+at run time.
+
+Since future CPUs may impact the kernel mapping layout, user programs
+must not access any memory which is not mapped inside their 0x0001000
+to TASK_SIZE address range. If they wish to access these areas, they
+must set up their own mappings using open() and mmap().
--- /dev/null
+=============================
+ARM Microchip SoCs (aka AT91)
+=============================
+
+
+Introduction
+------------
+This document gives useful information about the ARM Microchip SoCs that are
+currently supported in Linux Mainline (you know, the one on kernel.org).
+
+It is important to note that the Microchip (previously Atmel) ARM-based MPU
+product line is historically named "AT91" or "at91" throughout the Linux kernel
+development process even if this product prefix has completely disappeared from
+the official Microchip product name. Anyway, files, directories, git trees,
+git branches/tags and email subject always contain this "at91" sub-string.
+
+
+AT91 SoCs
+---------
+Documentation and detailed datasheet for each product are available on
+the Microchip website: http://www.microchip.com.
+
+ Flavors:
+ * ARM 920 based SoC
+ - at91rm9200
+
+ * Datasheet
+
+ http://ww1.microchip.com/downloads/en/DeviceDoc/Atmel-1768-32-bit-ARM920T-Embedded-Microprocessor-AT91RM9200_Datasheet.pdf
+
+ * ARM 926 based SoCs
+ - at91sam9260
+
+ * Datasheet
+
+ http://ww1.microchip.com/downloads/en/DeviceDoc/Atmel-6221-32-bit-ARM926EJ-S-Embedded-Microprocessor-SAM9260_Datasheet.pdf
+
+ - at91sam9xe
+
+ * Datasheet
+
+ http://ww1.microchip.com/downloads/en/DeviceDoc/Atmel-6254-32-bit-ARM926EJ-S-Embedded-Microprocessor-SAM9XE_Datasheet.pdf
+
+ - at91sam9261
+
+ * Datasheet
+
+ http://ww1.microchip.com/downloads/en/DeviceDoc/Atmel-6062-ARM926EJ-S-Microprocessor-SAM9261_Datasheet.pdf
+
+ - at91sam9263
+
+ * Datasheet
+
+ http://ww1.microchip.com/downloads/en/DeviceDoc/Atmel-6249-32-bit-ARM926EJ-S-Embedded-Microprocessor-SAM9263_Datasheet.pdf
+
+ - at91sam9rl
+
+ * Datasheet
+
+ http://ww1.microchip.com/downloads/en/DeviceDoc/doc6289.pdf
+
+ - at91sam9g20
+
+ * Datasheet
+
+ http://ww1.microchip.com/downloads/en/DeviceDoc/DS60001516A.pdf
+
+ - at91sam9g45 family
+ - at91sam9g45
+ - at91sam9g46
+ - at91sam9m10
+ - at91sam9m11 (device superset)
+
+ * Datasheet
+
+ http://ww1.microchip.com/downloads/en/DeviceDoc/Atmel-6437-32-bit-ARM926-Embedded-Microprocessor-SAM9M11_Datasheet.pdf
+
+ - at91sam9x5 family (aka "The 5 series")
+ - at91sam9g15
+ - at91sam9g25
+ - at91sam9g35
+ - at91sam9x25
+ - at91sam9x35
+
+ * Datasheet (can be considered as covering the whole family)
+
+ http://ww1.microchip.com/downloads/en/DeviceDoc/Atmel-11055-32-bit-ARM926EJ-S-Microcontroller-SAM9X35_Datasheet.pdf
+
+ - at91sam9n12
+
+ * Datasheet
+
+ http://ww1.microchip.com/downloads/en/DeviceDoc/DS60001517A.pdf
+
+ - sam9x60
+
+ * Datasheet
+
+ http://ww1.microchip.com/downloads/en/DeviceDoc/SAM9X60-Data-Sheet-DS60001579A.pdf
+
+ * ARM Cortex-A5 based SoCs
+ - sama5d3 family
+
+ - sama5d31
+ - sama5d33
+ - sama5d34
+ - sama5d35
+ - sama5d36 (device superset)
+
+ * Datasheet
+
+ http://ww1.microchip.com/downloads/en/DeviceDoc/Atmel-11121-32-bit-Cortex-A5-Microcontroller-SAMA5D3_Datasheet_B.pdf
+
+ * ARM Cortex-A5 + NEON based SoCs
+ - sama5d4 family
+
+ - sama5d41
+ - sama5d42
+ - sama5d43
+ - sama5d44 (device superset)
+
+ * Datasheet
+
+ http://ww1.microchip.com/downloads/en/DeviceDoc/60001525A.pdf
+
+ - sama5d2 family
+
+ - sama5d21
+ - sama5d22
+ - sama5d23
+ - sama5d24
+ - sama5d26
+ - sama5d27 (device superset)
+ - sama5d28 (device superset + environmental monitors)
+
+ * Datasheet
+
+ http://ww1.microchip.com/downloads/en/DeviceDoc/DS60001476B.pdf
+
+ * ARM Cortex-A7 based SoCs
+ - sama7g5 family
+
+ - sama7g51
+ - sama7g52
+ - sama7g53
+ - sama7g54 (device superset)
+
+ * Datasheet
+
+ Coming soon
+
+ - lan966 family
+ - lan9662
+ - lan9668
+
+ * Datasheet
+
+ Coming soon
+
+ * ARM Cortex-M7 MCUs
+ - sams70 family
+
+ - sams70j19
+ - sams70j20
+ - sams70j21
+ - sams70n19
+ - sams70n20
+ - sams70n21
+ - sams70q19
+ - sams70q20
+ - sams70q21
+
+ - samv70 family
+
+ - samv70j19
+ - samv70j20
+ - samv70n19
+ - samv70n20
+ - samv70q19
+ - samv70q20
+
+ - samv71 family
+
+ - samv71j19
+ - samv71j20
+ - samv71j21
+ - samv71n19
+ - samv71n20
+ - samv71n21
+ - samv71q19
+ - samv71q20
+ - samv71q21
+
+ * Datasheet
+
+ http://ww1.microchip.com/downloads/en/DeviceDoc/SAM-E70-S70-V70-V71-Family-Data-Sheet-DS60001527D.pdf
+
+
+Linux kernel information
+------------------------
+Linux kernel mach directory: arch/arm/mach-at91
+MAINTAINERS entry is: "ARM/Microchip (AT91) SoC support"
+
+
+Device Tree for AT91 SoCs and boards
+------------------------------------
+All AT91 SoCs are converted to Device Tree. Since Linux 3.19, these products
+must use this method to boot the Linux kernel.
+
+Work In Progress statement:
+Device Tree files and Device Tree bindings that apply to AT91 SoCs and boards are
+considered as "Unstable". To be completely clear, any at91 binding can change at
+any time. So, be sure to use a Device Tree Binary and a Kernel Image generated from
+the same source tree.
+Please refer to the Documentation/devicetree/bindings/ABI.rst file for a
+definition of a "Stable" binding/ABI.
+This statement will be removed by AT91 MAINTAINERS when appropriate.
+
+Naming conventions and best practice:
+
+- SoCs Device Tree Source Include files are named after the official name of
+ the product (at91sam9g20.dtsi or sama5d33.dtsi for instance).
+- Device Tree Source Include files (.dtsi) are used to collect common nodes that can be
+ shared across SoCs or boards (sama5d3.dtsi or at91sam9x5cm.dtsi for instance).
+ When collecting nodes for a particular peripheral or topic, the identifier have to
+ be placed at the end of the file name, separated with a "_" (at91sam9x5_can.dtsi
+ or sama5d3_gmac.dtsi for example).
+- board Device Tree Source files (.dts) are prefixed by the string "at91-" so
+ that they can be identified easily. Note that some files are historical exceptions
+ to this rule (sama5d3[13456]ek.dts, usb_a9g20.dts or animeo_ip.dts for example).
--- /dev/null
+================================
+NetWinder specific documentation
+================================
+
+The NetWinder is a small low-power computer, primarily designed
+to run Linux. It is based around the StrongARM RISC processor,
+DC21285 PCI bridge, with PC-type hardware glued around it.
+
+Port usage
+==========
+
+======= ====== ===============================
+Min Max Description
+======= ====== ===============================
+0x0000 0x000f DMA1
+0x0020 0x0021 PIC1
+0x0060 0x006f Keyboard
+0x0070 0x007f RTC
+0x0080 0x0087 DMA1
+0x0088 0x008f DMA2
+0x00a0 0x00a3 PIC2
+0x00c0 0x00df DMA2
+0x0180 0x0187 IRDA
+0x01f0 0x01f6 ide0
+0x0201 Game port
+0x0203 RWA010 configuration read
+0x0220 ? SoundBlaster
+0x0250 ? WaveArtist
+0x0279 RWA010 configuration index
+0x02f8 0x02ff Serial ttyS1
+0x0300 0x031f Ether10
+0x0338 GPIO1
+0x033a GPIO2
+0x0370 0x0371 W83977F configuration registers
+0x0388 ? AdLib
+0x03c0 0x03df VGA
+0x03f6 ide0
+0x03f8 0x03ff Serial ttyS0
+0x0400 0x0408 DC21143
+0x0480 0x0487 DMA1
+0x0488 0x048f DMA2
+0x0a79 RWA010 configuration write
+0xe800 0xe80f ide0/ide1 BM DMA
+======= ====== ===============================
+
+
+Interrupt usage
+===============
+
+======= ======= ========================
+IRQ type Description
+======= ======= ========================
+ 0 ISA 100Hz timer
+ 1 ISA Keyboard
+ 2 ISA cascade
+ 3 ISA Serial ttyS1
+ 4 ISA Serial ttyS0
+ 5 ISA PS/2 mouse
+ 6 ISA IRDA
+ 7 ISA Printer
+ 8 ISA RTC alarm
+ 9 ISA
+10 ISA GP10 (Orange reset button)
+11 ISA
+12 ISA WaveArtist
+13 ISA
+14 ISA hda1
+15 ISA
+======= ======= ========================
+
+DMA usage
+=========
+
+======= ======= ===========
+DMA type Description
+======= ======= ===========
+ 0 ISA IRDA
+ 1 ISA
+ 2 ISA cascade
+ 3 ISA WaveArtist
+ 4 ISA
+ 5 ISA
+ 6 ISA
+ 7 ISA WaveArtist
+======= ======= ===========
--- /dev/null
+.. SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0
+
+===================================
+NetWinder's floating point emulator
+===================================
+
+.. toctree::
+ :maxdepth: 1
+
+ nwfpe
+ netwinder-fpe
+ notes
+ todo
--- /dev/null
+=============
+Current State
+=============
+
+The following describes the current state of the NetWinder's floating point
+emulator.
+
+In the following nomenclature is used to describe the floating point
+instructions. It follows the conventions in the ARM manual.
+
+::
+
+ <S|D|E> = <single|double|extended>, no default
+ {P|M|Z} = {round to +infinity,round to -infinity,round to zero},
+ default = round to nearest
+
+Note: items enclosed in {} are optional.
+
+Floating Point Coprocessor Data Transfer Instructions (CPDT)
+------------------------------------------------------------
+
+LDF/STF - load and store floating
+
+<LDF|STF>{cond}<S|D|E> Fd, Rn
+<LDF|STF>{cond}<S|D|E> Fd, [Rn, #<expression>]{!}
+<LDF|STF>{cond}<S|D|E> Fd, [Rn], #<expression>
+
+These instructions are fully implemented.
+
+LFM/SFM - load and store multiple floating
+
+Form 1 syntax:
+<LFM|SFM>{cond}<S|D|E> Fd, <count>, [Rn]
+<LFM|SFM>{cond}<S|D|E> Fd, <count>, [Rn, #<expression>]{!}
+<LFM|SFM>{cond}<S|D|E> Fd, <count>, [Rn], #<expression>
+
+Form 2 syntax:
+<LFM|SFM>{cond}<FD,EA> Fd, <count>, [Rn]{!}
+
+These instructions are fully implemented. They store/load three words
+for each floating point register into the memory location given in the
+instruction. The format in memory is unlikely to be compatible with
+other implementations, in particular the actual hardware. Specific
+mention of this is made in the ARM manuals.
+
+Floating Point Coprocessor Register Transfer Instructions (CPRT)
+----------------------------------------------------------------
+
+Conversions, read/write status/control register instructions
+
+FLT{cond}<S,D,E>{P,M,Z} Fn, Rd Convert integer to floating point
+FIX{cond}{P,M,Z} Rd, Fn Convert floating point to integer
+WFS{cond} Rd Write floating point status register
+RFS{cond} Rd Read floating point status register
+WFC{cond} Rd Write floating point control register
+RFC{cond} Rd Read floating point control register
+
+FLT/FIX are fully implemented.
+
+RFS/WFS are fully implemented.
+
+RFC/WFC are fully implemented. RFC/WFC are supervisor only instructions, and
+presently check the CPU mode, and do an invalid instruction trap if not called
+from supervisor mode.
+
+Compare instructions
+
+CMF{cond} Fn, Fm Compare floating
+CMFE{cond} Fn, Fm Compare floating with exception
+CNF{cond} Fn, Fm Compare negated floating
+CNFE{cond} Fn, Fm Compare negated floating with exception
+
+These are fully implemented.
+
+Floating Point Coprocessor Data Instructions (CPDT)
+---------------------------------------------------
+
+Dyadic operations:
+
+ADF{cond}<S|D|E>{P,M,Z} Fd, Fn, <Fm,#value> - add
+SUF{cond}<S|D|E>{P,M,Z} Fd, Fn, <Fm,#value> - subtract
+RSF{cond}<S|D|E>{P,M,Z} Fd, Fn, <Fm,#value> - reverse subtract
+MUF{cond}<S|D|E>{P,M,Z} Fd, Fn, <Fm,#value> - multiply
+DVF{cond}<S|D|E>{P,M,Z} Fd, Fn, <Fm,#value> - divide
+RDV{cond}<S|D|E>{P,M,Z} Fd, Fn, <Fm,#value> - reverse divide
+
+These are fully implemented.
+
+FML{cond}<S|D|E>{P,M,Z} Fd, Fn, <Fm,#value> - fast multiply
+FDV{cond}<S|D|E>{P,M,Z} Fd, Fn, <Fm,#value> - fast divide
+FRD{cond}<S|D|E>{P,M,Z} Fd, Fn, <Fm,#value> - fast reverse divide
+
+These are fully implemented as well. They use the same algorithm as the
+non-fast versions. Hence, in this implementation their performance is
+equivalent to the MUF/DVF/RDV instructions. This is acceptable according
+to the ARM manual. The manual notes these are defined only for single
+operands, on the actual FPA11 hardware they do not work for double or
+extended precision operands. The emulator currently does not check
+the requested permissions conditions, and performs the requested operation.
+
+RMF{cond}<S|D|E>{P,M,Z} Fd, Fn, <Fm,#value> - IEEE remainder
+
+This is fully implemented.
+
+Monadic operations:
+
+MVF{cond}<S|D|E>{P,M,Z} Fd, <Fm,#value> - move
+MNF{cond}<S|D|E>{P,M,Z} Fd, <Fm,#value> - move negated
+
+These are fully implemented.
+
+ABS{cond}<S|D|E>{P,M,Z} Fd, <Fm,#value> - absolute value
+SQT{cond}<S|D|E>{P,M,Z} Fd, <Fm,#value> - square root
+RND{cond}<S|D|E>{P,M,Z} Fd, <Fm,#value> - round
+
+These are fully implemented.
+
+URD{cond}<S|D|E>{P,M,Z} Fd, <Fm,#value> - unnormalized round
+NRM{cond}<S|D|E>{P,M,Z} Fd, <Fm,#value> - normalize
+
+These are implemented. URD is implemented using the same code as the RND
+instruction. Since URD cannot return a unnormalized number, NRM becomes
+a NOP.
+
+Library calls:
+
+POW{cond}<S|D|E>{P,M,Z} Fd, Fn, <Fm,#value> - power
+RPW{cond}<S|D|E>{P,M,Z} Fd, Fn, <Fm,#value> - reverse power
+POL{cond}<S|D|E>{P,M,Z} Fd, Fn, <Fm,#value> - polar angle (arctan2)
+
+LOG{cond}<S|D|E>{P,M,Z} Fd, <Fm,#value> - logarithm to base 10
+LGN{cond}<S|D|E>{P,M,Z} Fd, <Fm,#value> - logarithm to base e
+EXP{cond}<S|D|E>{P,M,Z} Fd, <Fm,#value> - exponent
+SIN{cond}<S|D|E>{P,M,Z} Fd, <Fm,#value> - sine
+COS{cond}<S|D|E>{P,M,Z} Fd, <Fm,#value> - cosine
+TAN{cond}<S|D|E>{P,M,Z} Fd, <Fm,#value> - tangent
+ASN{cond}<S|D|E>{P,M,Z} Fd, <Fm,#value> - arcsine
+ACS{cond}<S|D|E>{P,M,Z} Fd, <Fm,#value> - arccosine
+ATN{cond}<S|D|E>{P,M,Z} Fd, <Fm,#value> - arctangent
+
+These are not implemented. They are not currently issued by the compiler,
+and are handled by routines in libc. These are not implemented by the FPA11
+hardware, but are handled by the floating point support code. They should
+be implemented in future versions.
+
+Signalling:
+
+Signals are implemented. However current ELF kernels produced by Rebel.com
+have a bug in them that prevents the module from generating a SIGFPE. This
+is caused by a failure to alias fp_current to the kernel variable
+current_set[0] correctly.
+
+The kernel provided with this distribution (vmlinux-nwfpe-0.93) contains
+a fix for this problem and also incorporates the current version of the
+emulator directly. It is possible to run with no floating point module
+loaded with this kernel. It is provided as a demonstration of the
+technology and for those who want to do floating point work that depends
+on signals. It is not strictly necessary to use the module.
+
+A module (either the one provided by Russell King, or the one in this
+distribution) can be loaded to replace the functionality of the emulator
+built into the kernel.
--- /dev/null
+Notes
+=====
+
+There seems to be a problem with exp(double) and our emulator. I haven't
+been able to track it down yet. This does not occur with the emulator
+supplied by Russell King.
+
+I also found one oddity in the emulator. I don't think it is serious but
+will point it out. The ARM calling conventions require floating point
+registers f4-f7 to be preserved over a function call. The compiler quite
+often uses an stfe instruction to save f4 on the stack upon entry to a
+function, and an ldfe instruction to restore it before returning.
+
+I was looking at some code, that calculated a double result, stored it in f4
+then made a function call. Upon return from the function call the number in
+f4 had been converted to an extended value in the emulator.
+
+This is a side effect of the stfe instruction. The double in f4 had to be
+converted to extended, then stored. If an lfm/sfm combination had been used,
+then no conversion would occur. This has performance considerations. The
+result from the function call and f4 were used in a multiplication. If the
+emulator sees a multiply of a double and extended, it promotes the double to
+extended, then does the multiply in extended precision.
+
+This code will cause this problem:
+
+double x, y, z;
+z = log(x)/log(y);
+
+The result of log(x) (a double) will be calculated, returned in f0, then
+moved to f4 to preserve it over the log(y) call. The division will be done
+in extended precision, due to the stfe instruction used to save f4 in log(y).
--- /dev/null
+Introduction
+============
+
+This directory contains the version 0.92 test release of the NetWinder
+Floating Point Emulator.
+
+The majority of the code was written by me, Scott Bambrough It is
+written in C, with a small number of routines in inline assembler
+where required. It was written quickly, with a goal of implementing a
+working version of all the floating point instructions the compiler
+emits as the first target. I have attempted to be as optimal as
+possible, but there remains much room for improvement.
+
+I have attempted to make the emulator as portable as possible. One of
+the problems is with leading underscores on kernel symbols. Elf
+kernels have no leading underscores, a.out compiled kernels do. I
+have attempted to use the C_SYMBOL_NAME macro wherever this may be
+important.
+
+Another choice I made was in the file structure. I have attempted to
+contain all operating system specific code in one module (fpmodule.*).
+All the other files contain emulator specific code. This should allow
+others to port the emulator to NetBSD for instance relatively easily.
+
+The floating point operations are based on SoftFloat Release 2, by
+John Hauser. SoftFloat is a software implementation of floating-point
+that conforms to the IEC/IEEE Standard for Binary Floating-point
+Arithmetic. As many as four formats are supported: single precision,
+double precision, extended double precision, and quadruple precision.
+All operations required by the standard are implemented, except for
+conversions to and from decimal. We use only the single precision,
+double precision and extended double precision formats. The port of
+SoftFloat to the ARM was done by Phil Blundell, based on an earlier
+port of SoftFloat version 1 by Neil Carson for NetBSD/arm32.
+
+The file README.FPE contains a description of what has been implemented
+so far in the emulator. The file TODO contains a information on what
+remains to be done, and other ideas for the emulator.
+
+Bug reports, comments, suggestions should be directed to me at
+work correctly when your emulator is installed" are useful for
+determining that bugs still exist; but are virtually useless when
+attempting to isolate the problem. Please report them, but don't
+expect quick action. Bugs still exist. The problem remains in isolating
+which instruction contains the bug. Small programs illustrating a specific
+problem are a godsend.
+
+Legal Notices
+-------------
+
+The NetWinder Floating Point Emulator is free software. Everything Rebel.com
+has written is provided under the GNU GPL. See the file COPYING for copying
+conditions. Excluded from the above is the SoftFloat code. John Hauser's
+legal notice for SoftFloat is included below.
+
+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+SoftFloat Legal Notice
+
+SoftFloat was written by John R. Hauser. This work was made possible in
+part by the International Computer Science Institute, located at Suite 600,
+1947 Center Street, Berkeley, California 94704. Funding was partially
+provided by the National Science Foundation under grant MIP-9311980. The
+original version of this code was written as part of a project to build
+a fixed-point vector processor in collaboration with the University of
+California at Berkeley, overseen by Profs. Nelson Morgan and John Wawrzynek.
+
+THIS SOFTWARE IS DISTRIBUTED AS IS, FOR FREE. Although reasonable effort
+has been made to avoid it, THIS SOFTWARE MAY CONTAIN FAULTS THAT WILL AT
+TIMES RESULT IN INCORRECT BEHAVIOR. USE OF THIS SOFTWARE IS RESTRICTED TO
+PERSONS AND ORGANIZATIONS WHO CAN AND WILL TAKE FULL RESPONSIBILITY FOR ANY
+AND ALL LOSSES, COSTS, OR OTHER PROBLEMS ARISING FROM ITS USE.
+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
--- /dev/null
+TODO LIST
+=========
+
+::
+
+ POW{cond}<S|D|E>{P,M,Z} Fd, Fn, <Fm,#value> - power
+ RPW{cond}<S|D|E>{P,M,Z} Fd, Fn, <Fm,#value> - reverse power
+ POL{cond}<S|D|E>{P,M,Z} Fd, Fn, <Fm,#value> - polar angle (arctan2)
+
+ LOG{cond}<S|D|E>{P,M,Z} Fd, <Fm,#value> - logarithm to base 10
+ LGN{cond}<S|D|E>{P,M,Z} Fd, <Fm,#value> - logarithm to base e
+ EXP{cond}<S|D|E>{P,M,Z} Fd, <Fm,#value> - exponent
+ SIN{cond}<S|D|E>{P,M,Z} Fd, <Fm,#value> - sine
+ COS{cond}<S|D|E>{P,M,Z} Fd, <Fm,#value> - cosine
+ TAN{cond}<S|D|E>{P,M,Z} Fd, <Fm,#value> - tangent
+ ASN{cond}<S|D|E>{P,M,Z} Fd, <Fm,#value> - arcsine
+ ACS{cond}<S|D|E>{P,M,Z} Fd, <Fm,#value> - arccosine
+ ATN{cond}<S|D|E>{P,M,Z} Fd, <Fm,#value> - arctangent
+
+These are not implemented. They are not currently issued by the compiler,
+and are handled by routines in libc. These are not implemented by the FPA11
+hardware, but are handled by the floating point support code. They should
+be implemented in future versions.
+
+There are a couple of ways to approach the implementation of these. One
+method would be to use accurate table methods for these routines. I have
+a couple of papers by S. Gal from IBM's research labs in Haifa, Israel that
+seem to promise extreme accuracy (in the order of 99.8%) and reasonable speed.
+These methods are used in GLIBC for some of the transcendental functions.
+
+Another approach, which I know little about is CORDIC. This stands for
+Coordinate Rotation Digital Computer, and is a method of computing
+transcendental functions using mostly shifts and adds and a few
+multiplications and divisions. The ARM excels at shifts and adds,
+so such a method could be promising, but requires more research to
+determine if it is feasible.
+
+Rounding Methods
+----------------
+
+The IEEE standard defines 4 rounding modes. Round to nearest is the
+default, but rounding to + or - infinity or round to zero are also allowed.
+Many architectures allow the rounding mode to be specified by modifying bits
+in a control register. Not so with the ARM FPA11 architecture. To change
+the rounding mode one must specify it with each instruction.
+
+This has made porting some benchmarks difficult. It is possible to
+introduce such a capability into the emulator. The FPCR contains
+bits describing the rounding mode. The emulator could be altered to
+examine a flag, which if set forced it to ignore the rounding mode in
+the instruction, and use the mode specified in the bits in the FPCR.
+
+This would require a method of getting/setting the flag, and the bits
+in the FPCR. This requires a kernel call in ArmLinux, as WFC/RFC are
+supervisor only instructions. If anyone has any ideas or comments I
+would like to hear them.
+
+NOTE:
+ pulled out from some docs on ARM floating point, specifically
+ for the Acorn FPE, but not limited to it:
+
+ The floating point control register (FPCR) may only be present in some
+ implementations: it is there to control the hardware in an implementation-
+ specific manner, for example to disable the floating point system. The user
+ mode of the ARM is not permitted to use this register (since the right is
+ reserved to alter it between implementations) and the WFC and RFC
+ instructions will trap if tried in user mode.
+
+ Hence, the answer is yes, you could do this, but then you will run a high
+ risk of becoming isolated if and when hardware FP emulation comes out
+
+ -- Russell.
--- /dev/null
+=========================
+OMAP2/3 Display Subsystem
+=========================
+
+This is an almost total rewrite of the OMAP FB driver in drivers/video/omap
+(let's call it DSS1). The main differences between DSS1 and DSS2 are DSI,
+TV-out and multiple display support, but there are lots of small improvements
+also.
+
+The DSS2 driver (omapdss module) is in arch/arm/plat-omap/dss/, and the FB,
+panel and controller drivers are in drivers/video/omap2/. DSS1 and DSS2 live
+currently side by side, you can choose which one to use.
+
+Features
+--------
+
+Working and tested features include:
+
+- MIPI DPI (parallel) output
+- MIPI DSI output in command mode
+- MIPI DBI (RFBI) output
+- SDI output
+- TV output
+- All pieces can be compiled as a module or inside kernel
+- Use DISPC to update any of the outputs
+- Use CPU to update RFBI or DSI output
+- OMAP DISPC planes
+- RGB16, RGB24 packed, RGB24 unpacked
+- YUV2, UYVY
+- Scaling
+- Adjusting DSS FCK to find a good pixel clock
+- Use DSI DPLL to create DSS FCK
+
+Tested boards include:
+- OMAP3 SDP board
+- Beagle board
+- N810
+
+omapdss driver
+--------------
+
+The DSS driver does not itself have any support for Linux framebuffer, V4L or
+such like the current ones, but it has an internal kernel API that upper level
+drivers can use.
+
+The DSS driver models OMAP's overlays, overlay managers and displays in a
+flexible way to enable non-common multi-display configuration. In addition to
+modelling the hardware overlays, omapdss supports virtual overlays and overlay
+managers. These can be used when updating a display with CPU or system DMA.
+
+omapdss driver support for audio
+--------------------------------
+There exist several display technologies and standards that support audio as
+well. Hence, it is relevant to update the DSS device driver to provide an audio
+interface that may be used by an audio driver or any other driver interested in
+the functionality.
+
+The audio_enable function is intended to prepare the relevant
+IP for playback (e.g., enabling an audio FIFO, taking in/out of reset
+some IP, enabling companion chips, etc). It is intended to be called before
+audio_start. The audio_disable function performs the reverse operation and is
+intended to be called after audio_stop.
+
+While a given DSS device driver may support audio, it is possible that for
+certain configurations audio is not supported (e.g., an HDMI display using a
+VESA video timing). The audio_supported function is intended to query whether
+the current configuration of the display supports audio.
+
+The audio_config function is intended to configure all the relevant audio
+parameters of the display. In order to make the function independent of any
+specific DSS device driver, a struct omap_dss_audio is defined. Its purpose
+is to contain all the required parameters for audio configuration. At the
+moment, such structure contains pointers to IEC-60958 channel status word
+and CEA-861 audio infoframe structures. This should be enough to support
+HDMI and DisplayPort, as both are based on CEA-861 and IEC-60958.
+
+The audio_enable/disable, audio_config and audio_supported functions could be
+implemented as functions that may sleep. Hence, they should not be called
+while holding a spinlock or a readlock.
+
+The audio_start/audio_stop function is intended to effectively start/stop audio
+playback after the configuration has taken place. These functions are designed
+to be used in an atomic context. Hence, audio_start should return quickly and be
+called only after all the needed resources for audio playback (audio FIFOs,
+DMA channels, companion chips, etc) have been enabled to begin data transfers.
+audio_stop is designed to only stop the audio transfers. The resources used
+for playback are released using audio_disable.
+
+The enum omap_dss_audio_state may be used to help the implementations of
+the interface to keep track of the audio state. The initial state is _DISABLED;
+then, the state transitions to _CONFIGURED, and then, when it is ready to
+play audio, to _ENABLED. The state _PLAYING is used when the audio is being
+rendered.
+
+
+Panel and controller drivers
+----------------------------
+
+The drivers implement panel or controller specific functionality and are not
+usually visible to users except through omapfb driver. They register
+themselves to the DSS driver.
+
+omapfb driver
+-------------
+
+The omapfb driver implements arbitrary number of standard linux framebuffers.
+These framebuffers can be routed flexibly to any overlays, thus allowing very
+dynamic display architecture.
+
+The driver exports some omapfb specific ioctls, which are compatible with the
+ioctls in the old driver.
+
+The rest of the non standard features are exported via sysfs. Whether the final
+implementation will use sysfs, or ioctls, is still open.
+
+V4L2 drivers
+------------
+
+V4L2 is being implemented in TI.
+
+From omapdss point of view the V4L2 drivers should be similar to framebuffer
+driver.
+
+Architecture
+--------------------
+
+Some clarification what the different components do:
+
+ - Framebuffer is a memory area inside OMAP's SRAM/SDRAM that contains the
+ pixel data for the image. Framebuffer has width and height and color
+ depth.
+ - Overlay defines where the pixels are read from and where they go on the
+ screen. The overlay may be smaller than framebuffer, thus displaying only
+ part of the framebuffer. The position of the overlay may be changed if
+ the overlay is smaller than the display.
+ - Overlay manager combines the overlays in to one image and feeds them to
+ display.
+ - Display is the actual physical display device.
+
+A framebuffer can be connected to multiple overlays to show the same pixel data
+on all of the overlays. Note that in this case the overlay input sizes must be
+the same, but, in case of video overlays, the output size can be different. Any
+framebuffer can be connected to any overlay.
+
+An overlay can be connected to one overlay manager. Also DISPC overlays can be
+connected only to DISPC overlay managers, and virtual overlays can be only
+connected to virtual overlays.
+
+An overlay manager can be connected to one display. There are certain
+restrictions which kinds of displays an overlay manager can be connected:
+
+ - DISPC TV overlay manager can be only connected to TV display.
+ - Virtual overlay managers can only be connected to DBI or DSI displays.
+ - DISPC LCD overlay manager can be connected to all displays, except TV
+ display.
+
+Sysfs
+-----
+The sysfs interface is mainly used for testing. I don't think sysfs
+interface is the best for this in the final version, but I don't quite know
+what would be the best interfaces for these things.
+
+The sysfs interface is divided to two parts: DSS and FB.
+
+/sys/class/graphics/fb? directory:
+mirror 0=off, 1=on
+rotate Rotation 0-3 for 0, 90, 180, 270 degrees
+rotate_type 0 = DMA rotation, 1 = VRFB rotation
+overlays List of overlay numbers to which framebuffer pixels go
+phys_addr Physical address of the framebuffer
+virt_addr Virtual address of the framebuffer
+size Size of the framebuffer
+
+/sys/devices/platform/omapdss/overlay? directory:
+enabled 0=off, 1=on
+input_size width,height (ie. the framebuffer size)
+manager Destination overlay manager name
+name
+output_size width,height
+position x,y
+screen_width width
+global_alpha global alpha 0-255 0=transparent 255=opaque
+
+/sys/devices/platform/omapdss/manager? directory:
+display Destination display
+name
+alpha_blending_enabled 0=off, 1=on
+trans_key_enabled 0=off, 1=on
+trans_key_type gfx-destination, video-source
+trans_key_value transparency color key (RGB24)
+default_color default background color (RGB24)
+
+/sys/devices/platform/omapdss/display? directory:
+
+=============== =============================================================
+ctrl_name Controller name
+mirror 0=off, 1=on
+update_mode 0=off, 1=auto, 2=manual
+enabled 0=off, 1=on
+name
+rotate Rotation 0-3 for 0, 90, 180, 270 degrees
+timings Display timings (pixclock,xres/hfp/hbp/hsw,yres/vfp/vbp/vsw)
+ When writing, two special timings are accepted for tv-out:
+ "pal" and "ntsc"
+panel_name
+tear_elim Tearing elimination 0=off, 1=on
+output_type Output type (video encoder only): "composite" or "svideo"
+=============== =============================================================
+
+There are also some debugfs files at <debugfs>/omapdss/ which show information
+about clocks and registers.
+
+Examples
+--------
+
+The following definitions have been made for the examples below::
+
+ ovl0=/sys/devices/platform/omapdss/overlay0
+ ovl1=/sys/devices/platform/omapdss/overlay1
+ ovl2=/sys/devices/platform/omapdss/overlay2
+
+ mgr0=/sys/devices/platform/omapdss/manager0
+ mgr1=/sys/devices/platform/omapdss/manager1
+
+ lcd=/sys/devices/platform/omapdss/display0
+ dvi=/sys/devices/platform/omapdss/display1
+ tv=/sys/devices/platform/omapdss/display2
+
+ fb0=/sys/class/graphics/fb0
+ fb1=/sys/class/graphics/fb1
+ fb2=/sys/class/graphics/fb2
+
+Default setup on OMAP3 SDP
+--------------------------
+
+Here's the default setup on OMAP3 SDP board. All planes go to LCD. DVI
+and TV-out are not in use. The columns from left to right are:
+framebuffers, overlays, overlay managers, displays. Framebuffers are
+handled by omapfb, and the rest by the DSS::
+
+ FB0 --- GFX -\ DVI
+ FB1 --- VID1 --+- LCD ---- LCD
+ FB2 --- VID2 -/ TV ----- TV
+
+Example: Switch from LCD to DVI
+-------------------------------
+
+::
+
+ w=`cat $dvi/timings | cut -d "," -f 2 | cut -d "/" -f 1`
+ h=`cat $dvi/timings | cut -d "," -f 3 | cut -d "/" -f 1`
+
+ echo "0" > $lcd/enabled
+ echo "" > $mgr0/display
+ fbset -fb /dev/fb0 -xres $w -yres $h -vxres $w -vyres $h
+ # at this point you have to switch the dvi/lcd dip-switch from the omap board
+ echo "dvi" > $mgr0/display
+ echo "1" > $dvi/enabled
+
+After this the configuration looks like:::
+
+ FB0 --- GFX -\ -- DVI
+ FB1 --- VID1 --+- LCD -/ LCD
+ FB2 --- VID2 -/ TV ----- TV
+
+Example: Clone GFX overlay to LCD and TV
+----------------------------------------
+
+::
+
+ w=`cat $tv/timings | cut -d "," -f 2 | cut -d "/" -f 1`
+ h=`cat $tv/timings | cut -d "," -f 3 | cut -d "/" -f 1`
+
+ echo "0" > $ovl0/enabled
+ echo "0" > $ovl1/enabled
+
+ echo "" > $fb1/overlays
+ echo "0,1" > $fb0/overlays
+
+ echo "$w,$h" > $ovl1/output_size
+ echo "tv" > $ovl1/manager
+
+ echo "1" > $ovl0/enabled
+ echo "1" > $ovl1/enabled
+
+ echo "1" > $tv/enabled
+
+After this the configuration looks like (only relevant parts shown)::
+
+ FB0 +-- GFX ---- LCD ---- LCD
+ \- VID1 ---- TV ---- TV
+
+Misc notes
+----------
+
+OMAP FB allocates the framebuffer memory using the standard dma allocator. You
+can enable Contiguous Memory Allocator (CONFIG_CMA) to improve the dma
+allocator, and if CMA is enabled, you use "cma=" kernel parameter to increase
+the global memory area for CMA.
+
+Using DSI DPLL to generate pixel clock it is possible produce the pixel clock
+of 86.5MHz (max possible), and with that you get 1280x1024@57 output from DVI.
+
+Rotation and mirroring currently only supports RGB565 and RGB8888 modes. VRFB
+does not support mirroring.
+
+VRFB rotation requires much more memory than non-rotated framebuffer, so you
+probably need to increase your vram setting before using VRFB rotation. Also,
+many applications may not work with VRFB if they do not pay attention to all
+framebuffer parameters.
+
+Kernel boot arguments
+---------------------
+
+omapfb.mode=<display>:<mode>[,...]
+ - Default video mode for specified displays. For example,
+ "dvi:800x400MR-24@60". See drivers/video/modedb.c.
+ There are also two special modes: "pal" and "ntsc" that
+ can be used to tv out.
+
+omapfb.vram=<fbnum>:<size>[@<physaddr>][,...]
+ - VRAM allocated for a framebuffer. Normally omapfb allocates vram
+ depending on the display size. With this you can manually allocate
+ more or define the physical address of each framebuffer. For example,
+ "1:4M" to allocate 4M for fb1.
+
+omapfb.debug=<y|n>
+ - Enable debug printing. You have to have OMAPFB debug support enabled
+ in kernel config.
+
+omapfb.test=<y|n>
+ - Draw test pattern to framebuffer whenever framebuffer settings change.
+ You need to have OMAPFB debug support enabled in kernel config.
+
+omapfb.vrfb=<y|n>
+ - Use VRFB rotation for all framebuffers.
+
+omapfb.rotate=<angle>
+ - Default rotation applied to all framebuffers.
+ 0 - 0 degree rotation
+ 1 - 90 degree rotation
+ 2 - 180 degree rotation
+ 3 - 270 degree rotation
+
+omapfb.mirror=<y|n>
+ - Default mirror for all framebuffers. Only works with DMA rotation.
+
+omapdss.def_disp=<display>
+ - Name of default display, to which all overlays will be connected.
+ Common examples are "lcd" or "tv".
+
+omapdss.debug=<y|n>
+ - Enable debug printing. You have to have DSS debug support enabled in
+ kernel config.
+
+TODO
+----
+
+DSS locking
+
+Error checking
+
+- Lots of checks are missing or implemented just as BUG()
+
+System DMA update for DSI
+
+- Can be used for RGB16 and RGB24P modes. Probably not for RGB24U (how
+ to skip the empty byte?)
+
+OMAP1 support
+
+- Not sure if needed
--- /dev/null
+.. SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0
+
+=======
+TI OMAP
+=======
+
+.. toctree::
+ :maxdepth: 1
+
+ omap
+ omap_pm
+ dss
--- /dev/null
+============
+OMAP history
+============
+
+This file contains documentation for running mainline
+kernel on omaps.
+
+====== ======================================================
+KERNEL NEW DEPENDENCIES
+====== ======================================================
+v4.3+ Update is needed for custom .config files to make sure
+ CONFIG_REGULATOR_PBIAS is enabled for MMC1 to work
+ properly.
+
+v4.18+ Update is needed for custom .config files to make sure
+ CONFIG_MMC_SDHCI_OMAP is enabled for all MMC instances
+ to work in DRA7 and K2G based boards.
+====== ======================================================
--- /dev/null
+=====================
+The OMAP PM interface
+=====================
+
+This document describes the temporary OMAP PM interface. Driver
+authors use these functions to communicate minimum latency or
+throughput constraints to the kernel power management code.
+Over time, the intention is to merge features from the OMAP PM
+interface into the Linux PM QoS code.
+
+Drivers need to express PM parameters which:
+
+- support the range of power management parameters present in the TI SRF;
+
+- separate the drivers from the underlying PM parameter
+ implementation, whether it is the TI SRF or Linux PM QoS or Linux
+ latency framework or something else;
+
+- specify PM parameters in terms of fundamental units, such as
+ latency and throughput, rather than units which are specific to OMAP
+ or to particular OMAP variants;
+
+- allow drivers which are shared with other architectures (e.g.,
+ DaVinci) to add these constraints in a way which won't affect non-OMAP
+ systems,
+
+- can be implemented immediately with minimal disruption of other
+ architectures.
+
+
+This document proposes the OMAP PM interface, including the following
+five power management functions for driver code:
+
+1. Set the maximum MPU wakeup latency::
+
+ (*pdata->set_max_mpu_wakeup_lat)(struct device *dev, unsigned long t)
+
+2. Set the maximum device wakeup latency::
+
+ (*pdata->set_max_dev_wakeup_lat)(struct device *dev, unsigned long t)
+
+3. Set the maximum system DMA transfer start latency (CORE pwrdm)::
+
+ (*pdata->set_max_sdma_lat)(struct device *dev, long t)
+
+4. Set the minimum bus throughput needed by a device::
+
+ (*pdata->set_min_bus_tput)(struct device *dev, u8 agent_id, unsigned long r)
+
+5. Return the number of times the device has lost context::
+
+ (*pdata->get_dev_context_loss_count)(struct device *dev)
+
+
+Further documentation for all OMAP PM interface functions can be
+found in arch/arm/plat-omap/include/mach/omap-pm.h.
+
+
+The OMAP PM layer is intended to be temporary
+---------------------------------------------
+
+The intention is that eventually the Linux PM QoS layer should support
+the range of power management features present in OMAP3. As this
+happens, existing drivers using the OMAP PM interface can be modified
+to use the Linux PM QoS code; and the OMAP PM interface can disappear.
+
+
+Driver usage of the OMAP PM functions
+-------------------------------------
+
+As the 'pdata' in the above examples indicates, these functions are
+exposed to drivers through function pointers in driver .platform_data
+structures. The function pointers are initialized by the `board-*.c`
+files to point to the corresponding OMAP PM functions:
+
+- set_max_dev_wakeup_lat will point to
+ omap_pm_set_max_dev_wakeup_lat(), etc. Other architectures which do
+ not support these functions should leave these function pointers set
+ to NULL. Drivers should use the following idiom::
+
+ if (pdata->set_max_dev_wakeup_lat)
+ (*pdata->set_max_dev_wakeup_lat)(dev, t);
+
+The most common usage of these functions will probably be to specify
+the maximum time from when an interrupt occurs, to when the device
+becomes accessible. To accomplish this, driver writers should use the
+set_max_mpu_wakeup_lat() function to constrain the MPU wakeup
+latency, and the set_max_dev_wakeup_lat() function to constrain the
+device wakeup latency (from clk_enable() to accessibility). For
+example::
+
+ /* Limit MPU wakeup latency */
+ if (pdata->set_max_mpu_wakeup_lat)
+ (*pdata->set_max_mpu_wakeup_lat)(dev, tc);
+
+ /* Limit device powerdomain wakeup latency */
+ if (pdata->set_max_dev_wakeup_lat)
+ (*pdata->set_max_dev_wakeup_lat)(dev, td);
+
+ /* total wakeup latency in this example: (tc + td) */
+
+The PM parameters can be overwritten by calling the function again
+with the new value. The settings can be removed by calling the
+function with a t argument of -1 (except in the case of
+set_max_bus_tput(), which should be called with an r argument of 0).
+
+The fifth function above, omap_pm_get_dev_context_loss_count(),
+is intended as an optimization to allow drivers to determine whether the
+device has lost its internal context. If context has been lost, the
+driver must restore its internal context before proceeding.
+
+
+Other specialized interface functions
+-------------------------------------
+
+The five functions listed above are intended to be usable by any
+device driver. DSPBridge and CPUFreq have a few special requirements.
+DSPBridge expresses target DSP performance levels in terms of OPP IDs.
+CPUFreq expresses target MPU performance levels in terms of MPU
+frequency. The OMAP PM interface contains functions for these
+specialized cases to convert that input information (OPPs/MPU
+frequency) into the form that the underlying power management
+implementation needs:
+
+6. `(*pdata->dsp_get_opp_table)(void)`
+
+7. `(*pdata->dsp_set_min_opp)(u8 opp_id)`
+
+8. `(*pdata->dsp_get_opp)(void)`
+
+9. `(*pdata->cpu_get_freq_table)(void)`
+
+10. `(*pdata->cpu_set_freq)(unsigned long f)`
+
+11. `(*pdata->cpu_get_freq)(void)`
+
+Customizing OPP for platform
+============================
+Defining CONFIG_PM should enable OPP layer for the silicon
+and the registration of OPP table should take place automatically.
+However, in special cases, the default OPP table may need to be
+tweaked, for e.g.:
+
+ * enable default OPPs which are disabled by default, but which
+ could be enabled on a platform
+ * Disable an unsupported OPP on the platform
+ * Define and add a custom opp table entry
+ in these cases, the board file needs to do additional steps as follows:
+
+arch/arm/mach-omapx/board-xyz.c::
+
+ #include "pm.h"
+ ....
+ static void __init omap_xyz_init_irq(void)
+ {
+ ....
+ /* Initialize the default table */
+ omapx_opp_init();
+ /* Do customization to the defaults */
+ ....
+ }
+
+NOTE:
+ omapx_opp_init will be omap3_opp_init or as required
+ based on the omap family.
--- /dev/null
+=======
+Porting
+=======
+
+Taken from list archive at http://lists.arm.linux.org.uk/pipermail/linux-arm-kernel/2001-July/004064.html
+
+Initial definitions
+-------------------
+
+The following symbol definitions rely on you knowing the translation that
+__virt_to_phys() does for your machine. This macro converts the passed
+virtual address to a physical address. Normally, it is simply:
+
+ phys = virt - PAGE_OFFSET + PHYS_OFFSET
+
+
+Decompressor Symbols
+--------------------
+
+ZTEXTADDR
+ Start address of decompressor. There's no point in talking about
+ virtual or physical addresses here, since the MMU will be off at
+ the time when you call the decompressor code. You normally call
+ the kernel at this address to start it booting. This doesn't have
+ to be located in RAM, it can be in flash or other read-only or
+ read-write addressable medium.
+
+ZBSSADDR
+ Start address of zero-initialised work area for the decompressor.
+ This must be pointing at RAM. The decompressor will zero initialise
+ this for you. Again, the MMU will be off.
+
+ZRELADDR
+ This is the address where the decompressed kernel will be written,
+ and eventually executed. The following constraint must be valid:
+
+ __virt_to_phys(TEXTADDR) == ZRELADDR
+
+ The initial part of the kernel is carefully coded to be position
+ independent.
+
+INITRD_PHYS
+ Physical address to place the initial RAM disk. Only relevant if
+ you are using the bootpImage stuff (which only works on the old
+ struct param_struct).
+
+INITRD_VIRT
+ Virtual address of the initial RAM disk. The following constraint
+ must be valid:
+
+ __virt_to_phys(INITRD_VIRT) == INITRD_PHYS
+
+PARAMS_PHYS
+ Physical address of the struct param_struct or tag list, giving the
+ kernel various parameters about its execution environment.
+
+
+Kernel Symbols
+--------------
+
+PHYS_OFFSET
+ Physical start address of the first bank of RAM.
+
+PAGE_OFFSET
+ Virtual start address of the first bank of RAM. During the kernel
+ boot phase, virtual address PAGE_OFFSET will be mapped to physical
+ address PHYS_OFFSET, along with any other mappings you supply.
+ This should be the same value as TASK_SIZE.
+
+TASK_SIZE
+ The maximum size of a user process in bytes. Since user space
+ always starts at zero, this is the maximum address that a user
+ process can access+1. The user space stack grows down from this
+ address.
+
+ Any virtual address below TASK_SIZE is deemed to be user process
+ area, and therefore managed dynamically on a process by process
+ basis by the kernel. I'll call this the user segment.
+
+ Anything above TASK_SIZE is common to all processes. I'll call
+ this the kernel segment.
+
+ (In other words, you can't put IO mappings below TASK_SIZE, and
+ hence PAGE_OFFSET).
+
+TEXTADDR
+ Virtual start address of kernel, normally PAGE_OFFSET + 0x8000.
+ This is where the kernel image ends up. With the latest kernels,
+ it must be located at 32768 bytes into a 128MB region. Previous
+ kernels placed a restriction of 256MB here.
+
+DATAADDR
+ Virtual address for the kernel data segment. Must not be defined
+ when using the decompressor.
+
+VMALLOC_START / VMALLOC_END
+ Virtual addresses bounding the vmalloc() area. There must not be
+ any static mappings in this area; vmalloc will overwrite them.
+ The addresses must also be in the kernel segment (see above).
+ Normally, the vmalloc() area starts VMALLOC_OFFSET bytes above the
+ last virtual RAM address (found using variable high_memory).
+
+VMALLOC_OFFSET
+ Offset normally incorporated into VMALLOC_START to provide a hole
+ between virtual RAM and the vmalloc area. We do this to allow
+ out of bounds memory accesses (eg, something writing off the end
+ of the mapped memory map) to be caught. Normally set to 8MB.
+
+Architecture Specific Macros
+----------------------------
+
+BOOT_MEM(pram,pio,vio)
+ `pram` specifies the physical start address of RAM. Must always
+ be present, and should be the same as PHYS_OFFSET.
+
+ `pio` is the physical address of an 8MB region containing IO for
+ use with the debugging macros in arch/arm/kernel/debug-armv.S.
+
+ `vio` is the virtual address of the 8MB debugging region.
+
+ It is expected that the debugging region will be re-initialised
+ by the architecture specific code later in the code (via the
+ MAPIO function).
+
+BOOT_PARAMS
+ Same as, and see PARAMS_PHYS.
+
+FIXUP(func)
+ Machine specific fixups, run before memory subsystems have been
+ initialised.
+
+MAPIO(func)
+ Machine specific function to map IO areas (including the debug
+ region above).
+
+INITIRQ(func)
+ Machine specific function to initialise interrupts.
--- /dev/null
+==============================================
+MFP Configuration for PXA2xx/PXA3xx Processors
+==============================================
+
+
+MFP stands for Multi-Function Pin, which is the pin-mux logic on PXA3xx and
+later PXA series processors. This document describes the existing MFP API,
+and how board/platform driver authors could make use of it.
+
+Basic Concept
+=============
+
+Unlike the GPIO alternate function settings on PXA25x and PXA27x, a new MFP
+mechanism is introduced from PXA3xx to completely move the pin-mux functions
+out of the GPIO controller. In addition to pin-mux configurations, the MFP
+also controls the low power state, driving strength, pull-up/down and event
+detection of each pin. Below is a diagram of internal connections between
+the MFP logic and the remaining SoC peripherals::
+
+ +--------+
+ | |--(GPIO19)--+
+ | GPIO | |
+ | |--(GPIO...) |
+ +--------+ |
+ | +---------+
+ +--------+ +------>| |
+ | PWM2 |--(PWM_OUT)-------->| MFP |
+ +--------+ +------>| |-------> to external PAD
+ | +---->| |
+ +--------+ | | +-->| |
+ | SSP2 |---(TXD)----+ | | +---------+
+ +--------+ | |
+ | |
+ +--------+ | |
+ | Keypad |--(MKOUT4)----+ |
+ +--------+ |
+ |
+ +--------+ |
+ | UART2 |---(TXD)--------+
+ +--------+
+
+NOTE: the external pad is named as MFP_PIN_GPIO19, it doesn't necessarily
+mean it's dedicated for GPIO19, only as a hint that internally this pin
+can be routed from GPIO19 of the GPIO controller.
+
+To better understand the change from PXA25x/PXA27x GPIO alternate function
+to this new MFP mechanism, here are several key points:
+
+ 1. GPIO controller on PXA3xx is now a dedicated controller, same as other
+ internal controllers like PWM, SSP and UART, with 128 internal signals
+ which can be routed to external through one or more MFPs (e.g. GPIO<0>
+ can be routed through either MFP_PIN_GPIO0 as well as MFP_PIN_GPIO0_2,
+ see arch/arm/mach-pxa/mfp-pxa300.h)
+
+ 2. Alternate function configuration is removed from this GPIO controller,
+ the remaining functions are pure GPIO-specific, i.e.
+
+ - GPIO signal level control
+ - GPIO direction control
+ - GPIO level change detection
+
+ 3. Low power state for each pin is now controlled by MFP, this means the
+ PGSRx registers on PXA2xx are now useless on PXA3xx
+
+ 4. Wakeup detection is now controlled by MFP, PWER does not control the
+ wakeup from GPIO(s) any more, depending on the sleeping state, ADxER
+ (as defined in pxa3xx-regs.h) controls the wakeup from MFP
+
+NOTE: with such a clear separation of MFP and GPIO, by GPIO<xx> we normally
+mean it is a GPIO signal, and by MFP<xxx> or pin xxx, we mean a physical
+pad (or ball).
+
+MFP API Usage
+=============
+
+For board code writers, here are some guidelines:
+
+1. include ONE of the following header files in your <board>.c:
+
+ - #include "mfp-pxa25x.h"
+ - #include "mfp-pxa27x.h"
+ - #include "mfp-pxa300.h"
+ - #include "mfp-pxa320.h"
+ - #include "mfp-pxa930.h"
+
+ NOTE: only one file in your <board>.c, depending on the processors used,
+ because pin configuration definitions may conflict in these file (i.e.
+ same name, different meaning and settings on different processors). E.g.
+ for zylonite platform, which support both PXA300/PXA310 and PXA320, two
+ separate files are introduced: zylonite_pxa300.c and zylonite_pxa320.c
+ (in addition to handle MFP configuration differences, they also handle
+ the other differences between the two combinations).
+
+ NOTE: PXA300 and PXA310 are almost identical in pin configurations (with
+ PXA310 supporting some additional ones), thus the difference is actually
+ covered in a single mfp-pxa300.h.
+
+2. prepare an array for the initial pin configurations, e.g.::
+
+ static unsigned long mainstone_pin_config[] __initdata = {
+ /* Chip Select */
+ GPIO15_nCS_1,
+
+ /* LCD - 16bpp Active TFT */
+ GPIOxx_TFT_LCD_16BPP,
+ GPIO16_PWM0_OUT, /* Backlight */
+
+ /* MMC */
+ GPIO32_MMC_CLK,
+ GPIO112_MMC_CMD,
+ GPIO92_MMC_DAT_0,
+ GPIO109_MMC_DAT_1,
+ GPIO110_MMC_DAT_2,
+ GPIO111_MMC_DAT_3,
+
+ ...
+
+ /* GPIO */
+ GPIO1_GPIO | WAKEUP_ON_EDGE_BOTH,
+ };
+
+ a) once the pin configurations are passed to pxa{2xx,3xx}_mfp_config(),
+ and written to the actual registers, they are useless and may discard,
+ adding '__initdata' will help save some additional bytes here.
+
+ b) when there is only one possible pin configurations for a component,
+ some simplified definitions can be used, e.g. GPIOxx_TFT_LCD_16BPP on
+ PXA25x and PXA27x processors
+
+ c) if by board design, a pin can be configured to wake up the system
+ from low power state, it can be 'OR'ed with any of:
+
+ WAKEUP_ON_EDGE_BOTH
+ WAKEUP_ON_EDGE_RISE
+ WAKEUP_ON_EDGE_FALL
+ WAKEUP_ON_LEVEL_HIGH - specifically for enabling of keypad GPIOs,
+
+ to indicate that this pin has the capability of wake-up the system,
+ and on which edge(s). This, however, doesn't necessarily mean the
+ pin _will_ wakeup the system, it will only when set_irq_wake() is
+ invoked with the corresponding GPIO IRQ (GPIO_IRQ(xx) or gpio_to_irq())
+ and eventually calls gpio_set_wake() for the actual register setting.
+
+ d) although PXA3xx MFP supports edge detection on each pin, the
+ internal logic will only wakeup the system when those specific bits
+ in ADxER registers are set, which can be well mapped to the
+ corresponding peripheral, thus set_irq_wake() can be called with
+ the peripheral IRQ to enable the wakeup.
+
+
+MFP on PXA3xx
+=============
+
+Every external I/O pad on PXA3xx (excluding those for special purpose) has
+one MFP logic associated, and is controlled by one MFP register (MFPR).
+
+The MFPR has the following bit definitions (for PXA300/PXA310/PXA320)::
+
+ 31 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
+ +-------------------------+--+--+--+--+--+--+--+--+--+--+--+--+--+--+--+--+
+ | RESERVED |PS|PU|PD| DRIVE |SS|SD|SO|EC|EF|ER|--| AF_SEL |
+ +-------------------------+--+--+--+--+--+--+--+--+--+--+--+--+--+--+--+--+
+
+ Bit 3: RESERVED
+ Bit 4: EDGE_RISE_EN - enable detection of rising edge on this pin
+ Bit 5: EDGE_FALL_EN - enable detection of falling edge on this pin
+ Bit 6: EDGE_CLEAR - disable edge detection on this pin
+ Bit 7: SLEEP_OE_N - enable outputs during low power modes
+ Bit 8: SLEEP_DATA - output data on the pin during low power modes
+ Bit 9: SLEEP_SEL - selection control for low power modes signals
+ Bit 13: PULLDOWN_EN - enable the internal pull-down resistor on this pin
+ Bit 14: PULLUP_EN - enable the internal pull-up resistor on this pin
+ Bit 15: PULL_SEL - pull state controlled by selected alternate function
+ (0) or by PULL{UP,DOWN}_EN bits (1)
+
+ Bit 0 - 2: AF_SEL - alternate function selection, 8 possibilities, from 0-7
+ Bit 10-12: DRIVE - drive strength and slew rate
+ 0b000 - fast 1mA
+ 0b001 - fast 2mA
+ 0b002 - fast 3mA
+ 0b003 - fast 4mA
+ 0b004 - slow 6mA
+ 0b005 - fast 6mA
+ 0b006 - slow 10mA
+ 0b007 - fast 10mA
+
+MFP Design for PXA2xx/PXA3xx
+============================
+
+Due to the difference of pin-mux handling between PXA2xx and PXA3xx, a unified
+MFP API is introduced to cover both series of processors.
+
+The basic idea of this design is to introduce definitions for all possible pin
+configurations, these definitions are processor and platform independent, and
+the actual API invoked to convert these definitions into register settings and
+make them effective there-after.
+
+Files Involved
+--------------
+
+ - arch/arm/mach-pxa/include/mach/mfp.h
+
+ for
+ 1. Unified pin definitions - enum constants for all configurable pins
+ 2. processor-neutral bit definitions for a possible MFP configuration
+
+ - arch/arm/mach-pxa/mfp-pxa3xx.h
+
+ for PXA3xx specific MFPR register bit definitions and PXA3xx common pin
+ configurations
+
+ - arch/arm/mach-pxa/mfp-pxa2xx.h
+
+ for PXA2xx specific definitions and PXA25x/PXA27x common pin configurations
+
+ - arch/arm/mach-pxa/mfp-pxa25x.h
+ arch/arm/mach-pxa/mfp-pxa27x.h
+ arch/arm/mach-pxa/mfp-pxa300.h
+ arch/arm/mach-pxa/mfp-pxa320.h
+ arch/arm/mach-pxa/mfp-pxa930.h
+
+ for processor specific definitions
+
+ - arch/arm/mach-pxa/mfp-pxa3xx.c
+ - arch/arm/mach-pxa/mfp-pxa2xx.c
+
+ for implementation of the pin configuration to take effect for the actual
+ processor.
+
+Pin Configuration
+-----------------
+
+ The following comments are copied from mfp.h (see the actual source code
+ for most updated info)::
+
+ /*
+ * a possible MFP configuration is represented by a 32-bit integer
+ *
+ * bit 0.. 9 - MFP Pin Number (1024 Pins Maximum)
+ * bit 10..12 - Alternate Function Selection
+ * bit 13..15 - Drive Strength
+ * bit 16..18 - Low Power Mode State
+ * bit 19..20 - Low Power Mode Edge Detection
+ * bit 21..22 - Run Mode Pull State
+ *
+ * to facilitate the definition, the following macros are provided
+ *
+ * MFP_CFG_DEFAULT - default MFP configuration value, with
+ * alternate function = 0,
+ * drive strength = fast 3mA (MFP_DS03X)
+ * low power mode = default
+ * edge detection = none
+ *
+ * MFP_CFG - default MFPR value with alternate function
+ * MFP_CFG_DRV - default MFPR value with alternate function and
+ * pin drive strength
+ * MFP_CFG_LPM - default MFPR value with alternate function and
+ * low power mode
+ * MFP_CFG_X - default MFPR value with alternate function,
+ * pin drive strength and low power mode
+ */
+
+ Examples of pin configurations are::
+
+ #define GPIO94_SSP3_RXD MFP_CFG_X(GPIO94, AF1, DS08X, FLOAT)
+
+ which reads GPIO94 can be configured as SSP3_RXD, with alternate function
+ selection of 1, driving strength of 0b101, and a float state in low power
+ modes.
+
+ NOTE: this is the default setting of this pin being configured as SSP3_RXD
+ which can be modified a bit in board code, though it is not recommended to
+ do so, simply because this default setting is usually carefully encoded,
+ and is supposed to work in most cases.
+
+Register Settings
+-----------------
+
+ Register settings on PXA3xx for a pin configuration is actually very
+ straight-forward, most bits can be converted directly into MFPR value
+ in a easier way. Two sets of MFPR values are calculated: the run-time
+ ones and the low power mode ones, to allow different settings.
+
+ The conversion from a generic pin configuration to the actual register
+ settings on PXA2xx is a bit complicated: many registers are involved,
+ including GAFRx, GPDRx, PGSRx, PWER, PKWR, PFER and PRER. Please see
+ mfp-pxa2xx.c for how the conversion is made.
--- /dev/null
+============================================
+The Intel Assabet (SA-1110 evaluation) board
+============================================
+
+Please see:
+http://developer.intel.com
+
+http://www.cs.cmu.edu/~wearable/software/assabet.html
+
+
+Building the kernel
+-------------------
+
+To build the kernel with current defaults::
+
+ make assabet_defconfig
+ make oldconfig
+ make zImage
+
+The resulting kernel image should be available in linux/arch/arm/boot/zImage.
+
+
+Installing a bootloader
+-----------------------
+
+A couple of bootloaders able to boot Linux on Assabet are available:
+
+BLOB (http://www.lartmaker.nl/lartware/blob/)
+
+ BLOB is a bootloader used within the LART project. Some contributed
+ patches were merged into BLOB to add support for Assabet.
+
+Compaq's Bootldr + John Dorsey's patch for Assabet support
+(http://www.handhelds.org/Compaq/bootldr.html)
+(http://www.wearablegroup.org/software/bootldr/)
+
+ Bootldr is the bootloader developed by Compaq for the iPAQ Pocket PC.
+ John Dorsey has produced add-on patches to add support for Assabet and
+ the JFFS filesystem.
+
+RedBoot (http://sources.redhat.com/redboot/)
+
+ RedBoot is a bootloader developed by Red Hat based on the eCos RTOS
+ hardware abstraction layer. It supports Assabet amongst many other
+ hardware platforms.
+
+RedBoot is currently the recommended choice since it's the only one to have
+networking support, and is the most actively maintained.
+
+Brief examples on how to boot Linux with RedBoot are shown below. But first
+you need to have RedBoot installed in your flash memory. A known to work
+precompiled RedBoot binary is available from the following location:
+
+- ftp://ftp.netwinder.org/users/n/nico/
+- ftp://ftp.arm.linux.org.uk/pub/linux/arm/people/nico/
+- ftp://ftp.handhelds.org/pub/linux/arm/sa-1100-patches/
+
+Look for redboot-assabet*.tgz. Some installation infos are provided in
+redboot-assabet*.txt.
+
+
+Initial RedBoot configuration
+-----------------------------
+
+The commands used here are explained in The RedBoot User's Guide available
+on-line at http://sources.redhat.com/ecos/docs.html.
+Please refer to it for explanations.
+
+If you have a CF network card (my Assabet kit contained a CF+ LP-E from
+Socket Communications Inc.), you should strongly consider using it for TFTP
+file transfers. You must insert it before RedBoot runs since it can't detect
+it dynamically.
+
+To initialize the flash directory::
+
+ fis init -f
+
+To initialize the non-volatile settings, like whether you want to use BOOTP or
+a static IP address, etc, use this command::
+
+ fconfig -i
+
+
+Writing a kernel image into flash
+---------------------------------
+
+First, the kernel image must be loaded into RAM. If you have the zImage file
+available on a TFTP server::
+
+ load zImage -r -b 0x100000
+
+If you rather want to use Y-Modem upload over the serial port::
+
+ load -m ymodem -r -b 0x100000
+
+To write it to flash::
+
+ fis create "Linux kernel" -b 0x100000 -l 0xc0000
+
+
+Booting the kernel
+------------------
+
+The kernel still requires a filesystem to boot. A ramdisk image can be loaded
+as follows::
+
+ load ramdisk_image.gz -r -b 0x800000
+
+Again, Y-Modem upload can be used instead of TFTP by replacing the file name
+by '-y ymodem'.
+
+Now the kernel can be retrieved from flash like this::
+
+ fis load "Linux kernel"
+
+or loaded as described previously. To boot the kernel::
+
+ exec -b 0x100000 -l 0xc0000
+
+The ramdisk image could be stored into flash as well, but there are better
+solutions for on-flash filesystems as mentioned below.
+
+
+Using JFFS2
+-----------
+
+Using JFFS2 (the Second Journalling Flash File System) is probably the most
+convenient way to store a writable filesystem into flash. JFFS2 is used in
+conjunction with the MTD layer which is responsible for low-level flash
+management. More information on the Linux MTD can be found on-line at:
+http://www.linux-mtd.infradead.org/. A JFFS howto with some infos about
+creating JFFS/JFFS2 images is available from the same site.
+
+For instance, a sample JFFS2 image can be retrieved from the same FTP sites
+mentioned below for the precompiled RedBoot image.
+
+To load this file::
+
+ load sample_img.jffs2 -r -b 0x100000
+
+The result should look like::
+
+ RedBoot> load sample_img.jffs2 -r -b 0x100000
+ Raw file loaded 0x00100000-0x00377424
+
+Now we must know the size of the unallocated flash::
+
+ fis free
+
+Result::
+
+ RedBoot> fis free
+ 0x500E0000 .. 0x503C0000
+
+The values above may be different depending on the size of the filesystem and
+the type of flash. See their usage below as an example and take care of
+substituting yours appropriately.
+
+We must determine some values::
+
+ size of unallocated flash: 0x503c0000 - 0x500e0000 = 0x2e0000
+ size of the filesystem image: 0x00377424 - 0x00100000 = 0x277424
+
+We want to fit the filesystem image of course, but we also want to give it all
+the remaining flash space as well. To write it::
+
+ fis unlock -f 0x500E0000 -l 0x2e0000
+ fis erase -f 0x500E0000 -l 0x2e0000
+ fis write -b 0x100000 -l 0x277424 -f 0x500E0000
+ fis create "JFFS2" -n -f 0x500E0000 -l 0x2e0000
+
+Now the filesystem is associated to a MTD "partition" once Linux has discovered
+what they are in the boot process. From Redboot, the 'fis list' command
+displays them::
+
+ RedBoot> fis list
+ Name FLASH addr Mem addr Length Entry point
+ RedBoot 0x50000000 0x50000000 0x00020000 0x00000000
+ RedBoot config 0x503C0000 0x503C0000 0x00020000 0x00000000
+ FIS directory 0x503E0000 0x503E0000 0x00020000 0x00000000
+ Linux kernel 0x50020000 0x00100000 0x000C0000 0x00000000
+ JFFS2 0x500E0000 0x500E0000 0x002E0000 0x00000000
+
+However Linux should display something like::
+
+ SA1100 flash: probing 32-bit flash bus
+ SA1100 flash: Found 2 x16 devices at 0x0 in 32-bit mode
+ Using RedBoot partition definition
+ Creating 5 MTD partitions on "SA1100 flash":
+ 0x00000000-0x00020000 : "RedBoot"
+ 0x00020000-0x000e0000 : "Linux kernel"
+ 0x000e0000-0x003c0000 : "JFFS2"
+ 0x003c0000-0x003e0000 : "RedBoot config"
+ 0x003e0000-0x00400000 : "FIS directory"
+
+What's important here is the position of the partition we are interested in,
+which is the third one. Within Linux, this correspond to /dev/mtdblock2.
+Therefore to boot Linux with the kernel and its root filesystem in flash, we
+need this RedBoot command::
+
+ fis load "Linux kernel"
+ exec -b 0x100000 -l 0xc0000 -c "root=/dev/mtdblock2"
+
+Of course other filesystems than JFFS might be used, like cramfs for example.
+You might want to boot with a root filesystem over NFS, etc. It is also
+possible, and sometimes more convenient, to flash a filesystem directly from
+within Linux while booted from a ramdisk or NFS. The Linux MTD repository has
+many tools to deal with flash memory as well, to erase it for example. JFFS2
+can then be mounted directly on a freshly erased partition and files can be
+copied over directly. Etc...
+
+
+RedBoot scripting
+-----------------
+
+All the commands above aren't so useful if they have to be typed in every
+time the Assabet is rebooted. Therefore it's possible to automate the boot
+process using RedBoot's scripting capability.
+
+For example, I use this to boot Linux with both the kernel and the ramdisk
+images retrieved from a TFTP server on the network::
+
+ RedBoot> fconfig
+ Run script at boot: false true
+ Boot script:
+ Enter script, terminate with empty line
+ >> load zImage -r -b 0x100000
+ >> load ramdisk_ks.gz -r -b 0x800000
+ >> exec -b 0x100000 -l 0xc0000
+ >>
+ Boot script timeout (1000ms resolution): 3
+ Use BOOTP for network configuration: true
+ GDB connection port: 9000
+ Network debug at boot time: false
+ Update RedBoot non-volatile configuration - are you sure (y/n)? y
+
+Then, rebooting the Assabet is just a matter of waiting for the login prompt.
+
+
+
+Nicolas Pitre
+
+June 12, 2001
+
+
+Status of peripherals in -rmk tree (updated 14/10/2001)
+-------------------------------------------------------
+
+Assabet:
+ Serial ports:
+ Radio: TX, RX, CTS, DSR, DCD, RI
+ - PM: Not tested.
+ - COM: TX, RX, CTS, DSR, DCD, RTS, DTR, PM
+ - PM: Not tested.
+ - I2C: Implemented, not fully tested.
+ - L3: Fully tested, pass.
+ - PM: Not tested.
+
+ Video:
+ - LCD: Fully tested. PM
+
+ (LCD doesn't like being blanked with neponset connected)
+
+ - Video out: Not fully
+
+ Audio:
+ UDA1341:
+ - Playback: Fully tested, pass.
+ - Record: Implemented, not tested.
+ - PM: Not tested.
+
+ UCB1200:
+ - Audio play: Implemented, not heavily tested.
+ - Audio rec: Implemented, not heavily tested.
+ - Telco audio play: Implemented, not heavily tested.
+ - Telco audio rec: Implemented, not heavily tested.
+ - POTS control: No
+ - Touchscreen: Yes
+ - PM: Not tested.
+
+ Other:
+ - PCMCIA:
+ - LPE: Fully tested, pass.
+ - USB: No
+ - IRDA:
+ - SIR: Fully tested, pass.
+ - FIR: Fully tested, pass.
+ - PM: Not tested.
+
+Neponset:
+ Serial ports:
+ - COM1,2: TX, RX, CTS, DSR, DCD, RTS, DTR
+ - PM: Not tested.
+ - USB: Implemented, not heavily tested.
+ - PCMCIA: Implemented, not heavily tested.
+ - CF: Implemented, not heavily tested.
+ - PM: Not tested.
+
+More stuff can be found in the -np (Nicolas Pitre's) tree.
--- /dev/null
+==============
+CerfBoard/Cube
+==============
+
+*** The StrongARM version of the CerfBoard/Cube has been discontinued ***
+
+The Intrinsyc CerfBoard is a StrongARM 1110-based computer on a board
+that measures approximately 2" square. It includes an Ethernet
+controller, an RS232-compatible serial port, a USB function port, and
+one CompactFlash+ slot on the back. Pictures can be found at the
+Intrinsyc website, http://www.intrinsyc.com.
+
+This document describes the support in the Linux kernel for the
+Intrinsyc CerfBoard.
+
+Supported in this version
+=========================
+
+ - CompactFlash+ slot (select PCMCIA in General Setup and any options
+ that may be required)
+ - Onboard Crystal CS8900 Ethernet controller (Cerf CS8900A support in
+ Network Devices)
+ - Serial ports with a serial console (hardcoded to 38400 8N1)
+
+In order to get this kernel onto your Cerf, you need a server that runs
+both BOOTP and TFTP. Detailed instructions should have come with your
+evaluation kit on how to use the bootloader. This series of commands
+will suffice::
+
+ make ARCH=arm CROSS_COMPILE=arm-linux- cerfcube_defconfig
+ make ARCH=arm CROSS_COMPILE=arm-linux- zImage
+ make ARCH=arm CROSS_COMPILE=arm-linux- modules
+ cp arch/arm/boot/zImage <TFTP directory>
+
--- /dev/null
+.. SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0
+
+====================
+Intel StrongARM 1100
+====================
+
+.. toctree::
+ :maxdepth: 1
+
+ assabet
+ cerf
+ lart
+ serial_uart
--- /dev/null
+====================================
+Linux Advanced Radio Terminal (LART)
+====================================
+
+The LART is a small (7.5 x 10cm) SA-1100 board, designed for embedded
+applications. It has 32 MB DRAM, 4MB Flash ROM, double RS232 and all
+other StrongARM-gadgets. Almost all SA signals are directly accessible
+through a number of connectors. The powersupply accepts voltages
+between 3.5V and 16V and is overdimensioned to support a range of
+daughterboards. A quad Ethernet / IDE / PS2 / sound daughterboard
+is under development, with plenty of others in different stages of
+planning.
+
+The hardware designs for this board have been released under an open license;
+see the LART page at http://www.lartmaker.nl/ for more information.
--- /dev/null
+==================
+SA1100 serial port
+==================
+
+The SA1100 serial port had its major/minor numbers officially assigned::
+
+ > Date: Sun, 24 Sep 2000 21:40:27 -0700
+ > Subject: Re: device
+ >
+ > Okay. Note that device numbers 204 and 205 are used for "low density
+ > serial devices", so you will have a range of minors on those majors (the
+ > tty device layer handles this just fine, so you don't have to worry about
+ > doing anything special.)
+ >
+ > So your assignments are:
+ >
+ > 204 char Low-density serial ports
+ > 5 = /dev/ttySA0 SA1100 builtin serial port 0
+ > 6 = /dev/ttySA1 SA1100 builtin serial port 1
+ > 7 = /dev/ttySA2 SA1100 builtin serial port 2
+ >
+ > 205 char Low-density serial ports (alternate device)
+ > 5 = /dev/cusa0 Callout device for ttySA0
+ > 6 = /dev/cusa1 Callout device for ttySA1
+ > 7 = /dev/cusa2 Callout device for ttySA2
+ >
+
+You must create those inodes in /dev on the root filesystem used
+by your SA1100-based device::
+
+ mknod ttySA0 c 204 5
+ mknod ttySA1 c 204 6
+ mknod ttySA2 c 204 7
+ mknod cusa0 c 205 5
+ mknod cusa1 c 205 6
+ mknod cusa2 c 205 7
+
+In addition to the creation of the appropriate device nodes above, you
+must ensure your user space applications make use of the correct device
+name. The classic example is the content of the /etc/inittab file where
+you might have a getty process started on ttyS0.
+
+In this case:
+
+- replace occurrences of ttyS0 with ttySA0, ttyS1 with ttySA1, etc.
+
+- don't forget to add 'ttySA0', 'console', or the appropriate tty name
+ in /etc/securetty for root to be allowed to login as well.
--- /dev/null
+==========================================================
+Interface between kernel and boot loaders on Exynos boards
+==========================================================
+
+Author: Krzysztof Kozlowski
+
+Date : 6 June 2015
+
+The document tries to describe currently used interface between Linux kernel
+and boot loaders on Samsung Exynos based boards. This is not a definition
+of interface but rather a description of existing state, a reference
+for information purpose only.
+
+In the document "boot loader" means any of following: U-boot, proprietary
+SBOOT or any other firmware for ARMv7 and ARMv8 initializing the board before
+executing kernel.
+
+
+1. Non-Secure mode
+
+Address: sysram_ns_base_addr
+
+============= ============================================ ==================
+Offset Value Purpose
+============= ============================================ ==================
+0x08 exynos_cpu_resume_ns, mcpm_entry_point System suspend
+0x0c 0x00000bad (Magic cookie) System suspend
+0x1c exynos4_secondary_startup Secondary CPU boot
+0x1c + 4*cpu exynos4_secondary_startup (Exynos4412) Secondary CPU boot
+0x20 0xfcba0d10 (Magic cookie) AFTR
+0x24 exynos_cpu_resume_ns AFTR
+0x28 + 4*cpu 0x8 (Magic cookie, Exynos3250) AFTR
+0x28 0x0 or last value during resume (Exynos542x) System suspend
+============= ============================================ ==================
+
+
+2. Secure mode
+
+Address: sysram_base_addr
+
+============= ============================================ ==================
+Offset Value Purpose
+============= ============================================ ==================
+0x00 exynos4_secondary_startup Secondary CPU boot
+0x04 exynos4_secondary_startup (Exynos542x) Secondary CPU boot
+4*cpu exynos4_secondary_startup (Exynos4412) Secondary CPU boot
+0x20 exynos_cpu_resume (Exynos4210 r1.0) AFTR
+0x24 0xfcba0d10 (Magic cookie, Exynos4210 r1.0) AFTR
+============= ============================================ ==================
+
+Address: pmu_base_addr
+
+============= ============================================ ==================
+Offset Value Purpose
+============= ============================================ ==================
+0x0800 exynos_cpu_resume AFTR, suspend
+0x0800 mcpm_entry_point (Exynos542x with MCPM) AFTR, suspend
+0x0804 0xfcba0d10 (Magic cookie) AFTR
+0x0804 0x00000bad (Magic cookie) System suspend
+0x0814 exynos4_secondary_startup (Exynos4210 r1.1) Secondary CPU boot
+0x0818 0xfcba0d10 (Magic cookie, Exynos4210 r1.1) AFTR
+0x081C exynos_cpu_resume (Exynos4210 r1.1) AFTR
+============= ============================================ ==================
+
+3. Other (regardless of secure/non-secure mode)
+
+Address: pmu_base_addr
+
+============= =============================== ===============================
+Offset Value Purpose
+============= =============================== ===============================
+0x0908 Non-zero Secondary CPU boot up indicator
+ on Exynos3250 and Exynos542x
+============= =============================== ===============================
+
+
+4. Glossary
+
+AFTR - ARM Off Top Running, a low power mode, Cortex cores and many other
+modules are power gated, except the TOP modules
+MCPM - Multi-Cluster Power Management
--- /dev/null
+#!/usr/bin/awk -f
+#
+#
+# Released under GPLv2
+
+# example usage
+# ./clksrc-change-registers.awk arch/arm/plat-s5pc1xx/include/plat/regs-clock.h < src > dst
+
+function extract_value(s)
+{
+ eqat = index(s, "=")
+ comat = index(s, ",")
+ return substr(s, eqat+2, (comat-eqat)-2)
+}
+
+function remove_brackets(b)
+{
+ return substr(b, 2, length(b)-2)
+}
+
+function splitdefine(l, p)
+{
+ r = split(l, tp)
+
+ p[0] = tp[2]
+ p[1] = remove_brackets(tp[3])
+}
+
+function find_length(f)
+{
+ if (0)
+ printf "find_length " f "\n" > "/dev/stderr"
+
+ if (f ~ /0x1/)
+ return 1
+ else if (f ~ /0x3/)
+ return 2
+ else if (f ~ /0x7/)
+ return 3
+ else if (f ~ /0xf/)
+ return 4
+
+ printf "unknown length " f "\n" > "/dev/stderr"
+ exit
+}
+
+function find_shift(s)
+{
+ id = index(s, "<")
+ if (id <= 0) {
+ printf "cannot find shift " s "\n" > "/dev/stderr"
+ exit
+ }
+
+ return substr(s, id+2)
+}
+
+
+BEGIN {
+ if (ARGC < 2) {
+ print "too few arguments" > "/dev/stderr"
+ exit
+ }
+
+# read the header file and find the mask values that we will need
+# to replace and create an associative array of values
+
+ while (getline line < ARGV[1] > 0) {
+ if (line ~ /\#define.*_MASK/ &&
+ !(line ~ /USB_SIG_MASK/)) {
+ splitdefine(line, fields)
+ name = fields[0]
+ if (0)
+ printf "MASK " line "\n" > "/dev/stderr"
+ dmask[name,0] = find_length(fields[1])
+ dmask[name,1] = find_shift(fields[1])
+ if (0)
+ printf "=> '" name "' LENGTH=" dmask[name,0] " SHIFT=" dmask[name,1] "\n" > "/dev/stderr"
+ } else {
+ }
+ }
+
+ delete ARGV[1]
+}
+
+/clksrc_clk.*=.*{/ {
+ shift=""
+ mask=""
+ divshift=""
+ reg_div=""
+ reg_src=""
+ indent=1
+
+ print $0
+
+ for(; indent >= 1;) {
+ if ((getline line) <= 0) {
+ printf "unexpected end of file" > "/dev/stderr"
+ exit 1;
+ }
+
+ if (line ~ /\.shift/) {
+ shift = extract_value(line)
+ } else if (line ~ /\.mask/) {
+ mask = extract_value(line)
+ } else if (line ~ /\.reg_divider/) {
+ reg_div = extract_value(line)
+ } else if (line ~ /\.reg_source/) {
+ reg_src = extract_value(line)
+ } else if (line ~ /\.divider_shift/) {
+ divshift = extract_value(line)
+ } else if (line ~ /{/) {
+ indent++
+ print line
+ } else if (line ~ /}/) {
+ indent--
+
+ if (indent == 0) {
+ if (0) {
+ printf "shift '" shift "' ='" dmask[shift,0] "'\n" > "/dev/stderr"
+ printf "mask '" mask "'\n" > "/dev/stderr"
+ printf "dshft '" divshift "'\n" > "/dev/stderr"
+ printf "rdiv '" reg_div "'\n" > "/dev/stderr"
+ printf "rsrc '" reg_src "'\n" > "/dev/stderr"
+ }
+
+ generated = mask
+ sub(reg_src, reg_div, generated)
+
+ if (0) {
+ printf "/* rsrc " reg_src " */\n"
+ printf "/* rdiv " reg_div " */\n"
+ printf "/* shift " shift " */\n"
+ printf "/* mask " mask " */\n"
+ printf "/* generated " generated " */\n"
+ }
+
+ if (reg_div != "") {
+ printf "\t.reg_div = { "
+ printf ".reg = " reg_div ", "
+ printf ".shift = " dmask[generated,1] ", "
+ printf ".size = " dmask[generated,0] ", "
+ printf "},\n"
+ }
+
+ printf "\t.reg_src = { "
+ printf ".reg = " reg_src ", "
+ printf ".shift = " dmask[mask,1] ", "
+ printf ".size = " dmask[mask,0] ", "
+
+ printf "},\n"
+
+ }
+
+ print line
+ } else {
+ print line
+ }
+
+ if (0)
+ printf indent ":" line "\n" > "/dev/stderr"
+ }
+}
+
+// && ! /clksrc_clk.*=.*{/ { print $0 }
--- /dev/null
+===========================
+Samsung GPIO implementation
+===========================
+
+Introduction
+------------
+
+This outlines the Samsung GPIO implementation and the architecture
+specific calls provided alongside the drivers/gpio core.
+
+
+GPIOLIB integration
+-------------------
+
+The gpio implementation uses gpiolib as much as possible, only providing
+specific calls for the items that require Samsung specific handling, such
+as pin special-function or pull resistor control.
+
+GPIO numbering is synchronised between the Samsung and gpiolib system.
+
+
+PIN configuration
+-----------------
+
+Pin configuration is specific to the Samsung architecture, with each SoC
+registering the necessary information for the core gpio configuration
+implementation to configure pins as necessary.
+
+The s3c_gpio_cfgpin() and s3c_gpio_setpull() provide the means for a
+driver or machine to change gpio configuration.
+
+See arch/arm/mach-s3c/gpio-cfg.h for more information on these functions.
--- /dev/null
+.. SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0
+
+===========
+Samsung SoC
+===========
+
+.. toctree::
+ :maxdepth: 1
+
+ gpio
+ bootloader-interface
+ overview
--- /dev/null
+==========================
+Samsung ARM Linux Overview
+==========================
+
+Introduction
+------------
+
+ The Samsung range of ARM SoCs spans many similar devices, from the initial
+ ARM9 through to the newest ARM cores. This document shows an overview of
+ the current kernel support, how to use it and where to find the code
+ that supports this.
+
+ The currently supported SoCs are:
+
+ - S3C64XX: S3C6400 and S3C6410
+ - S5PC110 / S5PV210
+
+
+Configuration
+-------------
+
+ A number of configurations are supplied, as there is no current way of
+ unifying all the SoCs into one kernel.
+
+ s5pc110_defconfig
+ - S5PC110 specific default configuration
+ s5pv210_defconfig
+ - S5PV210 specific default configuration
+
+
+Layout
+------
+
+ The directory layout is currently being restructured, and consists of
+ several platform directories and then the machine specific directories
+ of the CPUs being built for.
+
+ plat-samsung provides the base for all the implementations, and is the
+ last in the line of include directories that are processed for the build
+ specific information. It contains the base clock, GPIO and device definitions
+ to get the system running.
+
+ plat-s5p is for s5p specific builds, and contains common support for the
+ S5P specific systems. Not all S5Ps use all the features in this directory
+ due to differences in the hardware.
+
+
+Layout changes
+--------------
+
+ The old plat-s3c and plat-s5pc1xx directories have been removed, with
+ support moved to either plat-samsung or plat-s5p as necessary. These moves
+ where to simplify the include and dependency issues involved with having
+ so many different platform directories.
+
+
+Port Contributors
+-----------------
+
+ Ben Dooks (BJD)
+ Vincent Sanders
+ Herbert Potzl
+ Arnaud Patard (RTP)
+ Roc Wu
+ Klaus Fetscher
+ Dimitry Andric
+ Shannon Holland
+ Guillaume Gourat (NexVision)
+ Christer Weinigel (wingel) (Acer N30)
+ Lucas Correia Villa Real (S3C2400 port)
+
+
+Document Author
+---------------
+
--- /dev/null
+=============================================
+Kernel initialisation parameters on ARM Linux
+=============================================
+
+The following document describes the kernel initialisation parameter
+structure, otherwise known as 'struct param_struct' which is used
+for most ARM Linux architectures.
+
+This structure is used to pass initialisation parameters from the
+kernel loader to the Linux kernel proper, and may be short lived
+through the kernel initialisation process. As a general rule, it
+should not be referenced outside of arch/arm/kernel/setup.c:setup_arch().
+
+There are a lot of parameters listed in there, and they are described
+below:
+
+ page_size
+ This parameter must be set to the page size of the machine, and
+ will be checked by the kernel.
+
+ nr_pages
+ This is the total number of pages of memory in the system. If
+ the memory is banked, then this should contain the total number
+ of pages in the system.
+
+ If the system contains separate VRAM, this value should not
+ include this information.
+
+ ramdisk_size
+ This is now obsolete, and should not be used.
+
+ flags
+ Various kernel flags, including:
+
+ ===== ========================
+ bit 0 1 = mount root read only
+ bit 1 unused
+ bit 2 0 = load ramdisk
+ bit 3 0 = prompt for ramdisk
+ ===== ========================
+
+ rootdev
+ major/minor number pair of device to mount as the root filesystem.
+
+ video_num_cols / video_num_rows
+ These two together describe the character size of the dummy console,
+ or VGA console character size. They should not be used for any other
+ purpose.
+
+ It's generally a good idea to set these to be either standard VGA, or
+ the equivalent character size of your fbcon display. This then allows
+ all the bootup messages to be displayed correctly.
+
+ video_x / video_y
+ This describes the character position of cursor on VGA console, and
+ is otherwise unused. (should not be used for other console types, and
+ should not be used for other purposes).
+
+ memc_control_reg
+ MEMC chip control register for Acorn Archimedes and Acorn A5000
+ based machines. May be used differently by different architectures.
+
+ sounddefault
+ Default sound setting on Acorn machines. May be used differently by
+ different architectures.
+
+ adfsdrives
+ Number of ADFS/MFM disks. May be used differently by different
+ architectures.
+
+ bytes_per_char_h / bytes_per_char_v
+ These are now obsolete, and should not be used.
+
+ pages_in_bank[4]
+ Number of pages in each bank of the systems memory (used for RiscPC).
+ This is intended to be used on systems where the physical memory
+ is non-contiguous from the processors point of view.
+
+ pages_in_vram
+ Number of pages in VRAM (used on Acorn RiscPC). This value may also
+ be used by loaders if the size of the video RAM can't be obtained
+ from the hardware.
+
+ initrd_start / initrd_size
+ This describes the kernel virtual start address and size of the
+ initial ramdisk.
+
+ rd_start
+ Start address in sectors of the ramdisk image on a floppy disk.
+
+ system_rev
+ system revision number.
+
+ system_serial_low / system_serial_high
+ system 64-bit serial number
+
+ mem_fclk_21285
+ The speed of the external oscillator to the 21285 (footbridge),
+ which control's the speed of the memory bus, timer & serial port.
+ Depending upon the speed of the cpu its value can be between
+ 0-66 MHz. If no params are passed or a value of zero is passed,
+ then a value of 50 Mhz is the default on 21285 architectures.
+
+ paths[8][128]
+ These are now obsolete, and should not be used.
+
+ commandline
+ Kernel command line parameters. Details can be found elsewhere.
--- /dev/null
+========================
+SPEAr ARM Linux Overview
+========================
+
+Introduction
+------------
+
+ SPEAr (Structured Processor Enhanced Architecture).
+ weblink : http://www.st.com/spear
+
+ The ST Microelectronics SPEAr range of ARM9/CortexA9 System-on-Chip CPUs are
+ supported by the 'spear' platform of ARM Linux. Currently SPEAr1310,
+ SPEAr1340, SPEAr300, SPEAr310, SPEAr320 and SPEAr600 SOCs are supported.
+
+ Hierarchy in SPEAr is as follows:
+
+ SPEAr (Platform)
+
+ - SPEAr3XX (3XX SOC series, based on ARM9)
+ - SPEAr300 (SOC)
+ - SPEAr300 Evaluation Board
+ - SPEAr310 (SOC)
+ - SPEAr310 Evaluation Board
+ - SPEAr320 (SOC)
+ - SPEAr320 Evaluation Board
+ - SPEAr6XX (6XX SOC series, based on ARM9)
+ - SPEAr600 (SOC)
+ - SPEAr600 Evaluation Board
+ - SPEAr13XX (13XX SOC series, based on ARM CORTEXA9)
+ - SPEAr1310 (SOC)
+ - SPEAr1310 Evaluation Board
+ - SPEAr1340 (SOC)
+ - SPEAr1340 Evaluation Board
+
+Configuration
+-------------
+
+ A generic configuration is provided for each machine, and can be used as the
+ default by::
+
+ make spear13xx_defconfig
+ make spear3xx_defconfig
+ make spear6xx_defconfig
+
+Layout
+------
+
+ The common files for multiple machine families (SPEAr3xx, SPEAr6xx and
+ SPEAr13xx) are located in the platform code contained in arch/arm/plat-spear
+ with headers in plat/.
+
+ Each machine series have a directory with name arch/arm/mach-spear followed by
+ series name. Like mach-spear3xx, mach-spear6xx and mach-spear13xx.
+
+ Common file for machines of spear3xx family is mach-spear3xx/spear3xx.c, for
+ spear6xx is mach-spear6xx/spear6xx.c and for spear13xx family is
+ mach-spear13xx/spear13xx.c. mach-spear* also contain soc/machine specific
+ files, like spear1310.c, spear1340.c spear300.c, spear310.c, spear320.c and
+ spear600.c. mach-spear* doesn't contains board specific files as they fully
+ support Flattened Device Tree.
+
+
+Document Author
+---------------
+
--- /dev/null
+======================
+STi ARM Linux Overview
+======================
+
+Introduction
+------------
+
+ The ST Microelectronics Multimedia and Application Processors range of
+ CortexA9 System-on-Chip are supported by the 'STi' platform of
+ ARM Linux. Currently STiH407, STiH410 and STiH418 are supported.
+
+
+configuration
+-------------
+
+ The configuration for the STi platform is supported via the multi_v7_defconfig.
+
+Layout
+------
+
+ All the files for multiple machine families (STiH407, STiH410, and STiH418)
+ are located in the platform code contained in arch/arm/mach-sti
+
+ There is a generic board board-dt.c in the mach folder which support
+ Flattened Device Tree, which means, It works with any compatible board with
+ Device Trees.
+
+
+Document Author
+---------------
+
--- /dev/null
+================
+STiH407 Overview
+================
+
+Introduction
+------------
+
+ The STiH407 is the new generation of SoC for Multi-HD, AVC set-top boxes
+ and server/connected client application for satellite, cable, terrestrial
+ and IP-STB markets.
+
+ Features
+ - ARM Cortex-A9 1.5 GHz dual core CPU (28nm)
+ - SATA2, USB 3.0, PCIe, Gbit Ethernet
+
+Document Author
+---------------
+
--- /dev/null
+================
+STiH418 Overview
+================
+
+Introduction
+------------
+
+ The STiH418 is the new generation of SoC for UHDp60 set-top boxes
+ and server/connected client application for satellite, cable, terrestrial
+ and IP-STB markets.
+
+ Features
+ - ARM Cortex-A9 1.5 GHz quad core CPU (28nm)
+ - SATA2, USB 3.0, PCIe, Gbit Ethernet
+ - HEVC L5.1 Main 10
+ - VP9
+
+Document Author
+---------------
+
--- /dev/null
+========================
+STM32 ARM Linux Overview
+========================
+
+Introduction
+------------
+
+The STMicroelectronics STM32 family of Cortex-A microprocessors (MPUs) and
+Cortex-M microcontrollers (MCUs) are supported by the 'STM32' platform of
+ARM Linux.
+
+Configuration
+-------------
+
+For MCUs, use the provided default configuration:
+ make stm32_defconfig
+For MPUs, use multi_v7 configuration:
+ make multi_v7_defconfig
+
+Layout
+------
+
+All the files for multiple machine families are located in the platform code
+contained in arch/arm/mach-stm32
+
+There is a generic board board-dt.c in the mach folder which support
+Flattened Device Tree, which means, it works with any compatible board with
+Device Trees.
+
+:Authors:
+
--- /dev/null
+.. SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0
+
+=======================
+STM32 DMA-MDMA chaining
+=======================
+
+
+Introduction
+------------
+
+ This document describes the STM32 DMA-MDMA chaining feature. But before going
+ further, let's introduce the peripherals involved.
+
+ To offload data transfers from the CPU, STM32 microprocessors (MPUs) embed
+ direct memory access controllers (DMA).
+
+ STM32MP1 SoCs embed both STM32 DMA and STM32 MDMA controllers. STM32 DMA
+ request routing capabilities are enhanced by a DMA request multiplexer
+ (STM32 DMAMUX).
+
+ **STM32 DMAMUX**
+
+ STM32 DMAMUX routes any DMA request from a given peripheral to any STM32 DMA
+ controller (STM32MP1 counts two STM32 DMA controllers) channels.
+
+ **STM32 DMA**
+
+ STM32 DMA is mainly used to implement central data buffer storage (usually in
+ the system SRAM) for different peripheral. It can access external RAMs but
+ without the ability to generate convenient burst transfer ensuring the best
+ load of the AXI.
+
+ **STM32 MDMA**
+
+ STM32 MDMA (Master DMA) is mainly used to manage direct data transfers between
+ RAM data buffers without CPU intervention. It can also be used in a
+ hierarchical structure that uses STM32 DMA as first level data buffer
+ interfaces for AHB peripherals, while the STM32 MDMA acts as a second level
+ DMA with better performance. As a AXI/AHB master, STM32 MDMA can take control
+ of the AXI/AHB bus.
+
+
+Principles
+----------
+
+ STM32 DMA-MDMA chaining feature relies on the strengths of STM32 DMA and
+ STM32 MDMA controllers.
+
+ STM32 DMA has a circular Double Buffer Mode (DBM). At each end of transaction
+ (when DMA data counter - DMA_SxNDTR - reaches 0), the memory pointers
+ (configured with DMA_SxSM0AR and DMA_SxM1AR) are swapped and the DMA data
+ counter is automatically reloaded. This allows the SW or the STM32 MDMA to
+ process one memory area while the second memory area is being filled/used by
+ the STM32 DMA transfer.
+
+ With STM32 MDMA linked-list mode, a single request initiates the data array
+ (collection of nodes) to be transferred until the linked-list pointer for the
+ channel is null. The channel transfer complete of the last node is the end of
+ transfer, unless first and last nodes are linked to each other, in such a
+ case, the linked-list loops on to create a circular MDMA transfer.
+
+ STM32 MDMA has direct connections with STM32 DMA. This enables autonomous
+ communication and synchronization between peripherals, thus saving CPU
+ resources and bus congestion. Transfer Complete signal of STM32 DMA channel
+ can triggers STM32 MDMA transfer. STM32 MDMA can clear the request generated
+ by the STM32 DMA by writing to its Interrupt Clear register (whose address is
+ stored in MDMA_CxMAR, and bit mask in MDMA_CxMDR).
+
+ .. table:: STM32 MDMA interconnect table with STM32 DMA
+
+ +--------------+----------------+-----------+------------+
+ | STM32 DMAMUX | STM32 DMA | STM32 DMA | STM32 MDMA |
+ | channels | channels | Transfer | request |
+ | | | complete | |
+ | | | signal | |
+ +==============+================+===========+============+
+ | Channel *0* | DMA1 channel 0 | dma1_tcf0 | *0x00* |
+ +--------------+----------------+-----------+------------+
+ | Channel *1* | DMA1 channel 1 | dma1_tcf1 | *0x01* |
+ +--------------+----------------+-----------+------------+
+ | Channel *2* | DMA1 channel 2 | dma1_tcf2 | *0x02* |
+ +--------------+----------------+-----------+------------+
+ | Channel *3* | DMA1 channel 3 | dma1_tcf3 | *0x03* |
+ +--------------+----------------+-----------+------------+
+ | Channel *4* | DMA1 channel 4 | dma1_tcf4 | *0x04* |
+ +--------------+----------------+-----------+------------+
+ | Channel *5* | DMA1 channel 5 | dma1_tcf5 | *0x05* |
+ +--------------+----------------+-----------+------------+
+ | Channel *6* | DMA1 channel 6 | dma1_tcf6 | *0x06* |
+ +--------------+----------------+-----------+------------+
+ | Channel *7* | DMA1 channel 7 | dma1_tcf7 | *0x07* |
+ +--------------+----------------+-----------+------------+
+ | Channel *8* | DMA2 channel 0 | dma2_tcf0 | *0x08* |
+ +--------------+----------------+-----------+------------+
+ | Channel *9* | DMA2 channel 1 | dma2_tcf1 | *0x09* |
+ +--------------+----------------+-----------+------------+
+ | Channel *10* | DMA2 channel 2 | dma2_tcf2 | *0x0A* |
+ +--------------+----------------+-----------+------------+
+ | Channel *11* | DMA2 channel 3 | dma2_tcf3 | *0x0B* |
+ +--------------+----------------+-----------+------------+
+ | Channel *12* | DMA2 channel 4 | dma2_tcf4 | *0x0C* |
+ +--------------+----------------+-----------+------------+
+ | Channel *13* | DMA2 channel 5 | dma2_tcf5 | *0x0D* |
+ +--------------+----------------+-----------+------------+
+ | Channel *14* | DMA2 channel 6 | dma2_tcf6 | *0x0E* |
+ +--------------+----------------+-----------+------------+
+ | Channel *15* | DMA2 channel 7 | dma2_tcf7 | *0x0F* |
+ +--------------+----------------+-----------+------------+
+
+ STM32 DMA-MDMA chaining feature then uses a SRAM buffer. STM32MP1 SoCs embed
+ three fast access static internal RAMs of various size, used for data storage.
+ Due to STM32 DMA legacy (within microcontrollers), STM32 DMA performances are
+ bad with DDR, while they are optimal with SRAM. Hence the SRAM buffer used
+ between STM32 DMA and STM32 MDMA. This buffer is split in two equal periods
+ and STM32 DMA uses one period while STM32 MDMA uses the other period
+ simultaneously.
+ ::
+
+ dma[1:2]-tcf[0:7]
+ .----------------.
+ ____________ ' _________ V____________
+ | STM32 DMA | / __|>_ \ | STM32 MDMA |
+ |------------| | / \ | |------------|
+ | DMA_SxM0AR |<=>| | SRAM | |<=>| []-[]...[] |
+ | DMA_SxM1AR | | \_____/ | | |
+ |____________| \___<|____/ |____________|
+
+ STM32 DMA-MDMA chaining uses (struct dma_slave_config).peripheral_config to
+ exchange the parameters needed to configure MDMA. These parameters are
+ gathered into a u32 array with three values:
+
+ * the STM32 MDMA request (which is actually the DMAMUX channel ID),
+ * the address of the STM32 DMA register to clear the Transfer Complete
+ interrupt flag,
+ * the mask of the Transfer Complete interrupt flag of the STM32 DMA channel.
+
+Device Tree updates for STM32 DMA-MDMA chaining support
+-------------------------------------------------------
+
+ **1. Allocate a SRAM buffer**
+
+ SRAM device tree node is defined in SoC device tree. You can refer to it in
+ your board device tree to define your SRAM pool.
+ ::
+
+ &sram {
+ my_foo_device_dma_pool: dma-sram@0 {
+ reg = <0x0 0x1000>;
+ };
+ };
+
+ Be careful of the start index, in case there are other SRAM consumers.
+ Define your pool size strategically: to optimise chaining, the idea is that
+ STM32 DMA and STM32 MDMA can work simultaneously, on each buffer of the
+ SRAM.
+ If the SRAM period is greater than the expected DMA transfer, then STM32 DMA
+ and STM32 MDMA will work sequentially instead of simultaneously. It is not a
+ functional issue but it is not optimal.
+
+ Don't forget to refer to your SRAM pool in your device node. You need to
+ define a new property.
+ ::
+
+ &my_foo_device {
+ ...
+ my_dma_pool = &my_foo_device_dma_pool;
+ };
+
+ Then get this SRAM pool in your foo driver and allocate your SRAM buffer.
+
+ **2. Allocate a STM32 DMA channel and a STM32 MDMA channel**
+
+ You need to define an extra channel in your device tree node, in addition to
+ the one you should already have for "classic" DMA operation.
+
+ This new channel must be taken from STM32 MDMA channels, so, the phandle of
+ the DMA controller to use is the MDMA controller's one.
+ ::
+
+ &my_foo_device {
+ [...]
+ my_dma_pool = &my_foo_device_dma_pool;
+ dmas = <&dmamux1 ...>, // STM32 DMA channel
+ <&mdma1 0 0x3 0x1200000a 0 0>; // + STM32 MDMA channel
+ };
+
+ Concerning STM32 MDMA bindings:
+
+ 1. The request line number : whatever the value here, it will be overwritten
+ by MDMA driver with the STM32 DMAMUX channel ID passed through
+ (struct dma_slave_config).peripheral_config
+
+ 2. The priority level : choose Very High (0x3) so that your channel will
+ take priority other the other during request arbitration
+
+ 3. A 32bit mask specifying the DMA channel configuration : source and
+ destination address increment, block transfer with 128 bytes per single
+ transfer
+
+ 4. The 32bit value specifying the register to be used to acknowledge the
+ request: it will be overwritten by MDMA driver, with the DMA channel
+ interrupt flag clear register address passed through
+ (struct dma_slave_config).peripheral_config
+
+ 5. The 32bit mask specifying the value to be written to acknowledge the
+ request: it will be overwritten by MDMA driver, with the DMA channel
+ Transfer Complete flag passed through
+ (struct dma_slave_config).peripheral_config
+
+Driver updates for STM32 DMA-MDMA chaining support in foo driver
+----------------------------------------------------------------
+
+ **0. (optional) Refactor the original sg_table if dmaengine_prep_slave_sg()**
+
+ In case of dmaengine_prep_slave_sg(), the original sg_table can't be used as
+ is. Two new sg_tables must be created from the original one. One for
+ STM32 DMA transfer (where memory address targets now the SRAM buffer instead
+ of DDR buffer) and one for STM32 MDMA transfer (where memory address targets
+ the DDR buffer).
+
+ The new sg_list items must fit SRAM period length. Here is an example for
+ DMA_DEV_TO_MEM:
+ ::
+
+ /*
+ * Assuming sgl and nents, respectively the initial scatterlist and its
+ * length.
+ * Assuming sram_dma_buf and sram_period, respectively the memory
+ * allocated from the pool for DMA usage, and the length of the period,
+ * which is half of the sram_buf size.
+ */
+ struct sg_table new_dma_sgt, new_mdma_sgt;
+ struct scatterlist *s, *_sgl;
+ dma_addr_t ddr_dma_buf;
+ u32 new_nents = 0, len;
+ int i;
+
+ /* Count the number of entries needed */
+ for_each_sg(sgl, s, nents, i)
+ if (sg_dma_len(s) > sram_period)
+ new_nents += DIV_ROUND_UP(sg_dma_len(s), sram_period);
+ else
+ new_nents++;
+
+ /* Create sg table for STM32 DMA channel */
+ ret = sg_alloc_table(&new_dma_sgt, new_nents, GFP_ATOMIC);
+ if (ret)
+ dev_err(dev, "DMA sg table alloc failed\n");
+
+ for_each_sg(new_dma_sgt.sgl, s, new_dma_sgt.nents, i) {
+ _sgl = sgl;
+ sg_dma_len(s) = min(sg_dma_len(_sgl), sram_period);
+ /* Targets the beginning = first half of the sram_buf */
+ s->dma_address = sram_buf;
+ /*
+ * Targets the second half of the sram_buf
+ * for odd indexes of the item of the sg_list
+ */
+ if (i & 1)
+ s->dma_address += sram_period;
+ }
+
+ /* Create sg table for STM32 MDMA channel */
+ ret = sg_alloc_table(&new_mdma_sgt, new_nents, GFP_ATOMIC);
+ if (ret)
+ dev_err(dev, "MDMA sg_table alloc failed\n");
+
+ _sgl = sgl;
+ len = sg_dma_len(sgl);
+ ddr_dma_buf = sg_dma_address(sgl);
+ for_each_sg(mdma_sgt.sgl, s, mdma_sgt.nents, i) {
+ size_t bytes = min_t(size_t, len, sram_period);
+
+ sg_dma_len(s) = bytes;
+ sg_dma_address(s) = ddr_dma_buf;
+ len -= bytes;
+
+ if (!len && sg_next(_sgl)) {
+ _sgl = sg_next(_sgl);
+ len = sg_dma_len(_sgl);
+ ddr_dma_buf = sg_dma_address(_sgl);
+ } else {
+ ddr_dma_buf += bytes;
+ }
+ }
+
+ Don't forget to release these new sg_tables after getting the descriptors
+ with dmaengine_prep_slave_sg().
+
+ **1. Set controller specific parameters**
+
+ First, use dmaengine_slave_config() with a struct dma_slave_config to
+ configure STM32 DMA channel. You just have to take care of DMA addresses,
+ the memory address (depending on the transfer direction) must point on your
+ SRAM buffer, and set (struct dma_slave_config).peripheral_size != 0.
+
+ STM32 DMA driver will check (struct dma_slave_config).peripheral_size to
+ determine if chaining is being used or not. If it is used, then STM32 DMA
+ driver fills (struct dma_slave_config).peripheral_config with an array of
+ three u32 : the first one containing STM32 DMAMUX channel ID, the second one
+ the channel interrupt flag clear register address, and the third one the
+ channel Transfer Complete flag mask.
+
+ Then, use dmaengine_slave_config with another struct dma_slave_config to
+ configure STM32 MDMA channel. Take care of DMA addresses, the device address
+ (depending on the transfer direction) must point on your SRAM buffer, and
+ the memory address must point to the buffer originally used for "classic"
+ DMA operation. Use the previous (struct dma_slave_config).peripheral_size
+ and .peripheral_config that have been updated by STM32 DMA driver, to set
+ (struct dma_slave_config).peripheral_size and .peripheral_config of the
+ struct dma_slave_config to configure STM32 MDMA channel.
+ ::
+
+ struct dma_slave_config dma_conf;
+ struct dma_slave_config mdma_conf;
+
+ memset(&dma_conf, 0, sizeof(dma_conf));
+ [...]
+ config.direction = DMA_DEV_TO_MEM;
+ config.dst_addr = sram_dma_buf; // SRAM buffer
+ config.peripheral_size = 1; // peripheral_size != 0 => chaining
+
+ dmaengine_slave_config(dma_chan, &dma_config);
+
+ memset(&mdma_conf, 0, sizeof(mdma_conf));
+ config.direction = DMA_DEV_TO_MEM;
+ mdma_conf.src_addr = sram_dma_buf; // SRAM buffer
+ mdma_conf.dst_addr = rx_dma_buf; // original memory buffer
+ mdma_conf.peripheral_size = dma_conf.peripheral_size; // <- dma_conf
+ mdma_conf.peripheral_config = dma_config.peripheral_config; // <- dma_conf
+
+ dmaengine_slave_config(mdma_chan, &mdma_conf);
+
+ **2. Get a descriptor for STM32 DMA channel transaction**
+
+ In the same way you get your descriptor for your "classic" DMA operation,
+ you just have to replace the original sg_list (in case of
+ dmaengine_prep_slave_sg()) with the new sg_list using SRAM buffer, or to
+ replace the original buffer address, length and period (in case of
+ dmaengine_prep_dma_cyclic()) with the new SRAM buffer.
+
+ **3. Get a descriptor for STM32 MDMA channel transaction**
+
+ If you previously get descriptor (for STM32 DMA) with
+
+ * dmaengine_prep_slave_sg(), then use dmaengine_prep_slave_sg() for
+ STM32 MDMA;
+ * dmaengine_prep_dma_cyclic(), then use dmaengine_prep_dma_cyclic() for
+ STM32 MDMA.
+
+ Use the new sg_list using SRAM buffer (in case of dmaengine_prep_slave_sg())
+ or, depending on the transfer direction, either the original DDR buffer (in
+ case of DMA_DEV_TO_MEM) or the SRAM buffer (in case of DMA_MEM_TO_DEV), the
+ source address being previously set with dmaengine_slave_config().
+
+ **4. Submit both transactions**
+
+ Before submitting your transactions, you may need to define on which
+ descriptor you want a callback to be called at the end of the transfer
+ (dmaengine_prep_slave_sg()) or the period (dmaengine_prep_dma_cyclic()).
+ Depending on the direction, set the callback on the descriptor that finishes
+ the overal transfer:
+
+ * DMA_DEV_TO_MEM: set the callback on the "MDMA" descriptor
+ * DMA_MEM_TO_DEV: set the callback on the "DMA" descriptor
+
+ Then, submit the descriptors whatever the order, with dmaengine_tx_submit().
+
+ **5. Issue pending requests (and wait for callback notification)**
+
+ As STM32 MDMA channel transfer is triggered by STM32 DMA, you must issue
+ STM32 MDMA channel before STM32 DMA channel.
+
+ If any, your callback will be called to warn you about the end of the overal
+ transfer or the period completion.
+
+ Don't forget to terminate both channels. STM32 DMA channel is configured in
+ cyclic Double-Buffer mode so it won't be disabled by HW, you need to terminate
+ it. STM32 MDMA channel will be stopped by HW in case of sg transfer, but not
+ in case of cyclic transfer. You can terminate it whatever the kind of transfer.
+
+ **STM32 DMA-MDMA chaining DMA_MEM_TO_DEV special case**
+
+ STM32 DMA-MDMA chaining in DMA_MEM_TO_DEV is a special case. Indeed, the
+ STM32 MDMA feeds the SRAM buffer with the DDR data, and the STM32 DMA reads
+ data from SRAM buffer. So some data (the first period) have to be copied in
+ SRAM buffer when the STM32 DMA starts to read.
+
+ A trick could be pausing the STM32 DMA channel (that will raise a Transfer
+ Complete signal, triggering the STM32 MDMA channel), but the first data read
+ by the STM32 DMA could be "wrong". The proper way is to prepare the first SRAM
+ period with dmaengine_prep_dma_memcpy(). Then this first period should be
+ "removed" from the sg or the cyclic transfer.
+
+ Due to this complexity, rather use the STM32 DMA-MDMA chaining for
+ DMA_DEV_TO_MEM and keep the "classic" DMA usage for DMA_MEM_TO_DEV, unless
+ you're not afraid.
+
+Resources
+---------
+
+ Application note, datasheet and reference manual are available on ST website
+ (STM32MP1_).
+
+ Dedicated focus on three application notes (AN5224_, AN4031_ & AN5001_)
+ dealing with STM32 DMAMUX, STM32 DMA and STM32 MDMA.
+
+.. _STM32MP1: https://www.st.com/en/microcontrollers-microprocessors/stm32mp1-series.html
+.. _AN5224: https://www.st.com/resource/en/application_note/an5224-stm32-dmamux-the-dma-request-router-stmicroelectronics.pdf
+.. _AN4031: https://www.st.com/resource/en/application_note/dm00046011-using-the-stm32f2-stm32f4-and-stm32f7-series-dma-controller-stmicroelectronics.pdf
+.. _AN5001: https://www.st.com/resource/en/application_note/an5001-stm32cube-expansion-package-for-stm32h7-series-mdma-stmicroelectronics.pdf
+
+:Authors:
+
\ No newline at end of file
--- /dev/null
+==================
+STM32F429 Overview
+==================
+
+Introduction
+------------
+
+The STM32F429 is a Cortex-M4 MCU aimed at various applications.
+It features:
+
+- ARM Cortex-M4 up to 180MHz with FPU
+- 2MB internal Flash Memory
+- External memory support through FMC controller (PSRAM, SDRAM, NOR, NAND)
+- I2C, SPI, SAI, CAN, USB OTG, Ethernet controllers
+- LCD controller & Camera interface
+- Cryptographic processor
+
+Resources
+---------
+
+Datasheet and reference manual are publicly available on ST website (STM32F429_).
+
+.. _STM32F429: http://www.st.com/web/en/catalog/mmc/FM141/SC1169/SS1577/LN1806?ecmp=stm32f429-439_pron_pr-ces2014_nov2013
+
--- /dev/null
+==================
+STM32F746 Overview
+==================
+
+Introduction
+------------
+
+The STM32F746 is a Cortex-M7 MCU aimed at various applications.
+It features:
+
+- Cortex-M7 core running up to @216MHz
+- 1MB internal flash, 320KBytes internal RAM (+4KB of backup SRAM)
+- FMC controller to connect SDRAM, NOR and NAND memories
+- Dual mode QSPI
+- SD/MMC/SDIO support
+- Ethernet controller
+- USB OTFG FS & HS controllers
+- I2C, SPI, CAN busses support
+- Several 16 & 32 bits general purpose timers
+- Serial Audio interface
+- LCD controller
+- HDMI-CEC
+- SPDIFRX
+
+Resources
+---------
+
+Datasheet and reference manual are publicly available on ST website (STM32F746_).
+
+.. _STM32F746: http://www.st.com/content/st_com/en/products/microcontrollers/stm32-32-bit-arm-cortex-mcus/stm32f7-series/stm32f7x6/stm32f746ng.html
+
--- /dev/null
+==================
+STM32F769 Overview
+==================
+
+Introduction
+------------
+
+The STM32F769 is a Cortex-M7 MCU aimed at various applications.
+It features:
+
+- Cortex-M7 core running up to @216MHz
+- 2MB internal flash, 512KBytes internal RAM (+4KB of backup SRAM)
+- FMC controller to connect SDRAM, NOR and NAND memories
+- Dual mode QSPI
+- SD/MMC/SDIO support*2
+- Ethernet controller
+- USB OTFG FS & HS controllers
+- I2C*4, SPI*6, CAN*3 busses support
+- Several 16 & 32 bits general purpose timers
+- Serial Audio interface*2
+- LCD controller
+- HDMI-CEC
+- DSI
+- SPDIFRX
+- MDIO salave interface
+
+Resources
+---------
+
+Datasheet and reference manual are publicly available on ST website (STM32F769_).
+
+.. _STM32F769: http://www.st.com/content/st_com/en/products/microcontrollers/stm32-32-bit-arm-cortex-mcus/stm32-high-performance-mcus/stm32f7-series/stm32f7x9/stm32f769ni.html
+
--- /dev/null
+==================
+STM32H743 Overview
+==================
+
+Introduction
+------------
+
+The STM32H743 is a Cortex-M7 MCU aimed at various applications.
+It features:
+
+- Cortex-M7 core running up to @400MHz
+- 2MB internal flash, 1MBytes internal RAM
+- FMC controller to connect SDRAM, NOR and NAND memories
+- Dual mode QSPI
+- SD/MMC/SDIO support
+- Ethernet controller
+- USB OTFG FS & HS controllers
+- I2C, SPI, CAN busses support
+- Several 16 & 32 bits general purpose timers
+- Serial Audio interface
+- LCD controller
+- HDMI-CEC
+- SPDIFRX
+- DFSDM
+
+Resources
+---------
+
+Datasheet and reference manual are publicly available on ST website (STM32H743_).
+
+.. _STM32H743: http://www.st.com/en/microcontrollers/stm32h7x3.html?querycriteria=productId=LN2033
+
--- /dev/null
+==================
+STM32H750 Overview
+==================
+
+Introduction
+------------
+
+The STM32H750 is a Cortex-M7 MCU aimed at various applications.
+It features:
+
+- Cortex-M7 core running up to @480MHz
+- 128K internal flash, 1MBytes internal RAM
+- FMC controller to connect SDRAM, NOR and NAND memories
+- Dual mode QSPI
+- SD/MMC/SDIO support
+- Ethernet controller
+- USB OTFG FS & HS controllers
+- I2C, SPI, CAN busses support
+- Several 16 & 32 bits general purpose timers
+- Serial Audio interface
+- LCD controller
+- HDMI-CEC
+- SPDIFRX
+- DFSDM
+
+Resources
+---------
+
+Datasheet and reference manual are publicly available on ST website (STM32H750_).
+
+.. _STM32H750: https://www.st.com/en/microcontrollers-microprocessors/stm32h750-value-line.html
+
+
--- /dev/null
+===================
+STM32MP13 Overview
+===================
+
+Introduction
+------------
+
+The STM32MP131/STM32MP133/STM32MP135 are Cortex-A MPU aimed at various applications.
+They feature:
+
+- One Cortex-A7 application core
+- Standard memories interface support
+- Standard connectivity, widely inherited from the STM32 MCU family
+- Comprehensive security support
+
+More details:
+
+- Cortex-A7 core running up to @900MHz
+- FMC controller to connect SDRAM, NOR and NAND memories
+- QSPI
+- SD/MMC/SDIO support
+- 2*Ethernet controller
+- CAN
+- ADC/DAC
+- USB EHCI/OHCI controllers
+- USB OTG
+- I2C, SPI, CAN busses support
+- Several general purpose timers
+- Serial Audio interface
+- LCD controller
+- DCMIPP
+- SPDIFRX
+- DFSDM
+
+:Authors:
+
--- /dev/null
+===================
+STM32MP151 Overview
+===================
+
+Introduction
+------------
+
+The STM32MP151 is a Cortex-A MPU aimed at various applications.
+It features:
+
+- Single Cortex-A7 application core
+- Standard memories interface support
+- Standard connectivity, widely inherited from the STM32 MCU family
+- Comprehensive security support
+
+More details:
+
+- Cortex-A7 core running up to @800MHz
+- FMC controller to connect SDRAM, NOR and NAND memories
+- QSPI
+- SD/MMC/SDIO support
+- Ethernet controller
+- ADC/DAC
+- USB EHCI/OHCI controllers
+- USB OTG
+- I2C, SPI busses support
+- Several general purpose timers
+- Serial Audio interface
+- LCD-TFT controller
+- DCMIPP
+- SPDIFRX
+- DFSDM
+
+:Authors:
+
--- /dev/null
+===================
+STM32MP157 Overview
+===================
+
+Introduction
+------------
+
+The STM32MP157 is a Cortex-A MPU aimed at various applications.
+It features:
+
+- Dual core Cortex-A7 application core
+- 2D/3D image composition with GPU
+- Standard memories interface support
+- Standard connectivity, widely inherited from the STM32 MCU family
+- Comprehensive security support
+
+:Authors:
+
--- /dev/null
+==================
+ARM Allwinner SoCs
+==================
+
+This document lists all the ARM Allwinner SoCs that are currently
+supported in mainline by the Linux kernel. This document will also
+provide links to documentation and/or datasheet for these SoCs.
+
+SunXi family
+------------
+ Linux kernel mach directory: arch/arm/mach-sunxi
+
+ Flavors:
+
+ * ARM926 based SoCs
+ - Allwinner F20 (sun3i)
+
+ * Not Supported
+
+ * ARM Cortex-A8 based SoCs
+ - Allwinner A10 (sun4i)
+
+ * Datasheet
+
+ http://dl.linux-sunxi.org/A10/A10%20Datasheet%20-%20v1.21%20%282012-04-06%29.pdf
+ * User Manual
+
+ http://dl.linux-sunxi.org/A10/A10%20User%20Manual%20-%20v1.20%20%282012-04-09%2c%20DECRYPTED%29.pdf
+
+ - Allwinner A10s (sun5i)
+
+ * Datasheet
+
+ http://dl.linux-sunxi.org/A10s/A10s%20Datasheet%20-%20v1.20%20%282012-03-27%29.pdf
+
+ - Allwinner A13 / R8 (sun5i)
+
+ * Datasheet
+
+ http://dl.linux-sunxi.org/A13/A13%20Datasheet%20-%20v1.12%20%282012-03-29%29.pdf
+ * User Manual
+
+ http://dl.linux-sunxi.org/A13/A13%20User%20Manual%20-%20v1.2%20%282013-01-08%29.pdf
+
+ - Next Thing Co GR8 (sun5i)
+
+ * Single ARM Cortex-A7 based SoCs
+ - Allwinner V3s (sun8i)
+
+ * Datasheet
+
+ http://linux-sunxi.org/File:Allwinner_V3s_Datasheet_V1.0.pdf
+
+ * Dual ARM Cortex-A7 based SoCs
+ - Allwinner A20 (sun7i)
+
+ * User Manual
+
+ http://dl.linux-sunxi.org/A20/A20%20User%20Manual%202013-03-22.pdf
+
+ - Allwinner A23 (sun8i)
+
+ * Datasheet
+
+ http://dl.linux-sunxi.org/A23/A23%20Datasheet%20V1.0%2020130830.pdf
+
+ * User Manual
+
+ http://dl.linux-sunxi.org/A23/A23%20User%20Manual%20V1.0%2020130830.pdf
+
+ * Quad ARM Cortex-A7 based SoCs
+ - Allwinner A31 (sun6i)
+
+ * Datasheet
+
+ http://dl.linux-sunxi.org/A31/A3x_release_document/A31/IC/A31%20datasheet%20V1.3%2020131106.pdf
+
+ * User Manual
+
+ http://dl.linux-sunxi.org/A31/A3x_release_document/A31/IC/A31%20user%20manual%20V1.1%2020130630.pdf
+
+ - Allwinner A31s (sun6i)
+
+ * Datasheet
+
+ http://dl.linux-sunxi.org/A31/A3x_release_document/A31s/IC/A31s%20datasheet%20V1.3%2020131106.pdf
+
+ * User Manual
+
+ http://dl.linux-sunxi.org/A31/A3x_release_document/A31s/IC/A31s%20User%20Manual%20%20V1.0%2020130322.pdf
+
+ - Allwinner A33 (sun8i)
+
+ * Datasheet
+
+ http://dl.linux-sunxi.org/A33/A33%20Datasheet%20release%201.1.pdf
+
+ * User Manual
+
+ http://dl.linux-sunxi.org/A33/A33%20user%20manual%20release%201.1.pdf
+
+ - Allwinner H2+ (sun8i)
+
+ * No document available now, but is known to be working properly with
+ H3 drivers and memory map.
+
+ - Allwinner H3 (sun8i)
+
+ * Datasheet
+
+ https://linux-sunxi.org/images/4/4b/Allwinner_H3_Datasheet_V1.2.pdf
+
+ - Allwinner R40 (sun8i)
+
+ * Datasheet
+
+ https://github.com/tinalinux/docs/raw/r40-v1.y/R40_Datasheet_V1.0.pdf
+
+ * User Manual
+
+ https://github.com/tinalinux/docs/raw/r40-v1.y/Allwinner_R40_User_Manual_V1.0.pdf
+
+ * Quad ARM Cortex-A15, Quad ARM Cortex-A7 based SoCs
+ - Allwinner A80
+
+ * Datasheet
+
+ http://dl.linux-sunxi.org/A80/A80_Datasheet_Revision_1.0_0404.pdf
+
+ * Octa ARM Cortex-A7 based SoCs
+ - Allwinner A83T
+
+ * Datasheet
+
+ https://github.com/allwinner-zh/documents/raw/master/A83T/A83T_Datasheet_v1.3_20150510.pdf
+
+ * User Manual
+
+ https://github.com/allwinner-zh/documents/raw/master/A83T/A83T_User_Manual_v1.5.1_20150513.pdf
+
+ * Quad ARM Cortex-A53 based SoCs
+ - Allwinner A64
+
+ * Datasheet
+
+ http://dl.linux-sunxi.org/A64/A64_Datasheet_V1.1.pdf
+
+ * User Manual
+
+ http://dl.linux-sunxi.org/A64/Allwinner%20A64%20User%20Manual%20v1.0.pdf
+
+ - Allwinner H6
+
+ * Datasheet
+
+ https://linux-sunxi.org/images/5/5c/Allwinner_H6_V200_Datasheet_V1.1.pdf
+
+ * User Manual
+
+ https://linux-sunxi.org/images/4/46/Allwinner_H6_V200_User_Manual_V1.1.pdf
+
+ - Allwinner H616
+
+ * Datasheet
+
+ https://linux-sunxi.org/images/b/b9/H616_Datasheet_V1.0_cleaned.pdf
+
+ * User Manual
+
+ https://linux-sunxi.org/images/2/24/H616_User_Manual_V1.0_cleaned.pdf
--- /dev/null
+=======================================================
+Frequently asked questions about the sunxi clock system
+=======================================================
+
+This document contains useful bits of information that people tend to ask
+about the sunxi clock system, as well as accompanying ASCII art when adequate.
+
+Q: Why is the main 24MHz oscillator gatable? Wouldn't that break the
+ system?
+
+A: The 24MHz oscillator allows gating to save power. Indeed, if gated
+ carelessly the system would stop functioning, but with the right
+ steps, one can gate it and keep the system running. Consider this
+ simplified suspend example:
+
+ While the system is operational, you would see something like::
+
+ 24MHz 32kHz
+ |
+ PLL1
+ \
+ \_ CPU Mux
+ |
+ [CPU]
+
+ When you are about to suspend, you switch the CPU Mux to the 32kHz
+ oscillator::
+
+ 24Mhz 32kHz
+ | |
+ PLL1 |
+ /
+ CPU Mux _/
+ |
+ [CPU]
+
+ Finally you can gate the main oscillator::
+
+ 32kHz
+ |
+ |
+ /
+ CPU Mux _/
+ |
+ [CPU]
+
+Q: Were can I learn more about the sunxi clocks?
+
+A: The linux-sunxi wiki contains a page documenting the clock registers,
+ you can find it at
+
+ http://linux-sunxi.org/A10/CCM
+
+ The authoritative source for information at this time is the ccmu driver
+ released by Allwinner, you can find it at
+
+ https://github.com/linux-sunxi/linux-sunxi/tree/sunxi-3.0/arch/arm/mach-sun4i/clock/ccmu
--- /dev/null
+Software emulation of deprecated SWP instruction (CONFIG_SWP_EMULATE)
+---------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+ARMv6 architecture deprecates use of the SWP/SWPB instructions, and recommeds
+moving to the load-locked/store-conditional instructions LDREX and STREX.
+
+ARMv7 multiprocessing extensions introduce the ability to disable these
+instructions, triggering an undefined instruction exception when executed.
+Trapped instructions are emulated using an LDREX/STREX or LDREXB/STREXB
+sequence. If a memory access fault (an abort) occurs, a segmentation fault is
+signalled to the triggering process.
+
+/proc/cpu/swp_emulation holds some statistics/information, including the PID of
+the last process to trigger the emulation to be invocated. For example::
+
+ Emulated SWP: 12
+ Emulated SWPB: 0
+ Aborted SWP{B}: 1
+ Last process: 314
+
+
+NOTE:
+ when accessing uncached shared regions, LDREX/STREX rely on an external
+ transaction monitoring block called a global monitor to maintain update
+ atomicity. If your system does not implement a global monitor, this option can
+ cause programs that perform SWP operations to uncached memory to deadlock, as
+ the STREX operation will always fail.
--- /dev/null
+==================================================
+ARM TCM (Tightly-Coupled Memory) handling in Linux
+==================================================
+
+
+Some ARM SoCs have a so-called TCM (Tightly-Coupled Memory).
+This is usually just a few (4-64) KiB of RAM inside the ARM
+processor.
+
+Due to being embedded inside the CPU, the TCM has a
+Harvard-architecture, so there is an ITCM (instruction TCM)
+and a DTCM (data TCM). The DTCM can not contain any
+instructions, but the ITCM can actually contain data.
+The size of DTCM or ITCM is minimum 4KiB so the typical
+minimum configuration is 4KiB ITCM and 4KiB DTCM.
+
+ARM CPUs have special registers to read out status, physical
+location and size of TCM memories. arch/arm/include/asm/cputype.h
+defines a CPUID_TCM register that you can read out from the
+system control coprocessor. Documentation from ARM can be found
+at http://infocenter.arm.com, search for "TCM Status Register"
+to see documents for all CPUs. Reading this register you can
+determine if ITCM (bits 1-0) and/or DTCM (bit 17-16) is present
+in the machine.
+
+There is further a TCM region register (search for "TCM Region
+Registers" at the ARM site) that can report and modify the location
+size of TCM memories at runtime. This is used to read out and modify
+TCM location and size. Notice that this is not a MMU table: you
+actually move the physical location of the TCM around. At the
+place you put it, it will mask any underlying RAM from the
+CPU so it is usually wise not to overlap any physical RAM with
+the TCM.
+
+The TCM memory can then be remapped to another address again using
+the MMU, but notice that the TCM is often used in situations where
+the MMU is turned off. To avoid confusion the current Linux
+implementation will map the TCM 1 to 1 from physical to virtual
+memory in the location specified by the kernel. Currently Linux
+will map ITCM to 0xfffe0000 and on, and DTCM to 0xfffe8000 and
+on, supporting a maximum of 32KiB of ITCM and 32KiB of DTCM.
+
+Newer versions of the region registers also support dividing these
+TCMs in two separate banks, so for example an 8KiB ITCM is divided
+into two 4KiB banks with its own control registers. The idea is to
+be able to lock and hide one of the banks for use by the secure
+world (TrustZone).
+
+TCM is used for a few things:
+
+- FIQ and other interrupt handlers that need deterministic
+ timing and cannot wait for cache misses.
+
+- Idle loops where all external RAM is set to self-refresh
+ retention mode, so only on-chip RAM is accessible by
+ the CPU and then we hang inside ITCM waiting for an
+ interrupt.
+
+- Other operations which implies shutting off or reconfiguring
+ the external RAM controller.
+
+There is an interface for using TCM on the ARM architecture
+in <asm/tcm.h>. Using this interface it is possible to:
+
+- Define the physical address and size of ITCM and DTCM.
+
+- Tag functions to be compiled into ITCM.
+
+- Tag data and constants to be allocated to DTCM and ITCM.
+
+- Have the remaining TCM RAM added to a special
+ allocation pool with gen_pool_create() and gen_pool_add()
+ and provice tcm_alloc() and tcm_free() for this
+ memory. Such a heap is great for things like saving
+ device state when shutting off device power domains.
+
+A machine that has TCM memory shall select HAVE_TCM from
+arch/arm/Kconfig for itself. Code that needs to use TCM shall
+#include <asm/tcm.h>
+
+Functions to go into itcm can be tagged like this:
+int __tcmfunc foo(int bar);
+
+Since these are marked to become long_calls and you may want
+to have functions called locally inside the TCM without
+wasting space, there is also the __tcmlocalfunc prefix that
+will make the call relative.
+
+Variables to go into dtcm can be tagged like this::
+
+ int __tcmdata foo;
+
+Constants can be tagged like this::
+
+ int __tcmconst foo;
+
+To put assembler into TCM just use::
+
+ .section ".tcm.text" or .section ".tcm.data"
+
+respectively.
+
+Example code::
+
+ #include <asm/tcm.h>
+
+ /* Uninitialized data */
+ static u32 __tcmdata tcmvar;
+ /* Initialized data */
+ static u32 __tcmdata tcmassigned = 0x2BADBABEU;
+ /* Constant */
+ static const u32 __tcmconst tcmconst = 0xCAFEBABEU;
+
+ static void __tcmlocalfunc tcm_to_tcm(void)
+ {
+ int i;
+ for (i = 0; i < 100; i++)
+ tcmvar ++;
+ }
+
+ static void __tcmfunc hello_tcm(void)
+ {
+ /* Some abstract code that runs in ITCM */
+ int i;
+ for (i = 0; i < 100; i++) {
+ tcmvar ++;
+ }
+ tcm_to_tcm();
+ }
+
+ static void __init test_tcm(void)
+ {
+ u32 *tcmem;
+ int i;
+
+ hello_tcm();
+ printk("Hello TCM executed from ITCM RAM\n");
+
+ printk("TCM variable from testrun: %u @ %p\n", tcmvar, &tcmvar);
+ tcmvar = 0xDEADBEEFU;
+ printk("TCM variable: 0x%x @ %p\n", tcmvar, &tcmvar);
+
+ printk("TCM assigned variable: 0x%x @ %p\n", tcmassigned, &tcmassigned);
+
+ printk("TCM constant: 0x%x @ %p\n", tcmconst, &tcmconst);
+
+ /* Allocate some TCM memory from the pool */
+ tcmem = tcm_alloc(20);
+ if (tcmem) {
+ printk("TCM Allocated 20 bytes of TCM @ %p\n", tcmem);
+ tcmem[0] = 0xDEADBEEFU;
+ tcmem[1] = 0x2BADBABEU;
+ tcmem[2] = 0xCAFEBABEU;
+ tcmem[3] = 0xDEADBEEFU;
+ tcmem[4] = 0x2BADBABEU;
+ for (i = 0; i < 5; i++)
+ printk("TCM tcmem[%d] = %08x\n", i, tcmem[i]);
+ tcm_free(tcmem, 20);
+ }
+ }
--- /dev/null
+================================================
+The Unified Extensible Firmware Interface (UEFI)
+================================================
+
+UEFI, the Unified Extensible Firmware Interface, is a specification
+governing the behaviours of compatible firmware interfaces. It is
+maintained by the UEFI Forum - http://www.uefi.org/.
+
+UEFI is an evolution of its predecessor 'EFI', so the terms EFI and
+UEFI are used somewhat interchangeably in this document and associated
+source code. As a rule, anything new uses 'UEFI', whereas 'EFI' refers
+to legacy code or specifications.
+
+UEFI support in Linux
+=====================
+Booting on a platform with firmware compliant with the UEFI specification
+makes it possible for the kernel to support additional features:
+
+- UEFI Runtime Services
+- Retrieving various configuration information through the standardised
+ interface of UEFI configuration tables. (ACPI, SMBIOS, ...)
+
+For actually enabling [U]EFI support, enable:
+
+- CONFIG_EFI=y
+- CONFIG_EFIVAR_FS=y or m
+
+The implementation depends on receiving information about the UEFI environment
+in a Flattened Device Tree (FDT) - so is only available with CONFIG_OF.
+
+UEFI stub
+=========
+The "stub" is a feature that extends the Image/zImage into a valid UEFI
+PE/COFF executable, including a loader application that makes it possible to
+load the kernel directly from the UEFI shell, boot menu, or one of the
+lightweight bootloaders like Gummiboot or rEFInd.
+
+The kernel image built with stub support remains a valid kernel image for
+booting in non-UEFI environments.
+
+UEFI kernel support on ARM
+==========================
+UEFI kernel support on the ARM architectures (arm and arm64) is only available
+when boot is performed through the stub.
+
+When booting in UEFI mode, the stub deletes any memory nodes from a provided DT.
+Instead, the kernel reads the UEFI memory map.
+
+The stub populates the FDT /chosen node with (and the kernel scans for) the
+following parameters:
+
+========================== ====== ===========================================
+Name Size Description
+========================== ====== ===========================================
+linux,uefi-system-table 64-bit Physical address of the UEFI System Table.
+
+linux,uefi-mmap-start 64-bit Physical address of the UEFI memory map,
+ populated by the UEFI GetMemoryMap() call.
+
+linux,uefi-mmap-size 32-bit Size in bytes of the UEFI memory map
+ pointed to in previous entry.
+
+linux,uefi-mmap-desc-size 32-bit Size in bytes of each entry in the UEFI
+ memory map.
+
+linux,uefi-mmap-desc-ver 32-bit Version of the mmap descriptor format.
+
+kaslr-seed 64-bit Entropy used to randomize the kernel image
+ base address location.
+========================== ====== ===========================================
--- /dev/null
+===============================================
+Release notes for Linux Kernel VFP support code
+===============================================
+
+Date: 20 May 2004
+
+Author: Russell King
+
+This is the first release of the Linux Kernel VFP support code. It
+provides support for the exceptions bounced from VFP hardware found
+on ARM926EJ-S.
+
+This release has been validated against the SoftFloat-2b library by
+John R. Hauser using the TestFloat-2a test suite. Details of this
+library and test suite can be found at:
+
+ http://www.jhauser.us/arithmetic/SoftFloat.html
+
+The operations which have been tested with this package are:
+
+ - fdiv
+ - fsub
+ - fadd
+ - fmul
+ - fcmp
+ - fcmpe
+ - fcvtd
+ - fcvts
+ - fsito
+ - ftosi
+ - fsqrt
+
+All the above pass softfloat tests with the following exceptions:
+
+- fadd/fsub shows some differences in the handling of +0 / -0 results
+ when input operands differ in signs.
+- the handling of underflow exceptions is slightly different. If a
+ result underflows before rounding, but becomes a normalised number
+ after rounding, we do not signal an underflow exception.
+
+Other operations which have been tested by basic assembly-only tests
+are:
+
+ - fcpy
+ - fabs
+ - fneg
+ - ftoui
+ - ftosiz
+ - ftouiz
+
+The combination operations have not been tested:
+
+ - fmac
+ - fnmac
+ - fmsc
+ - fnmsc
+ - fnmul
--- /dev/null
+======================================
+vlocks for Bare-Metal Mutual Exclusion
+======================================
+
+Voting Locks, or "vlocks" provide a simple low-level mutual exclusion
+mechanism, with reasonable but minimal requirements on the memory
+system.
+
+These are intended to be used to coordinate critical activity among CPUs
+which are otherwise non-coherent, in situations where the hardware
+provides no other mechanism to support this and ordinary spinlocks
+cannot be used.
+
+
+vlocks make use of the atomicity provided by the memory system for
+writes to a single memory location. To arbitrate, every CPU "votes for
+itself", by storing a unique number to a common memory location. The
+final value seen in that memory location when all the votes have been
+cast identifies the winner.
+
+In order to make sure that the election produces an unambiguous result
+in finite time, a CPU will only enter the election in the first place if
+no winner has been chosen and the election does not appear to have
+started yet.
+
+
+Algorithm
+---------
+
+The easiest way to explain the vlocks algorithm is with some pseudo-code::
+
+
+ int currently_voting[NR_CPUS] = { 0, };
+ int last_vote = -1; /* no votes yet */
+
+ bool vlock_trylock(int this_cpu)
+ {
+ /* signal our desire to vote */
+ currently_voting[this_cpu] = 1;
+ if (last_vote != -1) {
+ /* someone already volunteered himself */
+ currently_voting[this_cpu] = 0;
+ return false; /* not ourself */
+ }
+
+ /* let's suggest ourself */
+ last_vote = this_cpu;
+ currently_voting[this_cpu] = 0;
+
+ /* then wait until everyone else is done voting */
+ for_each_cpu(i) {
+ while (currently_voting[i] != 0)
+ /* wait */;
+ }
+
+ /* result */
+ if (last_vote == this_cpu)
+ return true; /* we won */
+ return false;
+ }
+
+ bool vlock_unlock(void)
+ {
+ last_vote = -1;
+ }
+
+
+The currently_voting[] array provides a way for the CPUs to determine
+whether an election is in progress, and plays a role analogous to the
+"entering" array in Lamport's bakery algorithm [1].
+
+However, once the election has started, the underlying memory system
+atomicity is used to pick the winner. This avoids the need for a static
+priority rule to act as a tie-breaker, or any counters which could
+overflow.
+
+As long as the last_vote variable is globally visible to all CPUs, it
+will contain only one value that won't change once every CPU has cleared
+its currently_voting flag.
+
+
+Features and limitations
+------------------------
+
+ * vlocks are not intended to be fair. In the contended case, it is the
+ _last_ CPU which attempts to get the lock which will be most likely
+ to win.
+
+ vlocks are therefore best suited to situations where it is necessary
+ to pick a unique winner, but it does not matter which CPU actually
+ wins.
+
+ * Like other similar mechanisms, vlocks will not scale well to a large
+ number of CPUs.
+
+ vlocks can be cascaded in a voting hierarchy to permit better scaling
+ if necessary, as in the following hypothetical example for 4096 CPUs::
+
+ /* first level: local election */
+ my_town = towns[(this_cpu >> 4) & 0xf];
+ I_won = vlock_trylock(my_town, this_cpu & 0xf);
+ if (I_won) {
+ /* we won the town election, let's go for the state */
+ my_state = states[(this_cpu >> 8) & 0xf];
+ I_won = vlock_lock(my_state, this_cpu & 0xf));
+ if (I_won) {
+ /* and so on */
+ I_won = vlock_lock(the_whole_country, this_cpu & 0xf];
+ if (I_won) {
+ /* ... */
+ }
+ vlock_unlock(the_whole_country);
+ }
+ vlock_unlock(my_state);
+ }
+ vlock_unlock(my_town);
+
+
+ARM implementation
+------------------
+
+The current ARM implementation [2] contains some optimisations beyond
+the basic algorithm:
+
+ * By packing the members of the currently_voting array close together,
+ we can read the whole array in one transaction (providing the number
+ of CPUs potentially contending the lock is small enough). This
+ reduces the number of round-trips required to external memory.
+
+ In the ARM implementation, this means that we can use a single load
+ and comparison::
+
+ LDR Rt, [Rn]
+ CMP Rt, #0
+
+ ...in place of code equivalent to::
+
+ LDRB Rt, [Rn]
+ CMP Rt, #0
+ LDRBEQ Rt, [Rn, #1]
+ CMPEQ Rt, #0
+ LDRBEQ Rt, [Rn, #2]
+ CMPEQ Rt, #0
+ LDRBEQ Rt, [Rn, #3]
+ CMPEQ Rt, #0
+
+ This cuts down on the fast-path latency, as well as potentially
+ reducing bus contention in contended cases.
+
+ The optimisation relies on the fact that the ARM memory system
+ guarantees coherency between overlapping memory accesses of
+ different sizes, similarly to many other architectures. Note that
+ we do not care which element of currently_voting appears in which
+ bits of Rt, so there is no need to worry about endianness in this
+ optimisation.
+
+ If there are too many CPUs to read the currently_voting array in
+ one transaction then multiple transations are still required. The
+ implementation uses a simple loop of word-sized loads for this
+ case. The number of transactions is still fewer than would be
+ required if bytes were loaded individually.
+
+
+ In principle, we could aggregate further by using LDRD or LDM, but
+ to keep the code simple this was not attempted in the initial
+ implementation.
+
+
+ * vlocks are currently only used to coordinate between CPUs which are
+ unable to enable their caches yet. This means that the
+ implementation removes many of the barriers which would be required
+ when executing the algorithm in cached memory.
+
+ packing of the currently_voting array does not work with cached
+ memory unless all CPUs contending the lock are cache-coherent, due
+ to cache writebacks from one CPU clobbering values written by other
+ CPUs. (Though if all the CPUs are cache-coherent, you should be
+ probably be using proper spinlocks instead anyway).
+
+
+ * The "no votes yet" value used for the last_vote variable is 0 (not
+ -1 as in the pseudocode). This allows statically-allocated vlocks
+ to be implicitly initialised to an unlocked state simply by putting
+ them in .bss.
+
+ An offset is added to each CPU's ID for the purpose of setting this
+ variable, so that no CPU uses the value 0 for its ID.
+
+
+Colophon
+--------
+
+Originally created and documented by Dave Martin for Linaro Limited, for
+use in ARM-based big.LITTLE platforms, with review and input gratefully
+received from Nicolas Pitre and Achin Gupta. Thanks to Nicolas for
+grabbing most of this text out of the relevant mail thread and writing
+up the pseudocode.
+
+Copyright (C) 2012-2013 Linaro Limited
+Distributed under the terms of Version 2 of the GNU General Public
+License, as defined in linux/COPYING.
+
+
+References
+----------
+
+[1] Lamport, L. "A New Solution of Dijkstra's Concurrent Programming
+ Problem", Communications of the ACM 17, 8 (August 1974), 453-455.
+
+ https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Lamport%27s_bakery_algorithm
+
+[2] linux/arch/arm/common/vlock.S, www.kernel.org.
:maxdepth: 2
arc/index
- ../arm/index
+ arm/index
../arm64/index
ia64/index
../loongarch/index
+++ /dev/null
-=======================
-ARM Linux 2.6 and upper
-=======================
-
- Please check <ftp://ftp.arm.linux.org.uk/pub/armlinux> for
- updates.
-
-Compilation of kernel
----------------------
-
- In order to compile ARM Linux, you will need a compiler capable of
- generating ARM ELF code with GNU extensions. GCC 3.3 is known to be
- a good compiler. Fortunately, you needn't guess. The kernel will report
- an error if your compiler is a recognized offender.
-
- To build ARM Linux natively, you shouldn't have to alter the ARCH = line
- in the top level Makefile. However, if you don't have the ARM Linux ELF
- tools installed as default, then you should change the CROSS_COMPILE
- line as detailed below.
-
- If you wish to cross-compile, then alter the following lines in the top
- level make file::
-
- ARCH = <whatever>
-
- with::
-
- ARCH = arm
-
- and::
-
- CROSS_COMPILE=
-
- to::
-
- CROSS_COMPILE=<your-path-to-your-compiler-without-gcc>
-
- eg.::
-
- CROSS_COMPILE=arm-linux-
-
- Do a 'make config', followed by 'make Image' to build the kernel
- (arch/arm/boot/Image). A compressed image can be built by doing a
- 'make zImage' instead of 'make Image'.
-
-
-Bug reports etc
----------------
-
- Please send patches to the patch system. For more information, see
- http://www.arm.linux.org.uk/developer/patches/info.php Always include some
- explanation as to what the patch does and why it is needed.
-
- or submitted through the web form at
- http://www.arm.linux.org.uk/developer/
-
- When sending bug reports, please ensure that they contain all relevant
- information, eg. the kernel messages that were printed before/during
- the problem, what you were doing, etc.
-
-
-Include files
--------------
-
- Several new include directories have been created under include/asm-arm,
- which are there to reduce the clutter in the top-level directory. These
- directories, and their purpose is listed below:
-
- ============= ==========================================================
- `arch-*` machine/platform specific header files
- `hardware` driver-internal ARM specific data structures/definitions
- `mach` descriptions of generic ARM to specific machine interfaces
- `proc-*` processor dependent header files (currently only two
- categories)
- ============= ==========================================================
-
-
-Machine/Platform support
-------------------------
-
- The ARM tree contains support for a lot of different machine types. To
- continue supporting these differences, it has become necessary to split
- machine-specific parts by directory. For this, the machine category is
- used to select which directories and files get included (we will use
- $(MACHINE) to refer to the category)
-
- To this end, we now have arch/arm/mach-$(MACHINE) directories which are
- designed to house the non-driver files for a particular machine (eg, PCI,
- memory management, architecture definitions etc). For all future
- machines, there should be a corresponding arch/arm/mach-$(MACHINE)/include/mach
- directory.
-
-
-Modules
--------
-
- Although modularisation is supported (and required for the FP emulator),
- each module on an ARM2/ARM250/ARM3 machine when is loaded will take
- memory up to the next 32k boundary due to the size of the pages.
- Therefore, is modularisation on these machines really worth it?
-
- However, ARM6 and up machines allow modules to take multiples of 4k, and
- as such Acorn RiscPCs and other architectures using these processors can
- make good use of modularisation.
-
-
-ADFS Image files
-----------------
-
- You can access image files on your ADFS partitions by mounting the ADFS
- partition, and then using the loopback device driver. You must have
- losetup installed.
-
- Please note that the PCEmulator DOS partitions have a partition table at
- the start, and as such, you will have to give '-o offset' to losetup.
-
-
-Request to developers
----------------------
-
- When writing device drivers which include a separate assembler file, please
- include it in with the C file, and not the arch/arm/lib directory. This
- allows the driver to be compiled as a loadable module without requiring
- half the code to be compiled into the kernel image.
-
- In general, try to avoid using assembler unless it is really necessary. It
- makes drivers far less easy to port to other hardware.
-
-
-ST506 hard drives
------------------
-
- The ST506 hard drive controllers seem to be working fine (if a little
- slowly). At the moment they will only work off the controllers on an
- A4x0's motherboard, but for it to work off a Podule just requires
- someone with a podule to add the addresses for the IRQ mask and the
- HDC base to the source.
-
- As of 31/3/96 it works with two drives (you should get the ADFS
- `*configure` harddrive set to 2). I've got an internal 20MB and a great
- big external 5.25" FH 64MB drive (who could ever want more :-) ).
-
- I've just got 240K/s off it (a dd with bs=128k); thats about half of what
- RiscOS gets; but it's a heck of a lot better than the 50K/s I was getting
- last week :-)
-
- Known bug: Drive data errors can cause a hang; including cases where
- the controller has fixed the error using ECC. (Possibly ONLY
- in that case...hmm).
-
-
-1772 Floppy
------------
- This also seems to work OK, but hasn't been stressed much lately. It
- hasn't got any code for disc change detection in there at the moment which
- could be a bit of a problem! Suggestions on the correct way to do this
- are welcome.
-
-
-`CONFIG_MACH_` and `CONFIG_ARCH_`
----------------------------------
- A change was made in 2003 to the macro names for new machines.
- Historically, `CONFIG_ARCH_` was used for the bonafide architecture,
- e.g. SA1100, as well as implementations of the architecture,
- e.g. Assabet. It was decided to change the implementation macros
- to read `CONFIG_MACH_` for clarity. Moreover, a retroactive fixup has
- not been made because it would complicate patching.
-
- Previous registrations may be found online.
-
- <http://www.arm.linux.org.uk/developer/machines/>
-
-Kernel entry (head.S)
----------------------
- The initial entry into the kernel is via head.S, which uses machine
- independent code. The machine is selected by the value of 'r1' on
- entry, which must be kept unique.
-
- Due to the large number of machines which the ARM port of Linux provides
- for, we have a method to manage this which ensures that we don't end up
- duplicating large amounts of code.
-
- We group machine (or platform) support code into machine classes. A
- class typically based around one or more system on a chip devices, and
- acts as a natural container around the actual implementations. These
- classes are given directories - arch/arm/mach-<class> - which contain
- the source files and include/mach/ to support the machine class.
-
- For example, the SA1100 class is based upon the SA1100 and SA1110 SoC
- devices, and contains the code to support the way the on-board and off-
- board devices are used, or the device is setup, and provides that
- machine specific "personality."
-
- For platforms that support device tree (DT), the machine selection is
- controlled at runtime by passing the device tree blob to the kernel. At
- compile-time, support for the machine type must be selected. This allows for
- a single multiplatform kernel build to be used for several machine types.
-
- For platforms that do not use device tree, this machine selection is
- controlled by the machine type ID, which acts both as a run-time and a
- compile-time code selection method. You can register a new machine via the
- web site at:
-
- <http://www.arm.linux.org.uk/developer/machines/>
-
- Note: Please do not register a machine type for DT-only platforms. If your
- platform is DT-only, you do not need a registered machine type.
-
----
-
-Russell King (15/03/2004)
+++ /dev/null
-=================
-Booting ARM Linux
-=================
-
-Author: Russell King
-
-Date : 18 May 2002
-
-The following documentation is relevant to 2.4.18-rmk6 and beyond.
-
-In order to boot ARM Linux, you require a boot loader, which is a small
-program that runs before the main kernel. The boot loader is expected
-to initialise various devices, and eventually call the Linux kernel,
-passing information to the kernel.
-
-Essentially, the boot loader should provide (as a minimum) the
-following:
-
-1. Setup and initialise the RAM.
-2. Initialise one serial port.
-3. Detect the machine type.
-4. Setup the kernel tagged list.
-5. Load initramfs.
-6. Call the kernel image.
-
-
-1. Setup and initialise RAM
----------------------------
-
-Existing boot loaders:
- MANDATORY
-New boot loaders:
- MANDATORY
-
-The boot loader is expected to find and initialise all RAM that the
-kernel will use for volatile data storage in the system. It performs
-this in a machine dependent manner. (It may use internal algorithms
-to automatically locate and size all RAM, or it may use knowledge of
-the RAM in the machine, or any other method the boot loader designer
-sees fit.)
-
-
-2. Initialise one serial port
------------------------------
-
-Existing boot loaders:
- OPTIONAL, RECOMMENDED
-New boot loaders:
- OPTIONAL, RECOMMENDED
-
-The boot loader should initialise and enable one serial port on the
-target. This allows the kernel serial driver to automatically detect
-which serial port it should use for the kernel console (generally
-used for debugging purposes, or communication with the target.)
-
-As an alternative, the boot loader can pass the relevant 'console='
-option to the kernel via the tagged lists specifying the port, and
-serial format options as described in
-
- Documentation/admin-guide/kernel-parameters.rst.
-
-
-3. Detect the machine type
---------------------------
-
-Existing boot loaders:
- OPTIONAL
-New boot loaders:
- MANDATORY except for DT-only platforms
-
-The boot loader should detect the machine type its running on by some
-method. Whether this is a hard coded value or some algorithm that
-looks at the connected hardware is beyond the scope of this document.
-The boot loader must ultimately be able to provide a MACH_TYPE_xxx
-value to the kernel. (see linux/arch/arm/tools/mach-types). This
-should be passed to the kernel in register r1.
-
-For DT-only platforms, the machine type will be determined by device
-tree. set the machine type to all ones (~0). This is not strictly
-necessary, but assures that it will not match any existing types.
-
-4. Setup boot data
-------------------
-
-Existing boot loaders:
- OPTIONAL, HIGHLY RECOMMENDED
-New boot loaders:
- MANDATORY
-
-The boot loader must provide either a tagged list or a dtb image for
-passing configuration data to the kernel. The physical address of the
-boot data is passed to the kernel in register r2.
-
-4a. Setup the kernel tagged list
---------------------------------
-
-The boot loader must create and initialise the kernel tagged list.
-A valid tagged list starts with ATAG_CORE and ends with ATAG_NONE.
-The ATAG_CORE tag may or may not be empty. An empty ATAG_CORE tag
-has the size field set to '2' (0x00000002). The ATAG_NONE must set
-the size field to zero.
-
-Any number of tags can be placed in the list. It is undefined
-whether a repeated tag appends to the information carried by the
-previous tag, or whether it replaces the information in its
-entirety; some tags behave as the former, others the latter.
-
-The boot loader must pass at a minimum the size and location of
-the system memory, and root filesystem location. Therefore, the
-minimum tagged list should look::
-
- +-----------+
- base -> | ATAG_CORE | |
- +-----------+ |
- | ATAG_MEM | | increasing address
- +-----------+ |
- | ATAG_NONE | |
- +-----------+ v
-
-The tagged list should be stored in system RAM.
-
-The tagged list must be placed in a region of memory where neither
-the kernel decompressor nor initrd 'bootp' program will overwrite
-it. The recommended placement is in the first 16KiB of RAM.
-
-4b. Setup the device tree
--------------------------
-
-The boot loader must load a device tree image (dtb) into system ram
-at a 64bit aligned address and initialize it with the boot data. The
-dtb format is documented at https://www.devicetree.org/specifications/.
-The kernel will look for the dtb magic value of 0xd00dfeed at the dtb
-physical address to determine if a dtb has been passed instead of a
-tagged list.
-
-The boot loader must pass at a minimum the size and location of the
-system memory, and the root filesystem location. The dtb must be
-placed in a region of memory where the kernel decompressor will not
-overwrite it, while remaining within the region which will be covered
-by the kernel's low-memory mapping.
-
-A safe location is just above the 128MiB boundary from start of RAM.
-
-5. Load initramfs.
-------------------
-
-Existing boot loaders:
- OPTIONAL
-New boot loaders:
- OPTIONAL
-
-If an initramfs is in use then, as with the dtb, it must be placed in
-a region of memory where the kernel decompressor will not overwrite it
-while also with the region which will be covered by the kernel's
-low-memory mapping.
-
-A safe location is just above the device tree blob which itself will
-be loaded just above the 128MiB boundary from the start of RAM as
-recommended above.
-
-6. Calling the kernel image
----------------------------
-
-Existing boot loaders:
- MANDATORY
-New boot loaders:
- MANDATORY
-
-There are two options for calling the kernel zImage. If the zImage
-is stored in flash, and is linked correctly to be run from flash,
-then it is legal for the boot loader to call the zImage in flash
-directly.
-
-The zImage may also be placed in system RAM and called there. The
-kernel should be placed in the first 128MiB of RAM. It is recommended
-that it is loaded above 32MiB in order to avoid the need to relocate
-prior to decompression, which will make the boot process slightly
-faster.
-
-When booting a raw (non-zImage) kernel the constraints are tighter.
-In this case the kernel must be loaded at an offset into system equal
-to TEXT_OFFSET - PAGE_OFFSET.
-
-In any case, the following conditions must be met:
-
-- Quiesce all DMA capable devices so that memory does not get
- corrupted by bogus network packets or disk data. This will save
- you many hours of debug.
-
-- CPU register settings
-
- - r0 = 0,
- - r1 = machine type number discovered in (3) above.
- - r2 = physical address of tagged list in system RAM, or
- physical address of device tree block (dtb) in system RAM
-
-- CPU mode
-
- All forms of interrupts must be disabled (IRQs and FIQs)
-
- For CPUs which do not include the ARM virtualization extensions, the
- CPU must be in SVC mode. (A special exception exists for Angel)
-
- CPUs which include support for the virtualization extensions can be
- entered in HYP mode in order to enable the kernel to make full use of
- these extensions. This is the recommended boot method for such CPUs,
- unless the virtualisations are already in use by a pre-installed
- hypervisor.
-
- If the kernel is not entered in HYP mode for any reason, it must be
- entered in SVC mode.
-
-- Caches, MMUs
-
- The MMU must be off.
-
- Instruction cache may be on or off.
-
- Data cache must be off.
-
- If the kernel is entered in HYP mode, the above requirements apply to
- the HYP mode configuration in addition to the ordinary PL1 (privileged
- kernel modes) configuration. In addition, all traps into the
- hypervisor must be disabled, and PL1 access must be granted for all
- peripherals and CPU resources for which this is architecturally
- possible. Except for entering in HYP mode, the system configuration
- should be such that a kernel which does not include support for the
- virtualization extensions can boot correctly without extra help.
-
-- The boot loader is expected to call the kernel image by jumping
- directly to the first instruction of the kernel image.
-
- On CPUs supporting the ARM instruction set, the entry must be
- made in ARM state, even for a Thumb-2 kernel.
-
- On CPUs supporting only the Thumb instruction set such as
- Cortex-M class CPUs, the entry must be made in Thumb state.
+++ /dev/null
-=========================================================
-Cluster-wide Power-up/power-down race avoidance algorithm
-=========================================================
-
-This file documents the algorithm which is used to coordinate CPU and
-cluster setup and teardown operations and to manage hardware coherency
-controls safely.
-
-The section "Rationale" explains what the algorithm is for and why it is
-needed. "Basic model" explains general concepts using a simplified view
-of the system. The other sections explain the actual details of the
-algorithm in use.
-
-
-Rationale
----------
-
-In a system containing multiple CPUs, it is desirable to have the
-ability to turn off individual CPUs when the system is idle, reducing
-power consumption and thermal dissipation.
-
-In a system containing multiple clusters of CPUs, it is also desirable
-to have the ability to turn off entire clusters.
-
-Turning entire clusters off and on is a risky business, because it
-involves performing potentially destructive operations affecting a group
-of independently running CPUs, while the OS continues to run. This
-means that we need some coordination in order to ensure that critical
-cluster-level operations are only performed when it is truly safe to do
-so.
-
-Simple locking may not be sufficient to solve this problem, because
-mechanisms like Linux spinlocks may rely on coherency mechanisms which
-are not immediately enabled when a cluster powers up. Since enabling or
-disabling those mechanisms may itself be a non-atomic operation (such as
-writing some hardware registers and invalidating large caches), other
-methods of coordination are required in order to guarantee safe
-power-down and power-up at the cluster level.
-
-The mechanism presented in this document describes a coherent memory
-based protocol for performing the needed coordination. It aims to be as
-lightweight as possible, while providing the required safety properties.
-
-
-Basic model
------------
-
-Each cluster and CPU is assigned a state, as follows:
-
- - DOWN
- - COMING_UP
- - UP
- - GOING_DOWN
-
-::
-
- +---------> UP ----------+
- | v
-
- COMING_UP GOING_DOWN
-
- ^ |
- +--------- DOWN <--------+
-
-
-DOWN:
- The CPU or cluster is not coherent, and is either powered off or
- suspended, or is ready to be powered off or suspended.
-
-COMING_UP:
- The CPU or cluster has committed to moving to the UP state.
- It may be part way through the process of initialisation and
- enabling coherency.
-
-UP:
- The CPU or cluster is active and coherent at the hardware
- level. A CPU in this state is not necessarily being used
- actively by the kernel.
-
-GOING_DOWN:
- The CPU or cluster has committed to moving to the DOWN
- state. It may be part way through the process of teardown and
- coherency exit.
-
-
-Each CPU has one of these states assigned to it at any point in time.
-The CPU states are described in the "CPU state" section, below.
-
-Each cluster is also assigned a state, but it is necessary to split the
-state value into two parts (the "cluster" state and "inbound" state) and
-to introduce additional states in order to avoid races between different
-CPUs in the cluster simultaneously modifying the state. The cluster-
-level states are described in the "Cluster state" section.
-
-To help distinguish the CPU states from cluster states in this
-discussion, the state names are given a `CPU_` prefix for the CPU states,
-and a `CLUSTER_` or `INBOUND_` prefix for the cluster states.
-
-
-CPU state
----------
-
-In this algorithm, each individual core in a multi-core processor is
-referred to as a "CPU". CPUs are assumed to be single-threaded:
-therefore, a CPU can only be doing one thing at a single point in time.
-
-This means that CPUs fit the basic model closely.
-
-The algorithm defines the following states for each CPU in the system:
-
- - CPU_DOWN
- - CPU_COMING_UP
- - CPU_UP
- - CPU_GOING_DOWN
-
-::
-
- cluster setup and
- CPU setup complete policy decision
- +-----------> CPU_UP ------------+
- | v
-
- CPU_COMING_UP CPU_GOING_DOWN
-
- ^ |
- +----------- CPU_DOWN <----------+
- policy decision CPU teardown complete
- or hardware event
-
-
-The definitions of the four states correspond closely to the states of
-the basic model.
-
-Transitions between states occur as follows.
-
-A trigger event (spontaneous) means that the CPU can transition to the
-next state as a result of making local progress only, with no
-requirement for any external event to happen.
-
-
-CPU_DOWN:
- A CPU reaches the CPU_DOWN state when it is ready for
- power-down. On reaching this state, the CPU will typically
- power itself down or suspend itself, via a WFI instruction or a
- firmware call.
-
- Next state:
- CPU_COMING_UP
- Conditions:
- none
-
- Trigger events:
- a) an explicit hardware power-up operation, resulting
- from a policy decision on another CPU;
-
- b) a hardware event, such as an interrupt.
-
-
-CPU_COMING_UP:
- A CPU cannot start participating in hardware coherency until the
- cluster is set up and coherent. If the cluster is not ready,
- then the CPU will wait in the CPU_COMING_UP state until the
- cluster has been set up.
-
- Next state:
- CPU_UP
- Conditions:
- The CPU's parent cluster must be in CLUSTER_UP.
- Trigger events:
- Transition of the parent cluster to CLUSTER_UP.
-
- Refer to the "Cluster state" section for a description of the
- CLUSTER_UP state.
-
-
-CPU_UP:
- When a CPU reaches the CPU_UP state, it is safe for the CPU to
- start participating in local coherency.
-
- This is done by jumping to the kernel's CPU resume code.
-
- Note that the definition of this state is slightly different
- from the basic model definition: CPU_UP does not mean that the
- CPU is coherent yet, but it does mean that it is safe to resume
- the kernel. The kernel handles the rest of the resume
- procedure, so the remaining steps are not visible as part of the
- race avoidance algorithm.
-
- The CPU remains in this state until an explicit policy decision
- is made to shut down or suspend the CPU.
-
- Next state:
- CPU_GOING_DOWN
- Conditions:
- none
- Trigger events:
- explicit policy decision
-
-
-CPU_GOING_DOWN:
- While in this state, the CPU exits coherency, including any
- operations required to achieve this (such as cleaning data
- caches).
-
- Next state:
- CPU_DOWN
- Conditions:
- local CPU teardown complete
- Trigger events:
- (spontaneous)
-
-
-Cluster state
--------------
-
-A cluster is a group of connected CPUs with some common resources.
-Because a cluster contains multiple CPUs, it can be doing multiple
-things at the same time. This has some implications. In particular, a
-CPU can start up while another CPU is tearing the cluster down.
-
-In this discussion, the "outbound side" is the view of the cluster state
-as seen by a CPU tearing the cluster down. The "inbound side" is the
-view of the cluster state as seen by a CPU setting the CPU up.
-
-In order to enable safe coordination in such situations, it is important
-that a CPU which is setting up the cluster can advertise its state
-independently of the CPU which is tearing down the cluster. For this
-reason, the cluster state is split into two parts:
-
- "cluster" state: The global state of the cluster; or the state
- on the outbound side:
-
- - CLUSTER_DOWN
- - CLUSTER_UP
- - CLUSTER_GOING_DOWN
-
- "inbound" state: The state of the cluster on the inbound side.
-
- - INBOUND_NOT_COMING_UP
- - INBOUND_COMING_UP
-
-
- The different pairings of these states results in six possible
- states for the cluster as a whole::
-
- CLUSTER_UP
- +==========> INBOUND_NOT_COMING_UP -------------+
- # |
- |
- CLUSTER_UP <----+ |
- INBOUND_COMING_UP | v
-
- ^ CLUSTER_GOING_DOWN CLUSTER_GOING_DOWN
- # INBOUND_COMING_UP <=== INBOUND_NOT_COMING_UP
-
- CLUSTER_DOWN | |
- INBOUND_COMING_UP <----+ |
- |
- ^ |
- +=========== CLUSTER_DOWN <------------+
- INBOUND_NOT_COMING_UP
-
- Transitions -----> can only be made by the outbound CPU, and
- only involve changes to the "cluster" state.
-
- Transitions ===##> can only be made by the inbound CPU, and only
- involve changes to the "inbound" state, except where there is no
- further transition possible on the outbound side (i.e., the
- outbound CPU has put the cluster into the CLUSTER_DOWN state).
-
- The race avoidance algorithm does not provide a way to determine
- which exact CPUs within the cluster play these roles. This must
- be decided in advance by some other means. Refer to the section
- "Last man and first man selection" for more explanation.
-
-
- CLUSTER_DOWN/INBOUND_NOT_COMING_UP is the only state where the
- cluster can actually be powered down.
-
- The parallelism of the inbound and outbound CPUs is observed by
- the existence of two different paths from CLUSTER_GOING_DOWN/
- INBOUND_NOT_COMING_UP (corresponding to GOING_DOWN in the basic
- model) to CLUSTER_DOWN/INBOUND_COMING_UP (corresponding to
- COMING_UP in the basic model). The second path avoids cluster
- teardown completely.
-
- CLUSTER_UP/INBOUND_COMING_UP is equivalent to UP in the basic
- model. The final transition to CLUSTER_UP/INBOUND_NOT_COMING_UP
- is trivial and merely resets the state machine ready for the
- next cycle.
-
- Details of the allowable transitions follow.
-
- The next state in each case is notated
-
- <cluster state>/<inbound state> (<transitioner>)
-
- where the <transitioner> is the side on which the transition
- can occur; either the inbound or the outbound side.
-
-
-CLUSTER_DOWN/INBOUND_NOT_COMING_UP:
- Next state:
- CLUSTER_DOWN/INBOUND_COMING_UP (inbound)
- Conditions:
- none
-
- Trigger events:
- a) an explicit hardware power-up operation, resulting
- from a policy decision on another CPU;
-
- b) a hardware event, such as an interrupt.
-
-
-CLUSTER_DOWN/INBOUND_COMING_UP:
-
- In this state, an inbound CPU sets up the cluster, including
- enabling of hardware coherency at the cluster level and any
- other operations (such as cache invalidation) which are required
- in order to achieve this.
-
- The purpose of this state is to do sufficient cluster-level
- setup to enable other CPUs in the cluster to enter coherency
- safely.
-
- Next state:
- CLUSTER_UP/INBOUND_COMING_UP (inbound)
- Conditions:
- cluster-level setup and hardware coherency complete
- Trigger events:
- (spontaneous)
-
-
-CLUSTER_UP/INBOUND_COMING_UP:
-
- Cluster-level setup is complete and hardware coherency is
- enabled for the cluster. Other CPUs in the cluster can safely
- enter coherency.
-
- This is a transient state, leading immediately to
- CLUSTER_UP/INBOUND_NOT_COMING_UP. All other CPUs on the cluster
- should consider treat these two states as equivalent.
-
- Next state:
- CLUSTER_UP/INBOUND_NOT_COMING_UP (inbound)
- Conditions:
- none
- Trigger events:
- (spontaneous)
-
-
-CLUSTER_UP/INBOUND_NOT_COMING_UP:
-
- Cluster-level setup is complete and hardware coherency is
- enabled for the cluster. Other CPUs in the cluster can safely
- enter coherency.
-
- The cluster will remain in this state until a policy decision is
- made to power the cluster down.
-
- Next state:
- CLUSTER_GOING_DOWN/INBOUND_NOT_COMING_UP (outbound)
- Conditions:
- none
- Trigger events:
- policy decision to power down the cluster
-
-
-CLUSTER_GOING_DOWN/INBOUND_NOT_COMING_UP:
-
- An outbound CPU is tearing the cluster down. The selected CPU
- must wait in this state until all CPUs in the cluster are in the
- CPU_DOWN state.
-
- When all CPUs are in the CPU_DOWN state, the cluster can be torn
- down, for example by cleaning data caches and exiting
- cluster-level coherency.
-
- To avoid wasteful unnecessary teardown operations, the outbound
- should check the inbound cluster state for asynchronous
- transitions to INBOUND_COMING_UP. Alternatively, individual
- CPUs can be checked for entry into CPU_COMING_UP or CPU_UP.
-
-
- Next states:
-
- CLUSTER_DOWN/INBOUND_NOT_COMING_UP (outbound)
- Conditions:
- cluster torn down and ready to power off
- Trigger events:
- (spontaneous)
-
- CLUSTER_GOING_DOWN/INBOUND_COMING_UP (inbound)
- Conditions:
- none
-
- Trigger events:
- a) an explicit hardware power-up operation,
- resulting from a policy decision on another
- CPU;
-
- b) a hardware event, such as an interrupt.
-
-
-CLUSTER_GOING_DOWN/INBOUND_COMING_UP:
-
- The cluster is (or was) being torn down, but another CPU has
- come online in the meantime and is trying to set up the cluster
- again.
-
- If the outbound CPU observes this state, it has two choices:
-
- a) back out of teardown, restoring the cluster to the
- CLUSTER_UP state;
-
- b) finish tearing the cluster down and put the cluster
- in the CLUSTER_DOWN state; the inbound CPU will
- set up the cluster again from there.
-
- Choice (a) permits the removal of some latency by avoiding
- unnecessary teardown and setup operations in situations where
- the cluster is not really going to be powered down.
-
-
- Next states:
-
- CLUSTER_UP/INBOUND_COMING_UP (outbound)
- Conditions:
- cluster-level setup and hardware
- coherency complete
-
- Trigger events:
- (spontaneous)
-
- CLUSTER_DOWN/INBOUND_COMING_UP (outbound)
- Conditions:
- cluster torn down and ready to power off
-
- Trigger events:
- (spontaneous)
-
-
-Last man and First man selection
---------------------------------
-
-The CPU which performs cluster tear-down operations on the outbound side
-is commonly referred to as the "last man".
-
-The CPU which performs cluster setup on the inbound side is commonly
-referred to as the "first man".
-
-The race avoidance algorithm documented above does not provide a
-mechanism to choose which CPUs should play these roles.
-
-
-Last man:
-
-When shutting down the cluster, all the CPUs involved are initially
-executing Linux and hence coherent. Therefore, ordinary spinlocks can
-be used to select a last man safely, before the CPUs become
-non-coherent.
-
-
-First man:
-
-Because CPUs may power up asynchronously in response to external wake-up
-events, a dynamic mechanism is needed to make sure that only one CPU
-attempts to play the first man role and do the cluster-level
-initialisation: any other CPUs must wait for this to complete before
-proceeding.
-
-Cluster-level initialisation may involve actions such as configuring
-coherency controls in the bus fabric.
-
-The current implementation in mcpm_head.S uses a separate mutual exclusion
-mechanism to do this arbitration. This mechanism is documented in
-detail in vlocks.txt.
-
-
-Features and Limitations
-------------------------
-
-Implementation:
-
- The current ARM-based implementation is split between
- arch/arm/common/mcpm_head.S (low-level inbound CPU operations) and
- arch/arm/common/mcpm_entry.c (everything else):
-
- __mcpm_cpu_going_down() signals the transition of a CPU to the
- CPU_GOING_DOWN state.
-
- __mcpm_cpu_down() signals the transition of a CPU to the CPU_DOWN
- state.
-
- A CPU transitions to CPU_COMING_UP and then to CPU_UP via the
- low-level power-up code in mcpm_head.S. This could
- involve CPU-specific setup code, but in the current
- implementation it does not.
-
- __mcpm_outbound_enter_critical() and __mcpm_outbound_leave_critical()
- handle transitions from CLUSTER_UP to CLUSTER_GOING_DOWN
- and from there to CLUSTER_DOWN or back to CLUSTER_UP (in
- the case of an aborted cluster power-down).
-
- These functions are more complex than the __mcpm_cpu_*()
- functions due to the extra inter-CPU coordination which
- is needed for safe transitions at the cluster level.
-
- A cluster transitions from CLUSTER_DOWN back to CLUSTER_UP via
- the low-level power-up code in mcpm_head.S. This
- typically involves platform-specific setup code,
- provided by the platform-specific power_up_setup
- function registered via mcpm_sync_init.
-
-Deep topologies:
-
- As currently described and implemented, the algorithm does not
- support CPU topologies involving more than two levels (i.e.,
- clusters of clusters are not supported). The algorithm could be
- extended by replicating the cluster-level states for the
- additional topological levels, and modifying the transition
- rules for the intermediate (non-outermost) cluster levels.
-
-
-Colophon
---------
-
-Originally created and documented by Dave Martin for Linaro Limited, in
-collaboration with Nicolas Pitre and Achin Gupta.
-
-Copyright (C) 2012-2013 Linaro Limited
-Distributed under the terms of Version 2 of the GNU General Public
-License, as defined in linux/COPYING.
+++ /dev/null
-.. SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0
-
-.. kernel-feat:: $srctree/Documentation/features arm
+++ /dev/null
-==========================================================================
-Interface for registering and calling firmware-specific operations for ARM
-==========================================================================
-
-
-Some boards are running with secure firmware running in TrustZone secure
-world, which changes the way some things have to be initialized. This makes
-a need to provide an interface for such platforms to specify available firmware
-operations and call them when needed.
-
-Firmware operations can be specified by filling in a struct firmware_ops
-with appropriate callbacks and then registering it with register_firmware_ops()
-function::
-
- void register_firmware_ops(const struct firmware_ops *ops)
-
-The ops pointer must be non-NULL. More information about struct firmware_ops
-and its members can be found in arch/arm/include/asm/firmware.h header.
-
-There is a default, empty set of operations provided, so there is no need to
-set anything if platform does not require firmware operations.
-
-To call a firmware operation, a helper macro is provided::
-
- #define call_firmware_op(op, ...) \
- ((firmware_ops->op) ? firmware_ops->op(__VA_ARGS__) : (-ENOSYS))
-
-the macro checks if the operation is provided and calls it or otherwise returns
--ENOSYS to signal that given operation is not available (for example, to allow
-fallback to legacy operation).
-
-Example of registering firmware operations::
-
- /* board file */
-
- static int platformX_do_idle(void)
- {
- /* tell platformX firmware to enter idle */
- return 0;
- }
-
- static int platformX_cpu_boot(int i)
- {
- /* tell platformX firmware to boot CPU i */
- return 0;
- }
-
- static const struct firmware_ops platformX_firmware_ops = {
- .do_idle = exynos_do_idle,
- .cpu_boot = exynos_cpu_boot,
- /* other operations not available on platformX */
- };
-
- /* init_early callback of machine descriptor */
- static void __init board_init_early(void)
- {
- register_firmware_ops(&platformX_firmware_ops);
- }
-
-Example of using a firmware operation::
-
- /* some platform code, e.g. SMP initialization */
-
- __raw_writel(__pa_symbol(exynos4_secondary_startup),
- CPU1_BOOT_REG);
-
- /* Call Exynos specific smc call */
- if (call_firmware_op(cpu_boot, cpu) == -ENOSYS)
- cpu_boot_legacy(...); /* Try legacy way */
-
- gic_raise_softirq(cpumask_of(cpu), 1);
+++ /dev/null
-.. SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0
-
-======================================
-Chromebook Boot Flow
-======================================
-
-Most recent Chromebooks that use device tree are using the opensource
-depthcharge_ bootloader. Depthcharge_ expects the OS to be packaged as a `FIT
-Image`_ which contains an OS image as well as a collection of device trees. It
-is up to depthcharge_ to pick the right device tree from the `FIT Image`_ and
-provide it to the OS.
-
-The scheme that depthcharge_ uses to pick the device tree takes into account
-three variables:
-
-- Board name, specified at depthcharge_ compile time. This is $(BOARD) below.
-- Board revision number, determined at runtime (perhaps by reading GPIO
- strappings, perhaps via some other method). This is $(REV) below.
-- SKU number, read from GPIO strappings at boot time. This is $(SKU) below.
-
-For recent Chromebooks, depthcharge_ creates a match list that looks like this:
-
-- google,$(BOARD)-rev$(REV)-sku$(SKU)
-- google,$(BOARD)-rev$(REV)
-- google,$(BOARD)-sku$(SKU)
-- google,$(BOARD)
-
-Note that some older Chromebooks use a slightly different list that may
-not include SKU matching or may prioritize SKU/rev differently.
-
-Note that for some boards there may be extra board-specific logic to inject
-extra compatibles into the list, but this is uncommon.
-
-Depthcharge_ will look through all device trees in the `FIT Image`_ trying to
-find one that matches the most specific compatible. It will then look
-through all device trees in the `FIT Image`_ trying to find the one that
-matches the *second most* specific compatible, etc.
-
-When searching for a device tree, depthcharge_ doesn't care where the
-compatible string falls within a device tree's root compatible string array.
-As an example, if we're on board "lazor", rev 4, SKU 0 and we have two device
-trees:
-
-- "google,lazor-rev5-sku0", "google,lazor-rev4-sku0", "qcom,sc7180"
-- "google,lazor", "qcom,sc7180"
-
-Then depthcharge_ will pick the first device tree even though
-"google,lazor-rev4-sku0" was the second compatible listed in that device tree.
-This is because it is a more specific compatible than "google,lazor".
-
-It should be noted that depthcharge_ does not have any smarts to try to
-match board or SKU revisions that are "close by". That is to say that
-if depthcharge_ knows it's on "rev4" of a board but there is no "rev4"
-device tree then depthcharge_ *won't* look for a "rev3" device tree.
-
-In general when any significant changes are made to a board the board
-revision number is increased even if none of those changes need to
-be reflected in the device tree. Thus it's fairly common to see device
-trees with multiple revisions.
-
-It should be noted that, taking into account the above system that
-depthcharge_ has, the most flexibility is achieved if the device tree
-supporting the newest revision(s) of a board omits the "-rev{REV}"
-compatible strings. When this is done then if you get a new board
-revision and try to run old software on it then we'll at pick the
-newest device tree we know about.
-
-.. _depthcharge: https://source.chromium.org/chromiumos/chromiumos/codesearch/+/main:src/platform/depthcharge/
-.. _`FIT Image`: https://doc.coreboot.org/lib/payloads/fit.html
+++ /dev/null
-.. SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0
-
-================
-ARM Architecture
-================
-
-.. toctree::
- :maxdepth: 1
-
- arm
- booting
- cluster-pm-race-avoidance
- firmware
- interrupts
- kernel_mode_neon
- kernel_user_helpers
- memory
- mem_alignment
- tcm
- setup
- swp_emulation
- uefi
- vlocks
- porting
-
- features
-
-SoC-specific documents
-======================
-
-.. toctree::
- :maxdepth: 1
-
- google/chromebook-boot-flow
-
- ixp4xx
-
- marvell
- microchip
-
- netwinder
- nwfpe/index
-
- keystone/overview
- keystone/knav-qmss
-
- omap/index
-
- pxa/mfp
-
-
- sa1100/index
-
- stm32/stm32f746-overview
- stm32/overview
- stm32/stm32h743-overview
- stm32/stm32h750-overview
- stm32/stm32f769-overview
- stm32/stm32f429-overview
- stm32/stm32mp13-overview
- stm32/stm32mp151-overview
- stm32/stm32mp157-overview
- stm32/stm32-dma-mdma-chaining
-
- sunxi
-
- samsung/index
-
- sunxi/clocks
-
- spear/overview
-
- sti/stih407-overview
- sti/stih418-overview
- sti/overview
-
- vfp/release-notes
-
-
-.. only:: subproject and html
-
- Indices
- =======
-
- * :ref:`genindex`
+++ /dev/null
-==========
-Interrupts
-==========
-
-2.5.2-rmk5:
- This is the first kernel that contains a major shake up of some of the
- major architecture-specific subsystems.
-
-Firstly, it contains some pretty major changes to the way we handle the
-MMU TLB. Each MMU TLB variant is now handled completely separately -
-we have TLB v3, TLB v4 (without write buffer), TLB v4 (with write buffer),
-and finally TLB v4 (with write buffer, with I TLB invalidate entry).
-There is more assembly code inside each of these functions, mainly to
-allow more flexible TLB handling for the future.
-
-Secondly, the IRQ subsystem.
-
-The 2.5 kernels will be having major changes to the way IRQs are handled.
-Unfortunately, this means that machine types that touch the irq_desc[]
-array (basically all machine types) will break, and this means every
-machine type that we currently have.
-
-Lets take an example. On the Assabet with Neponset, we have::
-
- GPIO25 IRR:2
- SA1100 ------------> Neponset -----------> SA1111
- IIR:1
- -----------> USAR
- IIR:0
- -----------> SMC9196
-
-The way stuff currently works, all SA1111 interrupts are mutually
-exclusive of each other - if you're processing one interrupt from the
-SA1111 and another comes in, you have to wait for that interrupt to
-finish processing before you can service the new interrupt. Eg, an
-IDE PIO-based interrupt on the SA1111 excludes all other SA1111 and
-SMC9196 interrupts until it has finished transferring its multi-sector
-data, which can be a long time. Note also that since we loop in the
-SA1111 IRQ handler, SA1111 IRQs can hold off SMC9196 IRQs indefinitely.
-
-
-The new approach brings several new ideas...
-
-We introduce the concept of a "parent" and a "child". For example,
-to the Neponset handler, the "parent" is GPIO25, and the "children"d
-are SA1111, SMC9196 and USAR.
-
-We also bring the idea of an IRQ "chip" (mainly to reduce the size of
-the irqdesc array). This doesn't have to be a real "IC"; indeed the
-SA11x0 IRQs are handled by two separate "chip" structures, one for
-GPIO0-10, and another for all the rest. It is just a container for
-the various operations (maybe this'll change to a better name).
-This structure has the following operations::
-
- struct irqchip {
- /*
- * Acknowledge the IRQ.
- * If this is a level-based IRQ, then it is expected to mask the IRQ
- * as well.
- */
- void (*ack)(unsigned int irq);
- /*
- * Mask the IRQ in hardware.
- */
- void (*mask)(unsigned int irq);
- /*
- * Unmask the IRQ in hardware.
- */
- void (*unmask)(unsigned int irq);
- /*
- * Re-run the IRQ
- */
- void (*rerun)(unsigned int irq);
- /*
- * Set the type of the IRQ.
- */
- int (*type)(unsigned int irq, unsigned int, type);
- };
-
-ack
- - required. May be the same function as mask for IRQs
- handled by do_level_IRQ.
-mask
- - required.
-unmask
- - required.
-rerun
- - optional. Not required if you're using do_level_IRQ for all
- IRQs that use this 'irqchip'. Generally expected to re-trigger
- the hardware IRQ if possible. If not, may call the handler
- directly.
-type
- - optional. If you don't support changing the type of an IRQ,
- it should be null so people can detect if they are unable to
- set the IRQ type.
-
-For each IRQ, we keep the following information:
-
- - "disable" depth (number of disable_irq()s without enable_irq()s)
- - flags indicating what we can do with this IRQ (valid, probe,
- noautounmask) as before
- - status of the IRQ (probing, enable, etc)
- - chip
- - per-IRQ handler
- - irqaction structure list
-
-The handler can be one of the 3 standard handlers - "level", "edge" and
-"simple", or your own specific handler if you need to do something special.
-
-The "level" handler is what we currently have - its pretty simple.
-"edge" knows about the brokenness of such IRQ implementations - that you
-need to leave the hardware IRQ enabled while processing it, and queueing
-further IRQ events should the IRQ happen again while processing. The
-"simple" handler is very basic, and does not perform any hardware
-manipulation, nor state tracking. This is useful for things like the
-SMC9196 and USAR above.
-
-So, what's changed?
-===================
-
-1. Machine implementations must not write to the irqdesc array.
-
-2. New functions to manipulate the irqdesc array. The first 4 are expected
- to be useful only to machine specific code. The last is recommended to
- only be used by machine specific code, but may be used in drivers if
- absolutely necessary.
-
- set_irq_chip(irq,chip)
- Set the mask/unmask methods for handling this IRQ
-
- set_irq_handler(irq,handler)
- Set the handler for this IRQ (level, edge, simple)
-
- set_irq_chained_handler(irq,handler)
- Set a "chained" handler for this IRQ - automatically
- enables this IRQ (eg, Neponset and SA1111 handlers).
-
- set_irq_flags(irq,flags)
- Set the valid/probe/noautoenable flags.
-
- set_irq_type(irq,type)
- Set active the IRQ edge(s)/level. This replaces the
- SA1111 INTPOL manipulation, and the set_GPIO_IRQ_edge()
- function. Type should be one of IRQ_TYPE_xxx defined in
- <linux/irq.h>
-
-3. set_GPIO_IRQ_edge() is obsolete, and should be replaced by set_irq_type.
-
-4. Direct access to SA1111 INTPOL is deprecated. Use set_irq_type instead.
-
-5. A handler is expected to perform any necessary acknowledgement of the
- parent IRQ via the correct chip specific function. For instance, if
- the SA1111 is directly connected to a SA1110 GPIO, then you should
- acknowledge the SA1110 IRQ each time you re-read the SA1111 IRQ status.
-
-6. For any child which doesn't have its own IRQ enable/disable controls
- (eg, SMC9196), the handler must mask or acknowledge the parent IRQ
- while the child handler is called, and the child handler should be the
- "simple" handler (not "edge" nor "level"). After the handler completes,
- the parent IRQ should be unmasked, and the status of all children must
- be re-checked for pending events. (see the Neponset IRQ handler for
- details).
-
-7. fixup_irq() is gone, as is `arch/arm/mach-*/include/mach/irq.h`
-
-Please note that this will not solve all problems - some of them are
-hardware based. Mixing level-based and edge-based IRQs on the same
-parent signal (eg neponset) is one such area where a software based
-solution can't provide the full answer to low IRQ latency.
+++ /dev/null
-===========================================================
-Release Notes for Linux on Intel's IXP4xx Network Processor
-===========================================================
-
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-1. Overview
-
-Intel's IXP4xx network processor is a highly integrated SOC that
-is targeted for network applications, though it has become popular
-in industrial control and other areas due to low cost and power
-consumption. The IXP4xx family currently consists of several processors
-that support different network offload functions such as encryption,
-routing, firewalling, etc. The IXP46x family is an updated version which
-supports faster speeds, new memory and flash configurations, and more
-integration such as an on-chip I2C controller.
-
-For more information on the various versions of the CPU, see:
-
- http://developer.intel.com/design/network/products/npfamily/ixp4xx.htm
-
-Intel also made the IXCP1100 CPU for sometime which is an IXP4xx
-stripped of much of the network intelligence.
-
-2. Linux Support
-
-Linux currently supports the following features on the IXP4xx chips:
-
-- Dual serial ports
-- PCI interface
-- Flash access (MTD/JFFS)
-- I2C through GPIO on IXP42x
-- GPIO for input/output/interrupts
- See arch/arm/mach-ixp4xx/include/mach/platform.h for access functions.
-- Timers (watchdog, OS)
-
-The following components of the chips are not supported by Linux and
-require the use of Intel's proprietary CSR software:
-
-- USB device interface
-- Network interfaces (HSS, Utopia, NPEs, etc)
-- Network offload functionality
-
-If you need to use any of the above, you need to download Intel's
-software from:
-
- http://developer.intel.com/design/network/products/npfamily/ixp425.htm
-
-DO NOT POST QUESTIONS TO THE LINUX MAILING LISTS REGARDING THE PROPRIETARY
-SOFTWARE.
-
-There are several websites that provide directions/pointers on using
-Intel's software:
-
- - http://sourceforge.net/projects/ixp4xx-osdg/
- Open Source Developer's Guide for using uClinux and the Intel libraries
-
- - http://gatewaymaker.sourceforge.net/
- Simple one page summary of building a gateway using an IXP425 and Linux
-
- - http://ixp425.sourceforge.net/
- ATM device driver for IXP425 that relies on Intel's libraries
-
-3. Known Issues/Limitations
-
-3a. Limited inbound PCI window
-
-The IXP4xx family allows for up to 256MB of memory but the PCI interface
-can only expose 64MB of that memory to the PCI bus. This means that if
-you are running with > 64MB, all PCI buffers outside of the accessible
-range will be bounced using the routines in arch/arm/common/dmabounce.c.
-
-3b. Limited outbound PCI window
-
-IXP4xx provides two methods of accessing PCI memory space:
-
-1) A direct mapped window from 0x48000000 to 0x4bffffff (64MB).
- To access PCI via this space, we simply ioremap() the BAR
- into the kernel and we can use the standard read[bwl]/write[bwl]
- macros. This is the preffered method due to speed but it
- limits the system to just 64MB of PCI memory. This can be
- problamatic if using video cards and other memory-heavy devices.
-
-2) If > 64MB of memory space is required, the IXP4xx can be
- configured to use indirect registers to access PCI This allows
- for up to 128MB (0x48000000 to 0x4fffffff) of memory on the bus.
- The disadvantage of this is that every PCI access requires
- three local register accesses plus a spinlock, but in some
- cases the performance hit is acceptable. In addition, you cannot
- mmap() PCI devices in this case due to the indirect nature
- of the PCI window.
-
-By default, the direct method is used for performance reasons. If
-you need more PCI memory, enable the IXP4XX_INDIRECT_PCI config option.
-
-3c. GPIO as Interrupts
-
-Currently the code only handles level-sensitive GPIO interrupts
-
-4. Supported platforms
-
-ADI Engineering Coyote Gateway Reference Platform
-http://www.adiengineering.com/productsCoyote.html
-
- The ADI Coyote platform is reference design for those building
- small residential/office gateways. One NPE is connected to a 10/100
- interface, one to 4-port 10/100 switch, and the third to and ADSL
- interface. In addition, it also supports to POTs interfaces connected
- via SLICs. Note that those are not supported by Linux ATM. Finally,
- the platform has two mini-PCI slots used for 802.11[bga] cards.
- Finally, there is an IDE port hanging off the expansion bus.
-
-Gateworks Avila Network Platform
-http://www.gateworks.com/support/overview.php
-
- The Avila platform is basically and IXDP425 with the 4 PCI slots
- replaced with mini-PCI slots and a CF IDE interface hanging off
- the expansion bus.
-
-Intel IXDP425 Development Platform
-http://www.intel.com/design/network/products/npfamily/ixdpg425.htm
-
- This is Intel's standard reference platform for the IXDP425 and is
- also known as the Richfield board. It contains 4 PCI slots, 16MB
- of flash, two 10/100 ports and one ADSL port.
-
-Intel IXDP465 Development Platform
-http://www.intel.com/design/network/products/npfamily/ixdp465.htm
-
- This is basically an IXDP425 with an IXP465 and 32M of flash instead
- of just 16.
-
-Intel IXDPG425 Development Platform
-
- This is basically and ADI Coyote board with a NEC EHCI controller
- added. One issue with this board is that the mini-PCI slots only
- have the 3.3v line connected, so you can't use a PCI to mini-PCI
- adapter with an E100 card. So to NFS root you need to use either
- the CSR or a WiFi card and a ramdisk that BOOTPs and then does
- a pivot_root to NFS.
-
-Motorola PrPMC1100 Processor Mezanine Card
-http://www.fountainsys.com
-
- The PrPMC1100 is based on the IXCP1100 and is meant to plug into
- and IXP2400/2800 system to act as the system controller. It simply
- contains a CPU and 16MB of flash on the board and needs to be
- plugged into a carrier board to function. Currently Linux only
- supports the Motorola PrPMC carrier board for this platform.
-
-5. TODO LIST
-
-- Add support for Coyote IDE
-- Add support for edge-based GPIO interrupts
-- Add support for CF IDE on expansion bus
-
-6. Thanks
-
-The IXP4xx work has been funded by Intel Corp. and MontaVista Software, Inc.
-
-The following people have contributed patches/comments/etc:
-
-- Lennerty Buytenhek
-- Lutz Jaenicke
-- Justin Mayfield
-- Robert E. Ranslam
-
-[I know I've forgotten others, please email me to be added]
-
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-Last Update: 01/04/2005
+++ /dev/null
-================
-Kernel mode NEON
-================
-
-TL;DR summary
--------------
-* Use only NEON instructions, or VFP instructions that don't rely on support
- code
-* Isolate your NEON code in a separate compilation unit, and compile it with
- '-march=armv7-a -mfpu=neon -mfloat-abi=softfp'
-* Put kernel_neon_begin() and kernel_neon_end() calls around the calls into your
- NEON code
-* Don't sleep in your NEON code, and be aware that it will be executed with
- preemption disabled
-
-
-Introduction
-------------
-It is possible to use NEON instructions (and in some cases, VFP instructions) in
-code that runs in kernel mode. However, for performance reasons, the NEON/VFP
-register file is not preserved and restored at every context switch or taken
-exception like the normal register file is, so some manual intervention is
-required. Furthermore, special care is required for code that may sleep [i.e.,
-may call schedule()], as NEON or VFP instructions will be executed in a
-non-preemptible section for reasons outlined below.
-
-
-Lazy preserve and restore
--------------------------
-The NEON/VFP register file is managed using lazy preserve (on UP systems) and
-lazy restore (on both SMP and UP systems). This means that the register file is
-kept 'live', and is only preserved and restored when multiple tasks are
-contending for the NEON/VFP unit (or, in the SMP case, when a task migrates to
-another core). Lazy restore is implemented by disabling the NEON/VFP unit after
-every context switch, resulting in a trap when subsequently a NEON/VFP
-instruction is issued, allowing the kernel to step in and perform the restore if
-necessary.
-
-Any use of the NEON/VFP unit in kernel mode should not interfere with this, so
-it is required to do an 'eager' preserve of the NEON/VFP register file, and
-enable the NEON/VFP unit explicitly so no exceptions are generated on first
-subsequent use. This is handled by the function kernel_neon_begin(), which
-should be called before any kernel mode NEON or VFP instructions are issued.
-Likewise, the NEON/VFP unit should be disabled again after use to make sure user
-mode will hit the lazy restore trap upon next use. This is handled by the
-function kernel_neon_end().
-
-
-Interruptions in kernel mode
-----------------------------
-For reasons of performance and simplicity, it was decided that there shall be no
-preserve/restore mechanism for the kernel mode NEON/VFP register contents. This
-implies that interruptions of a kernel mode NEON section can only be allowed if
-they are guaranteed not to touch the NEON/VFP registers. For this reason, the
-following rules and restrictions apply in the kernel:
-* NEON/VFP code is not allowed in interrupt context;
-* NEON/VFP code is not allowed to sleep;
-* NEON/VFP code is executed with preemption disabled.
-
-If latency is a concern, it is possible to put back to back calls to
-kernel_neon_end() and kernel_neon_begin() in places in your code where none of
-the NEON registers are live. (Additional calls to kernel_neon_begin() should be
-reasonably cheap if no context switch occurred in the meantime)
-
-
-VFP and support code
---------------------
-Earlier versions of VFP (prior to version 3) rely on software support for things
-like IEEE-754 compliant underflow handling etc. When the VFP unit needs such
-software assistance, it signals the kernel by raising an undefined instruction
-exception. The kernel responds by inspecting the VFP control registers and the
-current instruction and arguments, and emulates the instruction in software.
-
-Such software assistance is currently not implemented for VFP instructions
-executed in kernel mode. If such a condition is encountered, the kernel will
-fail and generate an OOPS.
-
-
-Separating NEON code from ordinary code
----------------------------------------
-The compiler is not aware of the special significance of kernel_neon_begin() and
-kernel_neon_end(), i.e., that it is only allowed to issue NEON/VFP instructions
-between calls to these respective functions. Furthermore, GCC may generate NEON
-instructions of its own at -O3 level if -mfpu=neon is selected, and even if the
-kernel is currently compiled at -O2, future changes may result in NEON/VFP
-instructions appearing in unexpected places if no special care is taken.
-
-Therefore, the recommended and only supported way of using NEON/VFP in the
-kernel is by adhering to the following rules:
-
-* isolate the NEON code in a separate compilation unit and compile it with
- '-march=armv7-a -mfpu=neon -mfloat-abi=softfp';
-* issue the calls to kernel_neon_begin(), kernel_neon_end() as well as the calls
- into the unit containing the NEON code from a compilation unit which is *not*
- built with the GCC flag '-mfpu=neon' set.
-
-As the kernel is compiled with '-msoft-float', the above will guarantee that
-both NEON and VFP instructions will only ever appear in designated compilation
-units at any optimization level.
-
-
-NEON assembler
---------------
-NEON assembler is supported with no additional caveats as long as the rules
-above are followed.
-
-
-NEON code generated by GCC
---------------------------
-The GCC option -ftree-vectorize (implied by -O3) tries to exploit implicit
-parallelism, and generates NEON code from ordinary C source code. This is fully
-supported as long as the rules above are followed.
-
-
-NEON intrinsics
----------------
-NEON intrinsics are also supported. However, as code using NEON intrinsics
-relies on the GCC header <arm_neon.h>, (which #includes <stdint.h>), you should
-observe the following in addition to the rules above:
-
-* Compile the unit containing the NEON intrinsics with '-ffreestanding' so GCC
- uses its builtin version of <stdint.h> (this is a C99 header which the kernel
- does not supply);
-* Include <arm_neon.h> last, or at least after <linux/types.h>
+++ /dev/null
-============================
-Kernel-provided User Helpers
-============================
-
-These are segment of kernel provided user code reachable from user space
-at a fixed address in kernel memory. This is used to provide user space
-with some operations which require kernel help because of unimplemented
-native feature and/or instructions in many ARM CPUs. The idea is for this
-code to be executed directly in user mode for best efficiency but which is
-too intimate with the kernel counter part to be left to user libraries.
-In fact this code might even differ from one CPU to another depending on
-the available instruction set, or whether it is a SMP systems. In other
-words, the kernel reserves the right to change this code as needed without
-warning. Only the entry points and their results as documented here are
-guaranteed to be stable.
-
-This is different from (but doesn't preclude) a full blown VDSO
-implementation, however a VDSO would prevent some assembly tricks with
-constants that allows for efficient branching to those code segments. And
-since those code segments only use a few cycles before returning to user
-code, the overhead of a VDSO indirect far call would add a measurable
-overhead to such minimalistic operations.
-
-User space is expected to bypass those helpers and implement those things
-inline (either in the code emitted directly by the compiler, or part of
-the implementation of a library call) when optimizing for a recent enough
-processor that has the necessary native support, but only if resulting
-binaries are already to be incompatible with earlier ARM processors due to
-usage of similar native instructions for other things. In other words
-don't make binaries unable to run on earlier processors just for the sake
-of not using these kernel helpers if your compiled code is not going to
-use new instructions for other purpose.
-
-New helpers may be added over time, so an older kernel may be missing some
-helpers present in a newer kernel. For this reason, programs must check
-the value of __kuser_helper_version (see below) before assuming that it is
-safe to call any particular helper. This check should ideally be
-performed only once at process startup time, and execution aborted early
-if the required helpers are not provided by the kernel version that
-process is running on.
-
-kuser_helper_version
---------------------
-
-Location: 0xffff0ffc
-
-Reference declaration::
-
- extern int32_t __kuser_helper_version;
-
-Definition:
-
- This field contains the number of helpers being implemented by the
- running kernel. User space may read this to determine the availability
- of a particular helper.
-
-Usage example::
-
- #define __kuser_helper_version (*(int32_t *)0xffff0ffc)
-
- void check_kuser_version(void)
- {
- if (__kuser_helper_version < 2) {
- fprintf(stderr, "can't do atomic operations, kernel too old\n");
- abort();
- }
- }
-
-Notes:
-
- User space may assume that the value of this field never changes
- during the lifetime of any single process. This means that this
- field can be read once during the initialisation of a library or
- startup phase of a program.
-
-kuser_get_tls
--------------
-
-Location: 0xffff0fe0
-
-Reference prototype::
-
- void * __kuser_get_tls(void);
-
-Input:
-
- lr = return address
-
-Output:
-
- r0 = TLS value
-
-Clobbered registers:
-
- none
-
-Definition:
-
- Get the TLS value as previously set via the __ARM_NR_set_tls syscall.
-
-Usage example::
-
- typedef void * (__kuser_get_tls_t)(void);
- #define __kuser_get_tls (*(__kuser_get_tls_t *)0xffff0fe0)
-
- void foo()
- {
- void *tls = __kuser_get_tls();
- printf("TLS = %p\n", tls);
- }
-
-Notes:
-
- - Valid only if __kuser_helper_version >= 1 (from kernel version 2.6.12).
-
-kuser_cmpxchg
--------------
-
-Location: 0xffff0fc0
-
-Reference prototype::
-
- int __kuser_cmpxchg(int32_t oldval, int32_t newval, volatile int32_t *ptr);
-
-Input:
-
- r0 = oldval
- r1 = newval
- r2 = ptr
- lr = return address
-
-Output:
-
- r0 = success code (zero or non-zero)
- C flag = set if r0 == 0, clear if r0 != 0
-
-Clobbered registers:
-
- r3, ip, flags
-
-Definition:
-
- Atomically store newval in `*ptr` only if `*ptr` is equal to oldval.
- Return zero if `*ptr` was changed or non-zero if no exchange happened.
- The C flag is also set if `*ptr` was changed to allow for assembly
- optimization in the calling code.
-
-Usage example::
-
- typedef int (__kuser_cmpxchg_t)(int oldval, int newval, volatile int *ptr);
- #define __kuser_cmpxchg (*(__kuser_cmpxchg_t *)0xffff0fc0)
-
- int atomic_add(volatile int *ptr, int val)
- {
- int old, new;
-
- do {
- old = *ptr;
- new = old + val;
- } while(__kuser_cmpxchg(old, new, ptr));
-
- return new;
- }
-
-Notes:
-
- - This routine already includes memory barriers as needed.
-
- - Valid only if __kuser_helper_version >= 2 (from kernel version 2.6.12).
-
-kuser_memory_barrier
---------------------
-
-Location: 0xffff0fa0
-
-Reference prototype::
-
- void __kuser_memory_barrier(void);
-
-Input:
-
- lr = return address
-
-Output:
-
- none
-
-Clobbered registers:
-
- none
-
-Definition:
-
- Apply any needed memory barrier to preserve consistency with data modified
- manually and __kuser_cmpxchg usage.
-
-Usage example::
-
- typedef void (__kuser_dmb_t)(void);
- #define __kuser_dmb (*(__kuser_dmb_t *)0xffff0fa0)
-
-Notes:
-
- - Valid only if __kuser_helper_version >= 3 (from kernel version 2.6.15).
-
-kuser_cmpxchg64
----------------
-
-Location: 0xffff0f60
-
-Reference prototype::
-
- int __kuser_cmpxchg64(const int64_t *oldval,
- const int64_t *newval,
- volatile int64_t *ptr);
-
-Input:
-
- r0 = pointer to oldval
- r1 = pointer to newval
- r2 = pointer to target value
- lr = return address
-
-Output:
-
- r0 = success code (zero or non-zero)
- C flag = set if r0 == 0, clear if r0 != 0
-
-Clobbered registers:
-
- r3, lr, flags
-
-Definition:
-
- Atomically store the 64-bit value pointed by `*newval` in `*ptr` only if `*ptr`
- is equal to the 64-bit value pointed by `*oldval`. Return zero if `*ptr` was
- changed or non-zero if no exchange happened.
-
- The C flag is also set if `*ptr` was changed to allow for assembly
- optimization in the calling code.
-
-Usage example::
-
- typedef int (__kuser_cmpxchg64_t)(const int64_t *oldval,
- const int64_t *newval,
- volatile int64_t *ptr);
- #define __kuser_cmpxchg64 (*(__kuser_cmpxchg64_t *)0xffff0f60)
-
- int64_t atomic_add64(volatile int64_t *ptr, int64_t val)
- {
- int64_t old, new;
-
- do {
- old = *ptr;
- new = old + val;
- } while(__kuser_cmpxchg64(&old, &new, ptr));
-
- return new;
- }
-
-Notes:
-
- - This routine already includes memory barriers as needed.
-
- - Due to the length of this sequence, this spans 2 conventional kuser
- "slots", therefore 0xffff0f80 is not used as a valid entry point.
-
- - Valid only if __kuser_helper_version >= 5 (from kernel version 3.1).
+++ /dev/null
-======================================================================
-Texas Instruments Keystone Navigator Queue Management SubSystem driver
-======================================================================
-
-Driver source code path
- drivers/soc/ti/knav_qmss.c
- drivers/soc/ti/knav_qmss_acc.c
-
-The QMSS (Queue Manager Sub System) found on Keystone SOCs is one of
-the main hardware sub system which forms the backbone of the Keystone
-multi-core Navigator. QMSS consist of queue managers, packed-data structure
-processors(PDSP), linking RAM, descriptor pools and infrastructure
-Packet DMA.
-The Queue Manager is a hardware module that is responsible for accelerating
-management of the packet queues. Packets are queued/de-queued by writing or
-reading descriptor address to a particular memory mapped location. The PDSPs
-perform QMSS related functions like accumulation, QoS, or event management.
-Linking RAM registers are used to link the descriptors which are stored in
-descriptor RAM. Descriptor RAM is configurable as internal or external memory.
-The QMSS driver manages the PDSP setups, linking RAM regions,
-queue pool management (allocation, push, pop and notify) and descriptor
-pool management.
-
-knav qmss driver provides a set of APIs to drivers to open/close qmss queues,
-allocate descriptor pools, map the descriptors, push/pop to queues etc. For
-details of the available APIs, please refers to include/linux/soc/ti/knav_qmss.h
-
-DT documentation is available at
-Documentation/devicetree/bindings/soc/ti/keystone-navigator-qmss.txt
-
-Accumulator QMSS queues using PDSP firmware
-============================================
-The QMSS PDSP firmware support accumulator channel that can monitor a single
-queue or multiple contiguous queues. drivers/soc/ti/knav_qmss_acc.c is the
-driver that interface with the accumulator PDSP. This configures
-accumulator channels defined in DTS (example in DT documentation) to monitor
-1 or 32 queues per channel. More description on the firmware is available in
-CPPI/QMSS Low Level Driver document (docs/CPPI_QMSS_LLD_SDS.pdf) at
-
- git://git.ti.com/keystone-rtos/qmss-lld.git
-
-k2_qmss_pdsp_acc48_k2_le_1_0_0_9.bin firmware supports upto 48 accumulator
-channels. This firmware is available under ti-keystone folder of
-firmware.git at
-
- git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/firmware/linux-firmware.git
-
-To use copy the firmware image to lib/firmware folder of the initramfs or
-ubifs file system and provide a sym link to k2_qmss_pdsp_acc48_k2_le_1_0_0_9.bin
-in the file system and boot up the kernel. User would see
-
- "firmware file ks2_qmss_pdsp_acc48.bin downloaded for PDSP"
-
-in the boot up log if loading of firmware to PDSP is successful.
-
-Use of accumulated queues requires the firmware image to be present in the
-file system. The driver doesn't acc queues to the supported queue range if
-PDSP is not running in the SoC. The API call fails if there is a queue open
-request to an acc queue and PDSP is not running. So make sure to copy firmware
-to file system before using these queue types.
+++ /dev/null
-==========================
-TI Keystone Linux Overview
-==========================
-
-Introduction
-------------
-Keystone range of SoCs are based on ARM Cortex-A15 MPCore Processors
-and c66x DSP cores. This document describes essential information required
-for users to run Linux on Keystone based EVMs from Texas Instruments.
-
-Following SoCs & EVMs are currently supported:-
-
-K2HK SoC and EVM
-=================
-
-a.k.a Keystone 2 Hawking/Kepler SoC
-TCI6636K2H & TCI6636K2K: See documentation at
-
- http://www.ti.com/product/tci6638k2k
- http://www.ti.com/product/tci6638k2h
-
-EVM:
- http://www.advantech.com/Support/TI-EVM/EVMK2HX_sd.aspx
-
-K2E SoC and EVM
-===============
-
-a.k.a Keystone 2 Edison SoC
-
-K2E - 66AK2E05:
-
-See documentation at
-
- http://www.ti.com/product/66AK2E05/technicaldocuments
-
-EVM:
- https://www.einfochips.com/index.php/partnerships/texas-instruments/k2e-evm.html
-
-K2L SoC and EVM
-===============
-
-a.k.a Keystone 2 Lamarr SoC
-
-K2L - TCI6630K2L:
-
-See documentation at
- http://www.ti.com/product/TCI6630K2L/technicaldocuments
-
-EVM:
- https://www.einfochips.com/index.php/partnerships/texas-instruments/k2l-evm.html
-
-Configuration
--------------
-
-All of the K2 SoCs/EVMs share a common defconfig, keystone_defconfig and same
-image is used to boot on individual EVMs. The platform configuration is
-specified through DTS. Following are the DTS used:
-
- K2HK EVM:
- k2hk-evm.dts
- K2E EVM:
- k2e-evm.dts
- K2L EVM:
- k2l-evm.dts
-
-The device tree documentation for the keystone machines are located at
-
- Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/keystone/keystone.txt
-
-Document Author
----------------
-
-Copyright 2015 Texas Instruments
+++ /dev/null
-================
-ARM Marvell SoCs
-================
-
-This document lists all the ARM Marvell SoCs that are currently
-supported in mainline by the Linux kernel. As the Marvell families of
-SoCs are large and complex, it is hard to understand where the support
-for a particular SoC is available in the Linux kernel. This document
-tries to help in understanding where those SoCs are supported, and to
-match them with their corresponding public datasheet, when available.
-
-Orion family
-------------
-
- Flavors:
- - 88F5082
- - 88F5181 a.k.a Orion-1
- - 88F5181L a.k.a Orion-VoIP
- - 88F5182 a.k.a Orion-NAS
-
- - Datasheet: https://web.archive.org/web/20210124231420/http://csclub.uwaterloo.ca/~board/ts7800/MV88F5182-datasheet.pdf
- - Programmer's User Guide: https://web.archive.org/web/20210124231536/http://csclub.uwaterloo.ca/~board/ts7800/MV88F5182-opensource-manual.pdf
- - User Manual: https://web.archive.org/web/20210124231631/http://csclub.uwaterloo.ca/~board/ts7800/MV88F5182-usermanual.pdf
- - Functional Errata: https://web.archive.org/web/20210704165540/https://www.digriz.org.uk/ts78xx/88F5182_Functional_Errata.pdf
- - 88F5281 a.k.a Orion-2
-
- - Datasheet: https://web.archive.org/web/20131028144728/http://www.ocmodshop.com/images/reviews/networking/qnap_ts409u/marvel_88f5281_data_sheet.pdf
- - 88F6183 a.k.a Orion-1-90
- Homepage:
- https://web.archive.org/web/20080607215437/http://www.marvell.com/products/media/index.jsp
- Core:
- Feroceon 88fr331 (88f51xx) or 88fr531-vd (88f52xx) ARMv5 compatible
- Linux kernel mach directory:
- arch/arm/mach-orion5x
- Linux kernel plat directory:
- arch/arm/plat-orion
-
-Kirkwood family
----------------
-
- Flavors:
- - 88F6282 a.k.a Armada 300
-
- - Product Brief : https://web.archive.org/web/20111027032509/http://www.marvell.com/embedded-processors/armada-300/assets/armada_310.pdf
- - 88F6283 a.k.a Armada 310
-
- - Product Brief : https://web.archive.org/web/20111027032509/http://www.marvell.com/embedded-processors/armada-300/assets/armada_310.pdf
- - 88F6190
-
- - Product Brief : https://web.archive.org/web/20130730072715/http://www.marvell.com/embedded-processors/kirkwood/assets/88F6190-003_WEB.pdf
- - Hardware Spec : https://web.archive.org/web/20121021182835/http://www.marvell.com/embedded-processors/kirkwood/assets/HW_88F619x_OpenSource.pdf
- - Functional Spec: https://web.archive.org/web/20130730091033/http://www.marvell.com/embedded-processors/kirkwood/assets/FS_88F6180_9x_6281_OpenSource.pdf
- - 88F6192
-
- - Product Brief : https://web.archive.org/web/20131113121446/http://www.marvell.com/embedded-processors/kirkwood/assets/88F6192-003_ver1.pdf
- - Hardware Spec : https://web.archive.org/web/20121021182835/http://www.marvell.com/embedded-processors/kirkwood/assets/HW_88F619x_OpenSource.pdf
- - Functional Spec: https://web.archive.org/web/20130730091033/http://www.marvell.com/embedded-processors/kirkwood/assets/FS_88F6180_9x_6281_OpenSource.pdf
- - 88F6182
- - 88F6180
-
- - Product Brief : https://web.archive.org/web/20120616201621/http://www.marvell.com/embedded-processors/kirkwood/assets/88F6180-003_ver1.pdf
- - Hardware Spec : https://web.archive.org/web/20130730091654/http://www.marvell.com/embedded-processors/kirkwood/assets/HW_88F6180_OpenSource.pdf
- - Functional Spec: https://web.archive.org/web/20130730091033/http://www.marvell.com/embedded-processors/kirkwood/assets/FS_88F6180_9x_6281_OpenSource.pdf
- - 88F6280
-
- - Product Brief : https://web.archive.org/web/20130730091058/http://www.marvell.com/embedded-processors/kirkwood/assets/88F6280_SoC_PB-001.pdf
- - 88F6281
-
- - Product Brief : https://web.archive.org/web/20120131133709/http://www.marvell.com/embedded-processors/kirkwood/assets/88F6281-004_ver1.pdf
- - Hardware Spec : https://web.archive.org/web/20120620073511/http://www.marvell.com/embedded-processors/kirkwood/assets/HW_88F6281_OpenSource.pdf
- - Functional Spec: https://web.archive.org/web/20130730091033/http://www.marvell.com/embedded-processors/kirkwood/assets/FS_88F6180_9x_6281_OpenSource.pdf
- - 88F6321
- - 88F6322
- - 88F6323
-
- - Product Brief : https://web.archive.org/web/20120616201639/http://www.marvell.com/embedded-processors/kirkwood/assets/88f632x_pb.pdf
- Homepage:
- https://web.archive.org/web/20160513194943/http://www.marvell.com/embedded-processors/kirkwood/
- Core:
- Feroceon 88fr131 ARMv5 compatible
- Linux kernel mach directory:
- arch/arm/mach-mvebu
- Linux kernel plat directory:
- none
-
-Discovery family
-----------------
-
- Flavors:
- - MV78100
-
- - Product Brief : https://web.archive.org/web/20120616194711/http://www.marvell.com/embedded-processors/discovery-innovation/assets/MV78100-003_WEB.pdf
- - Hardware Spec : https://web.archive.org/web/20141005120451/http://www.marvell.com/embedded-processors/discovery-innovation/assets/HW_MV78100_OpenSource.pdf
- - Functional Spec: https://web.archive.org/web/20111110081125/http://www.marvell.com/embedded-processors/discovery-innovation/assets/FS_MV76100_78100_78200_OpenSource.pdf
- - MV78200
-
- - Product Brief : https://web.archive.org/web/20140801121623/http://www.marvell.com/embedded-processors/discovery-innovation/assets/MV78200-002_WEB.pdf
- - Hardware Spec : https://web.archive.org/web/20141005120458/http://www.marvell.com/embedded-processors/discovery-innovation/assets/HW_MV78200_OpenSource.pdf
- - Functional Spec: https://web.archive.org/web/20111110081125/http://www.marvell.com/embedded-processors/discovery-innovation/assets/FS_MV76100_78100_78200_OpenSource.pdf
-
- - MV76100
-
- - Product Brief : https://web.archive.org/web/20140722064429/http://www.marvell.com/embedded-processors/discovery-innovation/assets/MV76100-002_WEB.pdf
- - Hardware Spec : https://web.archive.org/web/20140722064425/http://www.marvell.com/embedded-processors/discovery-innovation/assets/HW_MV76100_OpenSource.pdf
- - Functional Spec: https://web.archive.org/web/20111110081125/http://www.marvell.com/embedded-processors/discovery-innovation/assets/FS_MV76100_78100_78200_OpenSource.pdf
-
- Not supported by the Linux kernel.
-
- Homepage:
- https://web.archive.org/web/20110924171043/http://www.marvell.com/embedded-processors/discovery-innovation/
- Core:
- Feroceon 88fr571-vd ARMv5 compatible
-
- Linux kernel mach directory:
- arch/arm/mach-mv78xx0
- Linux kernel plat directory:
- arch/arm/plat-orion
-
-EBU Armada family
------------------
-
- Armada 370 Flavors:
- - 88F6710
- - 88F6707
- - 88F6W11
-
- - Product infos: https://web.archive.org/web/20141002083258/http://www.marvell.com/embedded-processors/armada-370/
- - Product Brief: https://web.archive.org/web/20121115063038/http://www.marvell.com/embedded-processors/armada-300/assets/Marvell_ARMADA_370_SoC.pdf
- - Hardware Spec: https://web.archive.org/web/20140617183747/http://www.marvell.com/embedded-processors/armada-300/assets/ARMADA370-datasheet.pdf
- - Functional Spec: https://web.archive.org/web/20140617183701/http://www.marvell.com/embedded-processors/armada-300/assets/ARMADA370-FunctionalSpec-datasheet.pdf
-
- Core:
- Sheeva ARMv7 compatible PJ4B
-
- Armada XP Flavors:
- - MV78230
- - MV78260
- - MV78460
-
- NOTE:
- not to be confused with the non-SMP 78xx0 SoCs
-
- - Product infos: https://web.archive.org/web/20150101215721/http://www.marvell.com/embedded-processors/armada-xp/
- - Product Brief: https://web.archive.org/web/20121021173528/http://www.marvell.com/embedded-processors/armada-xp/assets/Marvell-ArmadaXP-SoC-product%20brief.pdf
- - Functional Spec: https://web.archive.org/web/20180829171131/http://www.marvell.com/embedded-processors/armada-xp/assets/ARMADA-XP-Functional-SpecDatasheet.pdf
- - Hardware Specs:
- - https://web.archive.org/web/20141127013651/http://www.marvell.com/embedded-processors/armada-xp/assets/HW_MV78230_OS.PDF
- - https://web.archive.org/web/20141222000224/http://www.marvell.com/embedded-processors/armada-xp/assets/HW_MV78260_OS.PDF
- - https://web.archive.org/web/20141222000230/http://www.marvell.com/embedded-processors/armada-xp/assets/HW_MV78460_OS.PDF
-
- Core:
- Sheeva ARMv7 compatible Dual-core or Quad-core PJ4B-MP
-
- Armada 375 Flavors:
- - 88F6720
-
- - Product infos: https://web.archive.org/web/20140108032402/http://www.marvell.com/embedded-processors/armada-375/
- - Product Brief: https://web.archive.org/web/20131216023516/http://www.marvell.com/embedded-processors/armada-300/assets/ARMADA_375_SoC-01_product_brief.pdf
-
- Core:
- ARM Cortex-A9
-
- Armada 38x Flavors:
- - 88F6810 Armada 380
- - 88F6811 Armada 381
- - 88F6821 Armada 382
- - 88F6W21 Armada 383
- - 88F6820 Armada 385
- - 88F6825
- - 88F6828 Armada 388
-
- - Product infos: https://web.archive.org/web/20181006144616/http://www.marvell.com/embedded-processors/armada-38x/
- - Functional Spec: https://web.archive.org/web/20200420191927/https://www.marvell.com/content/dam/marvell/en/public-collateral/embedded-processors/marvell-embedded-processors-armada-38x-functional-specifications-2015-11.pdf
- - Hardware Spec: https://web.archive.org/web/20180713105318/https://www.marvell.com/docs/embedded-processors/assets/marvell-embedded-processors-armada-38x-hardware-specifications-2017-03.pdf
- - Design guide: https://web.archive.org/web/20180712231737/https://www.marvell.com/docs/embedded-processors/assets/marvell-embedded-processors-armada-38x-hardware-design-guide-2017-08.pdf
-
- Core:
- ARM Cortex-A9
-
- Armada 39x Flavors:
- - 88F6920 Armada 390
- - 88F6925 Armada 395
- - 88F6928 Armada 398
-
- - Product infos: https://web.archive.org/web/20181020222559/http://www.marvell.com/embedded-processors/armada-39x/
-
- Core:
- ARM Cortex-A9
-
- Linux kernel mach directory:
- arch/arm/mach-mvebu
- Linux kernel plat directory:
- none
-
-EBU Armada family ARMv8
------------------------
-
- Armada 3710/3720 Flavors:
- - 88F3710
- - 88F3720
-
- Core:
- ARM Cortex A53 (ARMv8)
-
- Homepage:
- https://web.archive.org/web/20181103003602/http://www.marvell.com/embedded-processors/armada-3700/
-
- Product Brief:
- https://web.archive.org/web/20210121194810/https://www.marvell.com/content/dam/marvell/en/public-collateral/embedded-processors/marvell-embedded-processors-armada-37xx-product-brief-2016-01.pdf
-
- Hardware Spec:
- https://web.archive.org/web/20210202162011/http://www.marvell.com/content/dam/marvell/en/public-collateral/embedded-processors/marvell-embedded-processors-armada-37xx-hardware-specifications-2019-09.pdf
-
- Device tree files:
- arch/arm64/boot/dts/marvell/armada-37*
-
- Armada 7K Flavors:
- - 88F6040 (AP806 Quad 600 MHz + one CP110)
- - 88F7020 (AP806 Dual + one CP110)
- - 88F7040 (AP806 Quad + one CP110)
-
- Core: ARM Cortex A72
-
- Homepage:
- https://web.archive.org/web/20181020222606/http://www.marvell.com/embedded-processors/armada-70xx/
-
- Product Brief:
- - https://web.archive.org/web/20161010105541/http://www.marvell.com/embedded-processors/assets/Armada7020PB-Jan2016.pdf
- - https://web.archive.org/web/20160928154533/http://www.marvell.com/embedded-processors/assets/Armada7040PB-Jan2016.pdf
-
- Device tree files:
- arch/arm64/boot/dts/marvell/armada-70*
-
- Armada 8K Flavors:
- - 88F8020 (AP806 Dual + two CP110)
- - 88F8040 (AP806 Quad + two CP110)
- Core:
- ARM Cortex A72
-
- Homepage:
- https://web.archive.org/web/20181022004830/http://www.marvell.com/embedded-processors/armada-80xx/
-
- Product Brief:
- - https://web.archive.org/web/20210124233728/https://www.marvell.com/content/dam/marvell/en/public-collateral/embedded-processors/marvell-embedded-processors-armada-8020-product-brief-2017-12.pdf
- - https://web.archive.org/web/20161010105532/http://www.marvell.com/embedded-processors/assets/Armada8040PB-Jan2016.pdf
-
- Device tree files:
- arch/arm64/boot/dts/marvell/armada-80*
-
- Octeon TX2 CN913x Flavors:
- - CN9130 (AP807 Quad + one internal CP115)
- - CN9131 (AP807 Quad + one internal CP115 + one external CP115 / 88F8215)
- - CN9132 (AP807 Quad + one internal CP115 + two external CP115 / 88F8215)
-
- Core:
- ARM Cortex A72
-
- Homepage:
- https://web.archive.org/web/20200803150818/https://www.marvell.com/products/infrastructure-processors/multi-core-processors/octeon-tx2/octeon-tx2-cn9130.html
-
- Product Brief:
- https://web.archive.org/web/20200803150818/https://www.marvell.com/content/dam/marvell/en/public-collateral/embedded-processors/marvell-infrastructure-processors-octeon-tx2-cn913x-product-brief-2020-02.pdf
-
- Device tree files:
- arch/arm64/boot/dts/marvell/cn913*
-
-Avanta family
--------------
-
- Flavors:
- - 88F6500
- - 88F6510
- - 88F6530P
- - 88F6550
- - 88F6560
- - 88F6601
-
- Homepage:
- https://web.archive.org/web/20181005145041/http://www.marvell.com/broadband/
-
- Product Brief:
- https://web.archive.org/web/20180829171057/http://www.marvell.com/broadband/assets/Marvell_Avanta_88F6510_305_060-001_product_brief.pdf
-
- No public datasheet available.
-
- Core:
- ARMv5 compatible
-
- Linux kernel mach directory:
- no code in mainline yet, planned for the future
- Linux kernel plat directory:
- no code in mainline yet, planned for the future
-
-Storage family
---------------
-
- Armada SP:
- - 88RC1580
-
- Product infos:
- https://web.archive.org/web/20191129073953/http://www.marvell.com/storage/armada-sp/
-
- Core:
- Sheeva ARMv7 compatible Quad-core PJ4C
-
- (not supported in upstream Linux kernel)
-
-Dove family (application processor)
------------------------------------
-
- Flavors:
- - 88AP510 a.k.a Armada 510
-
- Product Brief:
- https://web.archive.org/web/20111102020643/http://www.marvell.com/application-processors/armada-500/assets/Marvell_Armada510_SoC.pdf
-
- Hardware Spec:
- https://web.archive.org/web/20160428160231/http://www.marvell.com/application-processors/armada-500/assets/Armada-510-Hardware-Spec.pdf
-
- Functional Spec:
- https://web.archive.org/web/20120130172443/http://www.marvell.com/application-processors/armada-500/assets/Armada-510-Functional-Spec.pdf
-
- Homepage:
- https://web.archive.org/web/20160822232651/http://www.marvell.com/application-processors/armada-500/
-
- Core:
- ARMv7 compatible
-
- Directory:
- - arch/arm/mach-mvebu (DT enabled platforms)
- - arch/arm/mach-dove (non-DT enabled platforms)
-
-PXA 2xx/3xx/93x/95x family
---------------------------
-
- Flavors:
- - PXA21x, PXA25x, PXA26x
- - Application processor only
- - Core: ARMv5 XScale1 core
- - PXA270, PXA271, PXA272
- - Product Brief : https://web.archive.org/web/20150927135510/http://www.marvell.com/application-processors/pxa-family/assets/pxa_27x_pb.pdf
- - Design guide : https://web.archive.org/web/20120111181937/http://www.marvell.com/application-processors/pxa-family/assets/pxa_27x_design_guide.pdf
- - Developers manual : https://web.archive.org/web/20150927164805/http://www.marvell.com/application-processors/pxa-family/assets/pxa_27x_dev_man.pdf
- - Specification : https://web.archive.org/web/20140211221535/http://www.marvell.com/application-processors/pxa-family/assets/pxa_27x_emts.pdf
- - Specification update : https://web.archive.org/web/20120111104906/http://www.marvell.com/application-processors/pxa-family/assets/pxa_27x_spec_update.pdf
- - Application processor only
- - Core: ARMv5 XScale2 core
- - PXA300, PXA310, PXA320
- - PXA 300 Product Brief : https://web.archive.org/web/20120111121203/http://www.marvell.com/application-processors/pxa-family/assets/PXA300_PB_R4.pdf
- - PXA 310 Product Brief : https://web.archive.org/web/20120111104515/http://www.marvell.com/application-processors/pxa-family/assets/PXA310_PB_R4.pdf
- - PXA 320 Product Brief : https://web.archive.org/web/20121021182826/http://www.marvell.com/application-processors/pxa-family/assets/PXA320_PB_R4.pdf
- - Design guide : https://web.archive.org/web/20130727144625/http://www.marvell.com/application-processors/pxa-family/assets/PXA3xx_Design_Guide.pdf
- - Developers manual : https://web.archive.org/web/20130727144605/http://www.marvell.com/application-processors/pxa-family/assets/PXA3xx_Developers_Manual.zip
- - Specifications : https://web.archive.org/web/20130727144559/http://www.marvell.com/application-processors/pxa-family/assets/PXA3xx_EMTS.pdf
- - Specification Update : https://web.archive.org/web/20150927183411/http://www.marvell.com/application-processors/pxa-family/assets/PXA3xx_Spec_Update.zip
- - Reference Manual : https://web.archive.org/web/20120111103844/http://www.marvell.com/application-processors/pxa-family/assets/PXA3xx_TavorP_BootROM_Ref_Manual.pdf
- - Application processor only
- - Core: ARMv5 XScale3 core
- - PXA930, PXA935
- - Application processor with Communication processor
- - Core: ARMv5 XScale3 core
- - PXA955
- - Application processor with Communication processor
- - Core: ARMv7 compatible Sheeva PJ4 core
-
- Comments:
-
- * This line of SoCs originates from the XScale family developed by
- Intel and acquired by Marvell in ~2006. The PXA21x, PXA25x,
- PXA26x, PXA27x, PXA3xx and PXA93x were developed by Intel, while
- the later PXA95x were developed by Marvell.
-
- * Due to their XScale origin, these SoCs have virtually nothing in
- common with the other (Kirkwood, Dove, etc.) families of Marvell
- SoCs, except with the MMP/MMP2 family of SoCs.
-
- Linux kernel mach directory:
- arch/arm/mach-pxa
-
-MMP/MMP2/MMP3 family (communication processor)
-----------------------------------------------
-
- Flavors:
- - PXA168, a.k.a Armada 168
- - Homepage : https://web.archive.org/web/20110926014256/http://www.marvell.com/application-processors/armada-100/armada-168.jsp
- - Product brief : https://web.archive.org/web/20111102030100/http://www.marvell.com/application-processors/armada-100/assets/pxa_168_pb.pdf
- - Hardware manual : https://web.archive.org/web/20160428165359/http://www.marvell.com/application-processors/armada-100/assets/armada_16x_datasheet.pdf
- - Software manual : https://web.archive.org/web/20160428154454/http://www.marvell.com/application-processors/armada-100/assets/armada_16x_software_manual.pdf
- - Specification update : https://web.archive.org/web/20150927160338/http://www.marvell.com/application-processors/armada-100/assets/ARMADA16x_Spec_update.pdf
- - Boot ROM manual : https://web.archive.org/web/20130727205559/http://www.marvell.com/application-processors/armada-100/assets/armada_16x_ref_manual.pdf
- - App node package : https://web.archive.org/web/20141005090706/http://www.marvell.com/application-processors/armada-100/assets/armada_16x_app_note_package.pdf
- - Application processor only
- - Core: ARMv5 compatible Marvell PJ1 88sv331 (Mohawk)
- - PXA910/PXA920
- - Homepage : https://web.archive.org/web/20150928121236/http://www.marvell.com/communication-processors/pxa910/
- - Product Brief : https://archive.org/download/marvell-pxa910-pb/Marvell_PXA910_Platform-001_PB.pdf
- - Application processor with Communication processor
- - Core: ARMv5 compatible Marvell PJ1 88sv331 (Mohawk)
- - PXA688, a.k.a. MMP2, a.k.a Armada 610 (OLPC XO-1.75)
- - Product Brief : https://web.archive.org/web/20111102023255/http://www.marvell.com/application-processors/armada-600/assets/armada610_pb.pdf
- - Application processor only
- - Core: ARMv7 compatible Sheeva PJ4 88sv581x core
- - PXA2128, a.k.a. MMP3, a.k.a Armada 620 (OLPC XO-4)
- - Product Brief : https://web.archive.org/web/20120824055155/http://www.marvell.com/application-processors/armada/pxa2128/assets/Marvell-ARMADA-PXA2128-SoC-PB.pdf
- - Application processor only
- - Core: Dual-core ARMv7 compatible Sheeva PJ4C core
- - PXA960/PXA968/PXA978 (Linux support not upstream)
- - Application processor with Communication Processor
- - Core: ARMv7 compatible Sheeva PJ4 core
- - PXA986/PXA988 (Linux support not upstream)
- - Application processor with Communication Processor
- - Core: Dual-core ARMv7 compatible Sheeva PJ4B-MP core
- - PXA1088/PXA1920 (Linux support not upstream)
- - Application processor with Communication Processor
- - Core: quad-core ARMv7 Cortex-A7
- - PXA1908/PXA1928/PXA1936
- - Application processor with Communication Processor
- - Core: multi-core ARMv8 Cortex-A53
-
- Comments:
-
- * This line of SoCs originates from the XScale family developed by
- Intel and acquired by Marvell in ~2006. All the processors of
- this MMP/MMP2 family were developed by Marvell.
-
- * Due to their XScale origin, these SoCs have virtually nothing in
- common with the other (Kirkwood, Dove, etc.) families of Marvell
- SoCs, except with the PXA family of SoCs listed above.
-
- Linux kernel mach directory:
- arch/arm/mach-mmp
-
-Berlin family (Multimedia Solutions)
--------------------------------------
-
- - Flavors:
- - 88DE3010, Armada 1000 (no Linux support)
- - Core: Marvell PJ1 (ARMv5TE), Dual-core
- - Product Brief: https://web.archive.org/web/20131103162620/http://www.marvell.com/digital-entertainment/assets/armada_1000_pb.pdf
- - 88DE3005, Armada 1500 Mini
- - Design name: BG2CD
- - Core: ARM Cortex-A9, PL310 L2CC
- - 88DE3006, Armada 1500 Mini Plus
- - Design name: BG2CDP
- - Core: Dual Core ARM Cortex-A7
- - 88DE3100, Armada 1500
- - Design name: BG2
- - Core: Marvell PJ4B-MP (ARMv7), Tauros3 L2CC
- - 88DE3114, Armada 1500 Pro
- - Design name: BG2Q
- - Core: Quad Core ARM Cortex-A9, PL310 L2CC
- - 88DE3214, Armada 1500 Pro 4K
- - Design name: BG3
- - Core: ARM Cortex-A15, CA15 integrated L2CC
- - 88DE3218, ARMADA 1500 Ultra
- - Core: ARM Cortex-A53
-
- Homepage: https://www.synaptics.com/products/multimedia-solutions
- Directory: arch/arm/mach-berlin
-
- Comments:
-
- * This line of SoCs is based on Marvell Sheeva or ARM Cortex CPUs
- with Synopsys DesignWare (IRQ, GPIO, Timers, ...) and PXA IP (SDHCI, USB, ETH, ...).
-
- * The Berlin family was acquired by Synaptics from Marvell in 2017.
-
-CPU Cores
----------
-
-The XScale cores were designed by Intel, and shipped by Marvell in the older
-PXA processors. Feroceon is a Marvell designed core that developed in-house,
-and that evolved into Sheeva. The XScale and Feroceon cores were phased out
-over time and replaced with Sheeva cores in later products, which subsequently
-got replaced with licensed ARM Cortex-A cores.
-
- XScale 1
- CPUID 0x69052xxx
- ARMv5, iWMMXt
- XScale 2
- CPUID 0x69054xxx
- ARMv5, iWMMXt
- XScale 3
- CPUID 0x69056xxx or 0x69056xxx
- ARMv5, iWMMXt
- Feroceon-1850 88fr331 "Mohawk"
- CPUID 0x5615331x or 0x41xx926x
- ARMv5TE, single issue
- Feroceon-2850 88fr531-vd "Jolteon"
- CPUID 0x5605531x or 0x41xx926x
- ARMv5TE, VFP, dual-issue
- Feroceon 88fr571-vd "Jolteon"
- CPUID 0x5615571x
- ARMv5TE, VFP, dual-issue
- Feroceon 88fr131 "Mohawk-D"
- CPUID 0x5625131x
- ARMv5TE, single-issue in-order
- Sheeva PJ1 88sv331 "Mohawk"
- CPUID 0x561584xx
- ARMv5, single-issue iWMMXt v2
- Sheeva PJ4 88sv581x "Flareon"
- CPUID 0x560f581x
- ARMv7, idivt, optional iWMMXt v2
- Sheeva PJ4B 88sv581x
- CPUID 0x561f581x
- ARMv7, idivt, optional iWMMXt v2
- Sheeva PJ4B-MP / PJ4C
- CPUID 0x562f584x
- ARMv7, idivt/idiva, LPAE, optional iWMMXt v2 and/or NEON
-
-Long-term plans
----------------
-
- * Unify the mach-dove/, mach-mv78xx0/, mach-orion5x/ into the
- mach-mvebu/ to support all SoCs from the Marvell EBU (Engineering
- Business Unit) in a single mach-<foo> directory. The plat-orion/
- would therefore disappear.
-
-Credits
--------
-
+++ /dev/null
-================
-Memory alignment
-================
-
-Too many problems popped up because of unnoticed misaligned memory access in
-kernel code lately. Therefore the alignment fixup is now unconditionally
-configured in for SA11x0 based targets. According to Alan Cox, this is a
-bad idea to configure it out, but Russell King has some good reasons for
-doing so on some f***ed up ARM architectures like the EBSA110. However
-this is not the case on many design I'm aware of, like all SA11x0 based
-ones.
-
-Of course this is a bad idea to rely on the alignment trap to perform
-unaligned memory access in general. If those access are predictable, you
-are better to use the macros provided by include/asm/unaligned.h. The
-alignment trap can fixup misaligned access for the exception cases, but at
-a high performance cost. It better be rare.
-
-Now for user space applications, it is possible to configure the alignment
-trap to SIGBUS any code performing unaligned access (good for debugging bad
-code), or even fixup the access by software like for kernel code. The later
-mode isn't recommended for performance reasons (just think about the
-floating point emulation that works about the same way). Fix your code
-instead!
-
-Please note that randomly changing the behaviour without good thought is
-real bad - it changes the behaviour of all unaligned instructions in user
-space, and might cause programs to fail unexpectedly.
-
-To change the alignment trap behavior, simply echo a number into
-/proc/cpu/alignment. The number is made up from various bits:
-
-=== ========================================================
-bit behavior when set
-=== ========================================================
-0 A user process performing an unaligned memory access
- will cause the kernel to print a message indicating
- process name, pid, pc, instruction, address, and the
- fault code.
-
-1 The kernel will attempt to fix up the user process
- performing the unaligned access. This is of course
- slow (think about the floating point emulator) and
- not recommended for production use.
-
-2 The kernel will send a SIGBUS signal to the user process
- performing the unaligned access.
-=== ========================================================
-
-Note that not all combinations are supported - only values 0 through 5.
-(6 and 7 don't make sense).
-
-For example, the following will turn on the warnings, but without
-fixing up or sending SIGBUS signals::
-
- echo 1 > /proc/cpu/alignment
-
-You can also read the content of the same file to get statistical
-information on unaligned access occurrences plus the current mode of
-operation for user space code.
-
-
-Nicolas Pitre, Mar 13, 2001. Modified Russell King, Nov 30, 2001.
+++ /dev/null
-=================================
-Kernel Memory Layout on ARM Linux
-=================================
-
-
- November 17, 2005 (2.6.15)
-
-This document describes the virtual memory layout which the Linux
-kernel uses for ARM processors. It indicates which regions are
-free for platforms to use, and which are used by generic code.
-
-The ARM CPU is capable of addressing a maximum of 4GB virtual memory
-space, and this must be shared between user space processes, the
-kernel, and hardware devices.
-
-As the ARM architecture matures, it becomes necessary to reserve
-certain regions of VM space for use for new facilities; therefore
-this document may reserve more VM space over time.
-
-=============== =============== ===============================================
-Start End Use
-=============== =============== ===============================================
-ffff8000 ffffffff copy_user_page / clear_user_page use.
- For SA11xx and Xscale, this is used to
- setup a minicache mapping.
-
-ffff4000 ffffffff cache aliasing on ARMv6 and later CPUs.
-
-ffff1000 ffff7fff Reserved.
- Platforms must not use this address range.
-
-ffff0000 ffff0fff CPU vector page.
- The CPU vectors are mapped here if the
- CPU supports vector relocation (control
- register V bit.)
-
-fffe0000 fffeffff XScale cache flush area. This is used
- in proc-xscale.S to flush the whole data
- cache. (XScale does not have TCM.)
-
-fffe8000 fffeffff DTCM mapping area for platforms with
- DTCM mounted inside the CPU.
-
-fffe0000 fffe7fff ITCM mapping area for platforms with
- ITCM mounted inside the CPU.
-
-ffc80000 ffefffff Fixmap mapping region. Addresses provided
- by fix_to_virt() will be located here.
-
-ffc00000 ffc7ffff Guard region
-
-ff800000 ffbfffff Permanent, fixed read-only mapping of the
- firmware provided DT blob
-
-fee00000 feffffff Mapping of PCI I/O space. This is a static
- mapping within the vmalloc space.
-
-VMALLOC_START VMALLOC_END-1 vmalloc() / ioremap() space.
- Memory returned by vmalloc/ioremap will
- be dynamically placed in this region.
- Machine specific static mappings are also
- located here through iotable_init().
- VMALLOC_START is based upon the value
- of the high_memory variable, and VMALLOC_END
- is equal to 0xff800000.
-
-PAGE_OFFSET high_memory-1 Kernel direct-mapped RAM region.
- This maps the platforms RAM, and typically
- maps all platform RAM in a 1:1 relationship.
-
-PKMAP_BASE PAGE_OFFSET-1 Permanent kernel mappings
- One way of mapping HIGHMEM pages into kernel
- space.
-
-MODULES_VADDR MODULES_END-1 Kernel module space
- Kernel modules inserted via insmod are
- placed here using dynamic mappings.
-
-TASK_SIZE MODULES_VADDR-1 KASAn shadow memory when KASan is in use.
- The range from MODULES_VADDR to the top
- of the memory is shadowed here with 1 bit
- per byte of memory.
-
-00001000 TASK_SIZE-1 User space mappings
- Per-thread mappings are placed here via
- the mmap() system call.
-
-00000000 00000fff CPU vector page / null pointer trap
- CPUs which do not support vector remapping
- place their vector page here. NULL pointer
- dereferences by both the kernel and user
- space are also caught via this mapping.
-=============== =============== ===============================================
-
-Please note that mappings which collide with the above areas may result
-in a non-bootable kernel, or may cause the kernel to (eventually) panic
-at run time.
-
-Since future CPUs may impact the kernel mapping layout, user programs
-must not access any memory which is not mapped inside their 0x0001000
-to TASK_SIZE address range. If they wish to access these areas, they
-must set up their own mappings using open() and mmap().
+++ /dev/null
-=============================
-ARM Microchip SoCs (aka AT91)
-=============================
-
-
-Introduction
-------------
-This document gives useful information about the ARM Microchip SoCs that are
-currently supported in Linux Mainline (you know, the one on kernel.org).
-
-It is important to note that the Microchip (previously Atmel) ARM-based MPU
-product line is historically named "AT91" or "at91" throughout the Linux kernel
-development process even if this product prefix has completely disappeared from
-the official Microchip product name. Anyway, files, directories, git trees,
-git branches/tags and email subject always contain this "at91" sub-string.
-
-
-AT91 SoCs
----------
-Documentation and detailed datasheet for each product are available on
-the Microchip website: http://www.microchip.com.
-
- Flavors:
- * ARM 920 based SoC
- - at91rm9200
-
- * Datasheet
-
- http://ww1.microchip.com/downloads/en/DeviceDoc/Atmel-1768-32-bit-ARM920T-Embedded-Microprocessor-AT91RM9200_Datasheet.pdf
-
- * ARM 926 based SoCs
- - at91sam9260
-
- * Datasheet
-
- http://ww1.microchip.com/downloads/en/DeviceDoc/Atmel-6221-32-bit-ARM926EJ-S-Embedded-Microprocessor-SAM9260_Datasheet.pdf
-
- - at91sam9xe
-
- * Datasheet
-
- http://ww1.microchip.com/downloads/en/DeviceDoc/Atmel-6254-32-bit-ARM926EJ-S-Embedded-Microprocessor-SAM9XE_Datasheet.pdf
-
- - at91sam9261
-
- * Datasheet
-
- http://ww1.microchip.com/downloads/en/DeviceDoc/Atmel-6062-ARM926EJ-S-Microprocessor-SAM9261_Datasheet.pdf
-
- - at91sam9263
-
- * Datasheet
-
- http://ww1.microchip.com/downloads/en/DeviceDoc/Atmel-6249-32-bit-ARM926EJ-S-Embedded-Microprocessor-SAM9263_Datasheet.pdf
-
- - at91sam9rl
-
- * Datasheet
-
- http://ww1.microchip.com/downloads/en/DeviceDoc/doc6289.pdf
-
- - at91sam9g20
-
- * Datasheet
-
- http://ww1.microchip.com/downloads/en/DeviceDoc/DS60001516A.pdf
-
- - at91sam9g45 family
- - at91sam9g45
- - at91sam9g46
- - at91sam9m10
- - at91sam9m11 (device superset)
-
- * Datasheet
-
- http://ww1.microchip.com/downloads/en/DeviceDoc/Atmel-6437-32-bit-ARM926-Embedded-Microprocessor-SAM9M11_Datasheet.pdf
-
- - at91sam9x5 family (aka "The 5 series")
- - at91sam9g15
- - at91sam9g25
- - at91sam9g35
- - at91sam9x25
- - at91sam9x35
-
- * Datasheet (can be considered as covering the whole family)
-
- http://ww1.microchip.com/downloads/en/DeviceDoc/Atmel-11055-32-bit-ARM926EJ-S-Microcontroller-SAM9X35_Datasheet.pdf
-
- - at91sam9n12
-
- * Datasheet
-
- http://ww1.microchip.com/downloads/en/DeviceDoc/DS60001517A.pdf
-
- - sam9x60
-
- * Datasheet
-
- http://ww1.microchip.com/downloads/en/DeviceDoc/SAM9X60-Data-Sheet-DS60001579A.pdf
-
- * ARM Cortex-A5 based SoCs
- - sama5d3 family
-
- - sama5d31
- - sama5d33
- - sama5d34
- - sama5d35
- - sama5d36 (device superset)
-
- * Datasheet
-
- http://ww1.microchip.com/downloads/en/DeviceDoc/Atmel-11121-32-bit-Cortex-A5-Microcontroller-SAMA5D3_Datasheet_B.pdf
-
- * ARM Cortex-A5 + NEON based SoCs
- - sama5d4 family
-
- - sama5d41
- - sama5d42
- - sama5d43
- - sama5d44 (device superset)
-
- * Datasheet
-
- http://ww1.microchip.com/downloads/en/DeviceDoc/60001525A.pdf
-
- - sama5d2 family
-
- - sama5d21
- - sama5d22
- - sama5d23
- - sama5d24
- - sama5d26
- - sama5d27 (device superset)
- - sama5d28 (device superset + environmental monitors)
-
- * Datasheet
-
- http://ww1.microchip.com/downloads/en/DeviceDoc/DS60001476B.pdf
-
- * ARM Cortex-A7 based SoCs
- - sama7g5 family
-
- - sama7g51
- - sama7g52
- - sama7g53
- - sama7g54 (device superset)
-
- * Datasheet
-
- Coming soon
-
- - lan966 family
- - lan9662
- - lan9668
-
- * Datasheet
-
- Coming soon
-
- * ARM Cortex-M7 MCUs
- - sams70 family
-
- - sams70j19
- - sams70j20
- - sams70j21
- - sams70n19
- - sams70n20
- - sams70n21
- - sams70q19
- - sams70q20
- - sams70q21
-
- - samv70 family
-
- - samv70j19
- - samv70j20
- - samv70n19
- - samv70n20
- - samv70q19
- - samv70q20
-
- - samv71 family
-
- - samv71j19
- - samv71j20
- - samv71j21
- - samv71n19
- - samv71n20
- - samv71n21
- - samv71q19
- - samv71q20
- - samv71q21
-
- * Datasheet
-
- http://ww1.microchip.com/downloads/en/DeviceDoc/SAM-E70-S70-V70-V71-Family-Data-Sheet-DS60001527D.pdf
-
-
-Linux kernel information
-------------------------
-Linux kernel mach directory: arch/arm/mach-at91
-MAINTAINERS entry is: "ARM/Microchip (AT91) SoC support"
-
-
-Device Tree for AT91 SoCs and boards
-------------------------------------
-All AT91 SoCs are converted to Device Tree. Since Linux 3.19, these products
-must use this method to boot the Linux kernel.
-
-Work In Progress statement:
-Device Tree files and Device Tree bindings that apply to AT91 SoCs and boards are
-considered as "Unstable". To be completely clear, any at91 binding can change at
-any time. So, be sure to use a Device Tree Binary and a Kernel Image generated from
-the same source tree.
-Please refer to the Documentation/devicetree/bindings/ABI.rst file for a
-definition of a "Stable" binding/ABI.
-This statement will be removed by AT91 MAINTAINERS when appropriate.
-
-Naming conventions and best practice:
-
-- SoCs Device Tree Source Include files are named after the official name of
- the product (at91sam9g20.dtsi or sama5d33.dtsi for instance).
-- Device Tree Source Include files (.dtsi) are used to collect common nodes that can be
- shared across SoCs or boards (sama5d3.dtsi or at91sam9x5cm.dtsi for instance).
- When collecting nodes for a particular peripheral or topic, the identifier have to
- be placed at the end of the file name, separated with a "_" (at91sam9x5_can.dtsi
- or sama5d3_gmac.dtsi for example).
-- board Device Tree Source files (.dts) are prefixed by the string "at91-" so
- that they can be identified easily. Note that some files are historical exceptions
- to this rule (sama5d3[13456]ek.dts, usb_a9g20.dts or animeo_ip.dts for example).
+++ /dev/null
-================================
-NetWinder specific documentation
-================================
-
-The NetWinder is a small low-power computer, primarily designed
-to run Linux. It is based around the StrongARM RISC processor,
-DC21285 PCI bridge, with PC-type hardware glued around it.
-
-Port usage
-==========
-
-======= ====== ===============================
-Min Max Description
-======= ====== ===============================
-0x0000 0x000f DMA1
-0x0020 0x0021 PIC1
-0x0060 0x006f Keyboard
-0x0070 0x007f RTC
-0x0080 0x0087 DMA1
-0x0088 0x008f DMA2
-0x00a0 0x00a3 PIC2
-0x00c0 0x00df DMA2
-0x0180 0x0187 IRDA
-0x01f0 0x01f6 ide0
-0x0201 Game port
-0x0203 RWA010 configuration read
-0x0220 ? SoundBlaster
-0x0250 ? WaveArtist
-0x0279 RWA010 configuration index
-0x02f8 0x02ff Serial ttyS1
-0x0300 0x031f Ether10
-0x0338 GPIO1
-0x033a GPIO2
-0x0370 0x0371 W83977F configuration registers
-0x0388 ? AdLib
-0x03c0 0x03df VGA
-0x03f6 ide0
-0x03f8 0x03ff Serial ttyS0
-0x0400 0x0408 DC21143
-0x0480 0x0487 DMA1
-0x0488 0x048f DMA2
-0x0a79 RWA010 configuration write
-0xe800 0xe80f ide0/ide1 BM DMA
-======= ====== ===============================
-
-
-Interrupt usage
-===============
-
-======= ======= ========================
-IRQ type Description
-======= ======= ========================
- 0 ISA 100Hz timer
- 1 ISA Keyboard
- 2 ISA cascade
- 3 ISA Serial ttyS1
- 4 ISA Serial ttyS0
- 5 ISA PS/2 mouse
- 6 ISA IRDA
- 7 ISA Printer
- 8 ISA RTC alarm
- 9 ISA
-10 ISA GP10 (Orange reset button)
-11 ISA
-12 ISA WaveArtist
-13 ISA
-14 ISA hda1
-15 ISA
-======= ======= ========================
-
-DMA usage
-=========
-
-======= ======= ===========
-DMA type Description
-======= ======= ===========
- 0 ISA IRDA
- 1 ISA
- 2 ISA cascade
- 3 ISA WaveArtist
- 4 ISA
- 5 ISA
- 6 ISA
- 7 ISA WaveArtist
-======= ======= ===========
+++ /dev/null
-.. SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0
-
-===================================
-NetWinder's floating point emulator
-===================================
-
-.. toctree::
- :maxdepth: 1
-
- nwfpe
- netwinder-fpe
- notes
- todo
+++ /dev/null
-=============
-Current State
-=============
-
-The following describes the current state of the NetWinder's floating point
-emulator.
-
-In the following nomenclature is used to describe the floating point
-instructions. It follows the conventions in the ARM manual.
-
-::
-
- <S|D|E> = <single|double|extended>, no default
- {P|M|Z} = {round to +infinity,round to -infinity,round to zero},
- default = round to nearest
-
-Note: items enclosed in {} are optional.
-
-Floating Point Coprocessor Data Transfer Instructions (CPDT)
-------------------------------------------------------------
-
-LDF/STF - load and store floating
-
-<LDF|STF>{cond}<S|D|E> Fd, Rn
-<LDF|STF>{cond}<S|D|E> Fd, [Rn, #<expression>]{!}
-<LDF|STF>{cond}<S|D|E> Fd, [Rn], #<expression>
-
-These instructions are fully implemented.
-
-LFM/SFM - load and store multiple floating
-
-Form 1 syntax:
-<LFM|SFM>{cond}<S|D|E> Fd, <count>, [Rn]
-<LFM|SFM>{cond}<S|D|E> Fd, <count>, [Rn, #<expression>]{!}
-<LFM|SFM>{cond}<S|D|E> Fd, <count>, [Rn], #<expression>
-
-Form 2 syntax:
-<LFM|SFM>{cond}<FD,EA> Fd, <count>, [Rn]{!}
-
-These instructions are fully implemented. They store/load three words
-for each floating point register into the memory location given in the
-instruction. The format in memory is unlikely to be compatible with
-other implementations, in particular the actual hardware. Specific
-mention of this is made in the ARM manuals.
-
-Floating Point Coprocessor Register Transfer Instructions (CPRT)
-----------------------------------------------------------------
-
-Conversions, read/write status/control register instructions
-
-FLT{cond}<S,D,E>{P,M,Z} Fn, Rd Convert integer to floating point
-FIX{cond}{P,M,Z} Rd, Fn Convert floating point to integer
-WFS{cond} Rd Write floating point status register
-RFS{cond} Rd Read floating point status register
-WFC{cond} Rd Write floating point control register
-RFC{cond} Rd Read floating point control register
-
-FLT/FIX are fully implemented.
-
-RFS/WFS are fully implemented.
-
-RFC/WFC are fully implemented. RFC/WFC are supervisor only instructions, and
-presently check the CPU mode, and do an invalid instruction trap if not called
-from supervisor mode.
-
-Compare instructions
-
-CMF{cond} Fn, Fm Compare floating
-CMFE{cond} Fn, Fm Compare floating with exception
-CNF{cond} Fn, Fm Compare negated floating
-CNFE{cond} Fn, Fm Compare negated floating with exception
-
-These are fully implemented.
-
-Floating Point Coprocessor Data Instructions (CPDT)
----------------------------------------------------
-
-Dyadic operations:
-
-ADF{cond}<S|D|E>{P,M,Z} Fd, Fn, <Fm,#value> - add
-SUF{cond}<S|D|E>{P,M,Z} Fd, Fn, <Fm,#value> - subtract
-RSF{cond}<S|D|E>{P,M,Z} Fd, Fn, <Fm,#value> - reverse subtract
-MUF{cond}<S|D|E>{P,M,Z} Fd, Fn, <Fm,#value> - multiply
-DVF{cond}<S|D|E>{P,M,Z} Fd, Fn, <Fm,#value> - divide
-RDV{cond}<S|D|E>{P,M,Z} Fd, Fn, <Fm,#value> - reverse divide
-
-These are fully implemented.
-
-FML{cond}<S|D|E>{P,M,Z} Fd, Fn, <Fm,#value> - fast multiply
-FDV{cond}<S|D|E>{P,M,Z} Fd, Fn, <Fm,#value> - fast divide
-FRD{cond}<S|D|E>{P,M,Z} Fd, Fn, <Fm,#value> - fast reverse divide
-
-These are fully implemented as well. They use the same algorithm as the
-non-fast versions. Hence, in this implementation their performance is
-equivalent to the MUF/DVF/RDV instructions. This is acceptable according
-to the ARM manual. The manual notes these are defined only for single
-operands, on the actual FPA11 hardware they do not work for double or
-extended precision operands. The emulator currently does not check
-the requested permissions conditions, and performs the requested operation.
-
-RMF{cond}<S|D|E>{P,M,Z} Fd, Fn, <Fm,#value> - IEEE remainder
-
-This is fully implemented.
-
-Monadic operations:
-
-MVF{cond}<S|D|E>{P,M,Z} Fd, <Fm,#value> - move
-MNF{cond}<S|D|E>{P,M,Z} Fd, <Fm,#value> - move negated
-
-These are fully implemented.
-
-ABS{cond}<S|D|E>{P,M,Z} Fd, <Fm,#value> - absolute value
-SQT{cond}<S|D|E>{P,M,Z} Fd, <Fm,#value> - square root
-RND{cond}<S|D|E>{P,M,Z} Fd, <Fm,#value> - round
-
-These are fully implemented.
-
-URD{cond}<S|D|E>{P,M,Z} Fd, <Fm,#value> - unnormalized round
-NRM{cond}<S|D|E>{P,M,Z} Fd, <Fm,#value> - normalize
-
-These are implemented. URD is implemented using the same code as the RND
-instruction. Since URD cannot return a unnormalized number, NRM becomes
-a NOP.
-
-Library calls:
-
-POW{cond}<S|D|E>{P,M,Z} Fd, Fn, <Fm,#value> - power
-RPW{cond}<S|D|E>{P,M,Z} Fd, Fn, <Fm,#value> - reverse power
-POL{cond}<S|D|E>{P,M,Z} Fd, Fn, <Fm,#value> - polar angle (arctan2)
-
-LOG{cond}<S|D|E>{P,M,Z} Fd, <Fm,#value> - logarithm to base 10
-LGN{cond}<S|D|E>{P,M,Z} Fd, <Fm,#value> - logarithm to base e
-EXP{cond}<S|D|E>{P,M,Z} Fd, <Fm,#value> - exponent
-SIN{cond}<S|D|E>{P,M,Z} Fd, <Fm,#value> - sine
-COS{cond}<S|D|E>{P,M,Z} Fd, <Fm,#value> - cosine
-TAN{cond}<S|D|E>{P,M,Z} Fd, <Fm,#value> - tangent
-ASN{cond}<S|D|E>{P,M,Z} Fd, <Fm,#value> - arcsine
-ACS{cond}<S|D|E>{P,M,Z} Fd, <Fm,#value> - arccosine
-ATN{cond}<S|D|E>{P,M,Z} Fd, <Fm,#value> - arctangent
-
-These are not implemented. They are not currently issued by the compiler,
-and are handled by routines in libc. These are not implemented by the FPA11
-hardware, but are handled by the floating point support code. They should
-be implemented in future versions.
-
-Signalling:
-
-Signals are implemented. However current ELF kernels produced by Rebel.com
-have a bug in them that prevents the module from generating a SIGFPE. This
-is caused by a failure to alias fp_current to the kernel variable
-current_set[0] correctly.
-
-The kernel provided with this distribution (vmlinux-nwfpe-0.93) contains
-a fix for this problem and also incorporates the current version of the
-emulator directly. It is possible to run with no floating point module
-loaded with this kernel. It is provided as a demonstration of the
-technology and for those who want to do floating point work that depends
-on signals. It is not strictly necessary to use the module.
-
-A module (either the one provided by Russell King, or the one in this
-distribution) can be loaded to replace the functionality of the emulator
-built into the kernel.
+++ /dev/null
-Notes
-=====
-
-There seems to be a problem with exp(double) and our emulator. I haven't
-been able to track it down yet. This does not occur with the emulator
-supplied by Russell King.
-
-I also found one oddity in the emulator. I don't think it is serious but
-will point it out. The ARM calling conventions require floating point
-registers f4-f7 to be preserved over a function call. The compiler quite
-often uses an stfe instruction to save f4 on the stack upon entry to a
-function, and an ldfe instruction to restore it before returning.
-
-I was looking at some code, that calculated a double result, stored it in f4
-then made a function call. Upon return from the function call the number in
-f4 had been converted to an extended value in the emulator.
-
-This is a side effect of the stfe instruction. The double in f4 had to be
-converted to extended, then stored. If an lfm/sfm combination had been used,
-then no conversion would occur. This has performance considerations. The
-result from the function call and f4 were used in a multiplication. If the
-emulator sees a multiply of a double and extended, it promotes the double to
-extended, then does the multiply in extended precision.
-
-This code will cause this problem:
-
-double x, y, z;
-z = log(x)/log(y);
-
-The result of log(x) (a double) will be calculated, returned in f0, then
-moved to f4 to preserve it over the log(y) call. The division will be done
-in extended precision, due to the stfe instruction used to save f4 in log(y).
+++ /dev/null
-Introduction
-============
-
-This directory contains the version 0.92 test release of the NetWinder
-Floating Point Emulator.
-
-The majority of the code was written by me, Scott Bambrough It is
-written in C, with a small number of routines in inline assembler
-where required. It was written quickly, with a goal of implementing a
-working version of all the floating point instructions the compiler
-emits as the first target. I have attempted to be as optimal as
-possible, but there remains much room for improvement.
-
-I have attempted to make the emulator as portable as possible. One of
-the problems is with leading underscores on kernel symbols. Elf
-kernels have no leading underscores, a.out compiled kernels do. I
-have attempted to use the C_SYMBOL_NAME macro wherever this may be
-important.
-
-Another choice I made was in the file structure. I have attempted to
-contain all operating system specific code in one module (fpmodule.*).
-All the other files contain emulator specific code. This should allow
-others to port the emulator to NetBSD for instance relatively easily.
-
-The floating point operations are based on SoftFloat Release 2, by
-John Hauser. SoftFloat is a software implementation of floating-point
-that conforms to the IEC/IEEE Standard for Binary Floating-point
-Arithmetic. As many as four formats are supported: single precision,
-double precision, extended double precision, and quadruple precision.
-All operations required by the standard are implemented, except for
-conversions to and from decimal. We use only the single precision,
-double precision and extended double precision formats. The port of
-SoftFloat to the ARM was done by Phil Blundell, based on an earlier
-port of SoftFloat version 1 by Neil Carson for NetBSD/arm32.
-
-The file README.FPE contains a description of what has been implemented
-so far in the emulator. The file TODO contains a information on what
-remains to be done, and other ideas for the emulator.
-
-Bug reports, comments, suggestions should be directed to me at
-work correctly when your emulator is installed" are useful for
-determining that bugs still exist; but are virtually useless when
-attempting to isolate the problem. Please report them, but don't
-expect quick action. Bugs still exist. The problem remains in isolating
-which instruction contains the bug. Small programs illustrating a specific
-problem are a godsend.
-
-Legal Notices
--------------
-
-The NetWinder Floating Point Emulator is free software. Everything Rebel.com
-has written is provided under the GNU GPL. See the file COPYING for copying
-conditions. Excluded from the above is the SoftFloat code. John Hauser's
-legal notice for SoftFloat is included below.
-
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-SoftFloat Legal Notice
-
-SoftFloat was written by John R. Hauser. This work was made possible in
-part by the International Computer Science Institute, located at Suite 600,
-1947 Center Street, Berkeley, California 94704. Funding was partially
-provided by the National Science Foundation under grant MIP-9311980. The
-original version of this code was written as part of a project to build
-a fixed-point vector processor in collaboration with the University of
-California at Berkeley, overseen by Profs. Nelson Morgan and John Wawrzynek.
-
-THIS SOFTWARE IS DISTRIBUTED AS IS, FOR FREE. Although reasonable effort
-has been made to avoid it, THIS SOFTWARE MAY CONTAIN FAULTS THAT WILL AT
-TIMES RESULT IN INCORRECT BEHAVIOR. USE OF THIS SOFTWARE IS RESTRICTED TO
-PERSONS AND ORGANIZATIONS WHO CAN AND WILL TAKE FULL RESPONSIBILITY FOR ANY
-AND ALL LOSSES, COSTS, OR OTHER PROBLEMS ARISING FROM ITS USE.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+++ /dev/null
-TODO LIST
-=========
-
-::
-
- POW{cond}<S|D|E>{P,M,Z} Fd, Fn, <Fm,#value> - power
- RPW{cond}<S|D|E>{P,M,Z} Fd, Fn, <Fm,#value> - reverse power
- POL{cond}<S|D|E>{P,M,Z} Fd, Fn, <Fm,#value> - polar angle (arctan2)
-
- LOG{cond}<S|D|E>{P,M,Z} Fd, <Fm,#value> - logarithm to base 10
- LGN{cond}<S|D|E>{P,M,Z} Fd, <Fm,#value> - logarithm to base e
- EXP{cond}<S|D|E>{P,M,Z} Fd, <Fm,#value> - exponent
- SIN{cond}<S|D|E>{P,M,Z} Fd, <Fm,#value> - sine
- COS{cond}<S|D|E>{P,M,Z} Fd, <Fm,#value> - cosine
- TAN{cond}<S|D|E>{P,M,Z} Fd, <Fm,#value> - tangent
- ASN{cond}<S|D|E>{P,M,Z} Fd, <Fm,#value> - arcsine
- ACS{cond}<S|D|E>{P,M,Z} Fd, <Fm,#value> - arccosine
- ATN{cond}<S|D|E>{P,M,Z} Fd, <Fm,#value> - arctangent
-
-These are not implemented. They are not currently issued by the compiler,
-and are handled by routines in libc. These are not implemented by the FPA11
-hardware, but are handled by the floating point support code. They should
-be implemented in future versions.
-
-There are a couple of ways to approach the implementation of these. One
-method would be to use accurate table methods for these routines. I have
-a couple of papers by S. Gal from IBM's research labs in Haifa, Israel that
-seem to promise extreme accuracy (in the order of 99.8%) and reasonable speed.
-These methods are used in GLIBC for some of the transcendental functions.
-
-Another approach, which I know little about is CORDIC. This stands for
-Coordinate Rotation Digital Computer, and is a method of computing
-transcendental functions using mostly shifts and adds and a few
-multiplications and divisions. The ARM excels at shifts and adds,
-so such a method could be promising, but requires more research to
-determine if it is feasible.
-
-Rounding Methods
-----------------
-
-The IEEE standard defines 4 rounding modes. Round to nearest is the
-default, but rounding to + or - infinity or round to zero are also allowed.
-Many architectures allow the rounding mode to be specified by modifying bits
-in a control register. Not so with the ARM FPA11 architecture. To change
-the rounding mode one must specify it with each instruction.
-
-This has made porting some benchmarks difficult. It is possible to
-introduce such a capability into the emulator. The FPCR contains
-bits describing the rounding mode. The emulator could be altered to
-examine a flag, which if set forced it to ignore the rounding mode in
-the instruction, and use the mode specified in the bits in the FPCR.
-
-This would require a method of getting/setting the flag, and the bits
-in the FPCR. This requires a kernel call in ArmLinux, as WFC/RFC are
-supervisor only instructions. If anyone has any ideas or comments I
-would like to hear them.
-
-NOTE:
- pulled out from some docs on ARM floating point, specifically
- for the Acorn FPE, but not limited to it:
-
- The floating point control register (FPCR) may only be present in some
- implementations: it is there to control the hardware in an implementation-
- specific manner, for example to disable the floating point system. The user
- mode of the ARM is not permitted to use this register (since the right is
- reserved to alter it between implementations) and the WFC and RFC
- instructions will trap if tried in user mode.
-
- Hence, the answer is yes, you could do this, but then you will run a high
- risk of becoming isolated if and when hardware FP emulation comes out
-
- -- Russell.
+++ /dev/null
-=========================
-OMAP2/3 Display Subsystem
-=========================
-
-This is an almost total rewrite of the OMAP FB driver in drivers/video/omap
-(let's call it DSS1). The main differences between DSS1 and DSS2 are DSI,
-TV-out and multiple display support, but there are lots of small improvements
-also.
-
-The DSS2 driver (omapdss module) is in arch/arm/plat-omap/dss/, and the FB,
-panel and controller drivers are in drivers/video/omap2/. DSS1 and DSS2 live
-currently side by side, you can choose which one to use.
-
-Features
---------
-
-Working and tested features include:
-
-- MIPI DPI (parallel) output
-- MIPI DSI output in command mode
-- MIPI DBI (RFBI) output
-- SDI output
-- TV output
-- All pieces can be compiled as a module or inside kernel
-- Use DISPC to update any of the outputs
-- Use CPU to update RFBI or DSI output
-- OMAP DISPC planes
-- RGB16, RGB24 packed, RGB24 unpacked
-- YUV2, UYVY
-- Scaling
-- Adjusting DSS FCK to find a good pixel clock
-- Use DSI DPLL to create DSS FCK
-
-Tested boards include:
-- OMAP3 SDP board
-- Beagle board
-- N810
-
-omapdss driver
---------------
-
-The DSS driver does not itself have any support for Linux framebuffer, V4L or
-such like the current ones, but it has an internal kernel API that upper level
-drivers can use.
-
-The DSS driver models OMAP's overlays, overlay managers and displays in a
-flexible way to enable non-common multi-display configuration. In addition to
-modelling the hardware overlays, omapdss supports virtual overlays and overlay
-managers. These can be used when updating a display with CPU or system DMA.
-
-omapdss driver support for audio
---------------------------------
-There exist several display technologies and standards that support audio as
-well. Hence, it is relevant to update the DSS device driver to provide an audio
-interface that may be used by an audio driver or any other driver interested in
-the functionality.
-
-The audio_enable function is intended to prepare the relevant
-IP for playback (e.g., enabling an audio FIFO, taking in/out of reset
-some IP, enabling companion chips, etc). It is intended to be called before
-audio_start. The audio_disable function performs the reverse operation and is
-intended to be called after audio_stop.
-
-While a given DSS device driver may support audio, it is possible that for
-certain configurations audio is not supported (e.g., an HDMI display using a
-VESA video timing). The audio_supported function is intended to query whether
-the current configuration of the display supports audio.
-
-The audio_config function is intended to configure all the relevant audio
-parameters of the display. In order to make the function independent of any
-specific DSS device driver, a struct omap_dss_audio is defined. Its purpose
-is to contain all the required parameters for audio configuration. At the
-moment, such structure contains pointers to IEC-60958 channel status word
-and CEA-861 audio infoframe structures. This should be enough to support
-HDMI and DisplayPort, as both are based on CEA-861 and IEC-60958.
-
-The audio_enable/disable, audio_config and audio_supported functions could be
-implemented as functions that may sleep. Hence, they should not be called
-while holding a spinlock or a readlock.
-
-The audio_start/audio_stop function is intended to effectively start/stop audio
-playback after the configuration has taken place. These functions are designed
-to be used in an atomic context. Hence, audio_start should return quickly and be
-called only after all the needed resources for audio playback (audio FIFOs,
-DMA channels, companion chips, etc) have been enabled to begin data transfers.
-audio_stop is designed to only stop the audio transfers. The resources used
-for playback are released using audio_disable.
-
-The enum omap_dss_audio_state may be used to help the implementations of
-the interface to keep track of the audio state. The initial state is _DISABLED;
-then, the state transitions to _CONFIGURED, and then, when it is ready to
-play audio, to _ENABLED. The state _PLAYING is used when the audio is being
-rendered.
-
-
-Panel and controller drivers
-----------------------------
-
-The drivers implement panel or controller specific functionality and are not
-usually visible to users except through omapfb driver. They register
-themselves to the DSS driver.
-
-omapfb driver
--------------
-
-The omapfb driver implements arbitrary number of standard linux framebuffers.
-These framebuffers can be routed flexibly to any overlays, thus allowing very
-dynamic display architecture.
-
-The driver exports some omapfb specific ioctls, which are compatible with the
-ioctls in the old driver.
-
-The rest of the non standard features are exported via sysfs. Whether the final
-implementation will use sysfs, or ioctls, is still open.
-
-V4L2 drivers
-------------
-
-V4L2 is being implemented in TI.
-
-From omapdss point of view the V4L2 drivers should be similar to framebuffer
-driver.
-
-Architecture
---------------------
-
-Some clarification what the different components do:
-
- - Framebuffer is a memory area inside OMAP's SRAM/SDRAM that contains the
- pixel data for the image. Framebuffer has width and height and color
- depth.
- - Overlay defines where the pixels are read from and where they go on the
- screen. The overlay may be smaller than framebuffer, thus displaying only
- part of the framebuffer. The position of the overlay may be changed if
- the overlay is smaller than the display.
- - Overlay manager combines the overlays in to one image and feeds them to
- display.
- - Display is the actual physical display device.
-
-A framebuffer can be connected to multiple overlays to show the same pixel data
-on all of the overlays. Note that in this case the overlay input sizes must be
-the same, but, in case of video overlays, the output size can be different. Any
-framebuffer can be connected to any overlay.
-
-An overlay can be connected to one overlay manager. Also DISPC overlays can be
-connected only to DISPC overlay managers, and virtual overlays can be only
-connected to virtual overlays.
-
-An overlay manager can be connected to one display. There are certain
-restrictions which kinds of displays an overlay manager can be connected:
-
- - DISPC TV overlay manager can be only connected to TV display.
- - Virtual overlay managers can only be connected to DBI or DSI displays.
- - DISPC LCD overlay manager can be connected to all displays, except TV
- display.
-
-Sysfs
------
-The sysfs interface is mainly used for testing. I don't think sysfs
-interface is the best for this in the final version, but I don't quite know
-what would be the best interfaces for these things.
-
-The sysfs interface is divided to two parts: DSS and FB.
-
-/sys/class/graphics/fb? directory:
-mirror 0=off, 1=on
-rotate Rotation 0-3 for 0, 90, 180, 270 degrees
-rotate_type 0 = DMA rotation, 1 = VRFB rotation
-overlays List of overlay numbers to which framebuffer pixels go
-phys_addr Physical address of the framebuffer
-virt_addr Virtual address of the framebuffer
-size Size of the framebuffer
-
-/sys/devices/platform/omapdss/overlay? directory:
-enabled 0=off, 1=on
-input_size width,height (ie. the framebuffer size)
-manager Destination overlay manager name
-name
-output_size width,height
-position x,y
-screen_width width
-global_alpha global alpha 0-255 0=transparent 255=opaque
-
-/sys/devices/platform/omapdss/manager? directory:
-display Destination display
-name
-alpha_blending_enabled 0=off, 1=on
-trans_key_enabled 0=off, 1=on
-trans_key_type gfx-destination, video-source
-trans_key_value transparency color key (RGB24)
-default_color default background color (RGB24)
-
-/sys/devices/platform/omapdss/display? directory:
-
-=============== =============================================================
-ctrl_name Controller name
-mirror 0=off, 1=on
-update_mode 0=off, 1=auto, 2=manual
-enabled 0=off, 1=on
-name
-rotate Rotation 0-3 for 0, 90, 180, 270 degrees
-timings Display timings (pixclock,xres/hfp/hbp/hsw,yres/vfp/vbp/vsw)
- When writing, two special timings are accepted for tv-out:
- "pal" and "ntsc"
-panel_name
-tear_elim Tearing elimination 0=off, 1=on
-output_type Output type (video encoder only): "composite" or "svideo"
-=============== =============================================================
-
-There are also some debugfs files at <debugfs>/omapdss/ which show information
-about clocks and registers.
-
-Examples
---------
-
-The following definitions have been made for the examples below::
-
- ovl0=/sys/devices/platform/omapdss/overlay0
- ovl1=/sys/devices/platform/omapdss/overlay1
- ovl2=/sys/devices/platform/omapdss/overlay2
-
- mgr0=/sys/devices/platform/omapdss/manager0
- mgr1=/sys/devices/platform/omapdss/manager1
-
- lcd=/sys/devices/platform/omapdss/display0
- dvi=/sys/devices/platform/omapdss/display1
- tv=/sys/devices/platform/omapdss/display2
-
- fb0=/sys/class/graphics/fb0
- fb1=/sys/class/graphics/fb1
- fb2=/sys/class/graphics/fb2
-
-Default setup on OMAP3 SDP
---------------------------
-
-Here's the default setup on OMAP3 SDP board. All planes go to LCD. DVI
-and TV-out are not in use. The columns from left to right are:
-framebuffers, overlays, overlay managers, displays. Framebuffers are
-handled by omapfb, and the rest by the DSS::
-
- FB0 --- GFX -\ DVI
- FB1 --- VID1 --+- LCD ---- LCD
- FB2 --- VID2 -/ TV ----- TV
-
-Example: Switch from LCD to DVI
--------------------------------
-
-::
-
- w=`cat $dvi/timings | cut -d "," -f 2 | cut -d "/" -f 1`
- h=`cat $dvi/timings | cut -d "," -f 3 | cut -d "/" -f 1`
-
- echo "0" > $lcd/enabled
- echo "" > $mgr0/display
- fbset -fb /dev/fb0 -xres $w -yres $h -vxres $w -vyres $h
- # at this point you have to switch the dvi/lcd dip-switch from the omap board
- echo "dvi" > $mgr0/display
- echo "1" > $dvi/enabled
-
-After this the configuration looks like:::
-
- FB0 --- GFX -\ -- DVI
- FB1 --- VID1 --+- LCD -/ LCD
- FB2 --- VID2 -/ TV ----- TV
-
-Example: Clone GFX overlay to LCD and TV
-----------------------------------------
-
-::
-
- w=`cat $tv/timings | cut -d "," -f 2 | cut -d "/" -f 1`
- h=`cat $tv/timings | cut -d "," -f 3 | cut -d "/" -f 1`
-
- echo "0" > $ovl0/enabled
- echo "0" > $ovl1/enabled
-
- echo "" > $fb1/overlays
- echo "0,1" > $fb0/overlays
-
- echo "$w,$h" > $ovl1/output_size
- echo "tv" > $ovl1/manager
-
- echo "1" > $ovl0/enabled
- echo "1" > $ovl1/enabled
-
- echo "1" > $tv/enabled
-
-After this the configuration looks like (only relevant parts shown)::
-
- FB0 +-- GFX ---- LCD ---- LCD
- \- VID1 ---- TV ---- TV
-
-Misc notes
-----------
-
-OMAP FB allocates the framebuffer memory using the standard dma allocator. You
-can enable Contiguous Memory Allocator (CONFIG_CMA) to improve the dma
-allocator, and if CMA is enabled, you use "cma=" kernel parameter to increase
-the global memory area for CMA.
-
-Using DSI DPLL to generate pixel clock it is possible produce the pixel clock
-of 86.5MHz (max possible), and with that you get 1280x1024@57 output from DVI.
-
-Rotation and mirroring currently only supports RGB565 and RGB8888 modes. VRFB
-does not support mirroring.
-
-VRFB rotation requires much more memory than non-rotated framebuffer, so you
-probably need to increase your vram setting before using VRFB rotation. Also,
-many applications may not work with VRFB if they do not pay attention to all
-framebuffer parameters.
-
-Kernel boot arguments
----------------------
-
-omapfb.mode=<display>:<mode>[,...]
- - Default video mode for specified displays. For example,
- "dvi:800x400MR-24@60". See drivers/video/modedb.c.
- There are also two special modes: "pal" and "ntsc" that
- can be used to tv out.
-
-omapfb.vram=<fbnum>:<size>[@<physaddr>][,...]
- - VRAM allocated for a framebuffer. Normally omapfb allocates vram
- depending on the display size. With this you can manually allocate
- more or define the physical address of each framebuffer. For example,
- "1:4M" to allocate 4M for fb1.
-
-omapfb.debug=<y|n>
- - Enable debug printing. You have to have OMAPFB debug support enabled
- in kernel config.
-
-omapfb.test=<y|n>
- - Draw test pattern to framebuffer whenever framebuffer settings change.
- You need to have OMAPFB debug support enabled in kernel config.
-
-omapfb.vrfb=<y|n>
- - Use VRFB rotation for all framebuffers.
-
-omapfb.rotate=<angle>
- - Default rotation applied to all framebuffers.
- 0 - 0 degree rotation
- 1 - 90 degree rotation
- 2 - 180 degree rotation
- 3 - 270 degree rotation
-
-omapfb.mirror=<y|n>
- - Default mirror for all framebuffers. Only works with DMA rotation.
-
-omapdss.def_disp=<display>
- - Name of default display, to which all overlays will be connected.
- Common examples are "lcd" or "tv".
-
-omapdss.debug=<y|n>
- - Enable debug printing. You have to have DSS debug support enabled in
- kernel config.
-
-TODO
-----
-
-DSS locking
-
-Error checking
-
-- Lots of checks are missing or implemented just as BUG()
-
-System DMA update for DSI
-
-- Can be used for RGB16 and RGB24P modes. Probably not for RGB24U (how
- to skip the empty byte?)
-
-OMAP1 support
-
-- Not sure if needed
+++ /dev/null
-.. SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0
-
-=======
-TI OMAP
-=======
-
-.. toctree::
- :maxdepth: 1
-
- omap
- omap_pm
- dss
+++ /dev/null
-============
-OMAP history
-============
-
-This file contains documentation for running mainline
-kernel on omaps.
-
-====== ======================================================
-KERNEL NEW DEPENDENCIES
-====== ======================================================
-v4.3+ Update is needed for custom .config files to make sure
- CONFIG_REGULATOR_PBIAS is enabled for MMC1 to work
- properly.
-
-v4.18+ Update is needed for custom .config files to make sure
- CONFIG_MMC_SDHCI_OMAP is enabled for all MMC instances
- to work in DRA7 and K2G based boards.
-====== ======================================================
+++ /dev/null
-=====================
-The OMAP PM interface
-=====================
-
-This document describes the temporary OMAP PM interface. Driver
-authors use these functions to communicate minimum latency or
-throughput constraints to the kernel power management code.
-Over time, the intention is to merge features from the OMAP PM
-interface into the Linux PM QoS code.
-
-Drivers need to express PM parameters which:
-
-- support the range of power management parameters present in the TI SRF;
-
-- separate the drivers from the underlying PM parameter
- implementation, whether it is the TI SRF or Linux PM QoS or Linux
- latency framework or something else;
-
-- specify PM parameters in terms of fundamental units, such as
- latency and throughput, rather than units which are specific to OMAP
- or to particular OMAP variants;
-
-- allow drivers which are shared with other architectures (e.g.,
- DaVinci) to add these constraints in a way which won't affect non-OMAP
- systems,
-
-- can be implemented immediately with minimal disruption of other
- architectures.
-
-
-This document proposes the OMAP PM interface, including the following
-five power management functions for driver code:
-
-1. Set the maximum MPU wakeup latency::
-
- (*pdata->set_max_mpu_wakeup_lat)(struct device *dev, unsigned long t)
-
-2. Set the maximum device wakeup latency::
-
- (*pdata->set_max_dev_wakeup_lat)(struct device *dev, unsigned long t)
-
-3. Set the maximum system DMA transfer start latency (CORE pwrdm)::
-
- (*pdata->set_max_sdma_lat)(struct device *dev, long t)
-
-4. Set the minimum bus throughput needed by a device::
-
- (*pdata->set_min_bus_tput)(struct device *dev, u8 agent_id, unsigned long r)
-
-5. Return the number of times the device has lost context::
-
- (*pdata->get_dev_context_loss_count)(struct device *dev)
-
-
-Further documentation for all OMAP PM interface functions can be
-found in arch/arm/plat-omap/include/mach/omap-pm.h.
-
-
-The OMAP PM layer is intended to be temporary
----------------------------------------------
-
-The intention is that eventually the Linux PM QoS layer should support
-the range of power management features present in OMAP3. As this
-happens, existing drivers using the OMAP PM interface can be modified
-to use the Linux PM QoS code; and the OMAP PM interface can disappear.
-
-
-Driver usage of the OMAP PM functions
--------------------------------------
-
-As the 'pdata' in the above examples indicates, these functions are
-exposed to drivers through function pointers in driver .platform_data
-structures. The function pointers are initialized by the `board-*.c`
-files to point to the corresponding OMAP PM functions:
-
-- set_max_dev_wakeup_lat will point to
- omap_pm_set_max_dev_wakeup_lat(), etc. Other architectures which do
- not support these functions should leave these function pointers set
- to NULL. Drivers should use the following idiom::
-
- if (pdata->set_max_dev_wakeup_lat)
- (*pdata->set_max_dev_wakeup_lat)(dev, t);
-
-The most common usage of these functions will probably be to specify
-the maximum time from when an interrupt occurs, to when the device
-becomes accessible. To accomplish this, driver writers should use the
-set_max_mpu_wakeup_lat() function to constrain the MPU wakeup
-latency, and the set_max_dev_wakeup_lat() function to constrain the
-device wakeup latency (from clk_enable() to accessibility). For
-example::
-
- /* Limit MPU wakeup latency */
- if (pdata->set_max_mpu_wakeup_lat)
- (*pdata->set_max_mpu_wakeup_lat)(dev, tc);
-
- /* Limit device powerdomain wakeup latency */
- if (pdata->set_max_dev_wakeup_lat)
- (*pdata->set_max_dev_wakeup_lat)(dev, td);
-
- /* total wakeup latency in this example: (tc + td) */
-
-The PM parameters can be overwritten by calling the function again
-with the new value. The settings can be removed by calling the
-function with a t argument of -1 (except in the case of
-set_max_bus_tput(), which should be called with an r argument of 0).
-
-The fifth function above, omap_pm_get_dev_context_loss_count(),
-is intended as an optimization to allow drivers to determine whether the
-device has lost its internal context. If context has been lost, the
-driver must restore its internal context before proceeding.
-
-
-Other specialized interface functions
--------------------------------------
-
-The five functions listed above are intended to be usable by any
-device driver. DSPBridge and CPUFreq have a few special requirements.
-DSPBridge expresses target DSP performance levels in terms of OPP IDs.
-CPUFreq expresses target MPU performance levels in terms of MPU
-frequency. The OMAP PM interface contains functions for these
-specialized cases to convert that input information (OPPs/MPU
-frequency) into the form that the underlying power management
-implementation needs:
-
-6. `(*pdata->dsp_get_opp_table)(void)`
-
-7. `(*pdata->dsp_set_min_opp)(u8 opp_id)`
-
-8. `(*pdata->dsp_get_opp)(void)`
-
-9. `(*pdata->cpu_get_freq_table)(void)`
-
-10. `(*pdata->cpu_set_freq)(unsigned long f)`
-
-11. `(*pdata->cpu_get_freq)(void)`
-
-Customizing OPP for platform
-============================
-Defining CONFIG_PM should enable OPP layer for the silicon
-and the registration of OPP table should take place automatically.
-However, in special cases, the default OPP table may need to be
-tweaked, for e.g.:
-
- * enable default OPPs which are disabled by default, but which
- could be enabled on a platform
- * Disable an unsupported OPP on the platform
- * Define and add a custom opp table entry
- in these cases, the board file needs to do additional steps as follows:
-
-arch/arm/mach-omapx/board-xyz.c::
-
- #include "pm.h"
- ....
- static void __init omap_xyz_init_irq(void)
- {
- ....
- /* Initialize the default table */
- omapx_opp_init();
- /* Do customization to the defaults */
- ....
- }
-
-NOTE:
- omapx_opp_init will be omap3_opp_init or as required
- based on the omap family.
+++ /dev/null
-=======
-Porting
-=======
-
-Taken from list archive at http://lists.arm.linux.org.uk/pipermail/linux-arm-kernel/2001-July/004064.html
-
-Initial definitions
--------------------
-
-The following symbol definitions rely on you knowing the translation that
-__virt_to_phys() does for your machine. This macro converts the passed
-virtual address to a physical address. Normally, it is simply:
-
- phys = virt - PAGE_OFFSET + PHYS_OFFSET
-
-
-Decompressor Symbols
---------------------
-
-ZTEXTADDR
- Start address of decompressor. There's no point in talking about
- virtual or physical addresses here, since the MMU will be off at
- the time when you call the decompressor code. You normally call
- the kernel at this address to start it booting. This doesn't have
- to be located in RAM, it can be in flash or other read-only or
- read-write addressable medium.
-
-ZBSSADDR
- Start address of zero-initialised work area for the decompressor.
- This must be pointing at RAM. The decompressor will zero initialise
- this for you. Again, the MMU will be off.
-
-ZRELADDR
- This is the address where the decompressed kernel will be written,
- and eventually executed. The following constraint must be valid:
-
- __virt_to_phys(TEXTADDR) == ZRELADDR
-
- The initial part of the kernel is carefully coded to be position
- independent.
-
-INITRD_PHYS
- Physical address to place the initial RAM disk. Only relevant if
- you are using the bootpImage stuff (which only works on the old
- struct param_struct).
-
-INITRD_VIRT
- Virtual address of the initial RAM disk. The following constraint
- must be valid:
-
- __virt_to_phys(INITRD_VIRT) == INITRD_PHYS
-
-PARAMS_PHYS
- Physical address of the struct param_struct or tag list, giving the
- kernel various parameters about its execution environment.
-
-
-Kernel Symbols
---------------
-
-PHYS_OFFSET
- Physical start address of the first bank of RAM.
-
-PAGE_OFFSET
- Virtual start address of the first bank of RAM. During the kernel
- boot phase, virtual address PAGE_OFFSET will be mapped to physical
- address PHYS_OFFSET, along with any other mappings you supply.
- This should be the same value as TASK_SIZE.
-
-TASK_SIZE
- The maximum size of a user process in bytes. Since user space
- always starts at zero, this is the maximum address that a user
- process can access+1. The user space stack grows down from this
- address.
-
- Any virtual address below TASK_SIZE is deemed to be user process
- area, and therefore managed dynamically on a process by process
- basis by the kernel. I'll call this the user segment.
-
- Anything above TASK_SIZE is common to all processes. I'll call
- this the kernel segment.
-
- (In other words, you can't put IO mappings below TASK_SIZE, and
- hence PAGE_OFFSET).
-
-TEXTADDR
- Virtual start address of kernel, normally PAGE_OFFSET + 0x8000.
- This is where the kernel image ends up. With the latest kernels,
- it must be located at 32768 bytes into a 128MB region. Previous
- kernels placed a restriction of 256MB here.
-
-DATAADDR
- Virtual address for the kernel data segment. Must not be defined
- when using the decompressor.
-
-VMALLOC_START / VMALLOC_END
- Virtual addresses bounding the vmalloc() area. There must not be
- any static mappings in this area; vmalloc will overwrite them.
- The addresses must also be in the kernel segment (see above).
- Normally, the vmalloc() area starts VMALLOC_OFFSET bytes above the
- last virtual RAM address (found using variable high_memory).
-
-VMALLOC_OFFSET
- Offset normally incorporated into VMALLOC_START to provide a hole
- between virtual RAM and the vmalloc area. We do this to allow
- out of bounds memory accesses (eg, something writing off the end
- of the mapped memory map) to be caught. Normally set to 8MB.
-
-Architecture Specific Macros
-----------------------------
-
-BOOT_MEM(pram,pio,vio)
- `pram` specifies the physical start address of RAM. Must always
- be present, and should be the same as PHYS_OFFSET.
-
- `pio` is the physical address of an 8MB region containing IO for
- use with the debugging macros in arch/arm/kernel/debug-armv.S.
-
- `vio` is the virtual address of the 8MB debugging region.
-
- It is expected that the debugging region will be re-initialised
- by the architecture specific code later in the code (via the
- MAPIO function).
-
-BOOT_PARAMS
- Same as, and see PARAMS_PHYS.
-
-FIXUP(func)
- Machine specific fixups, run before memory subsystems have been
- initialised.
-
-MAPIO(func)
- Machine specific function to map IO areas (including the debug
- region above).
-
-INITIRQ(func)
- Machine specific function to initialise interrupts.
+++ /dev/null
-==============================================
-MFP Configuration for PXA2xx/PXA3xx Processors
-==============================================
-
-
-MFP stands for Multi-Function Pin, which is the pin-mux logic on PXA3xx and
-later PXA series processors. This document describes the existing MFP API,
-and how board/platform driver authors could make use of it.
-
-Basic Concept
-=============
-
-Unlike the GPIO alternate function settings on PXA25x and PXA27x, a new MFP
-mechanism is introduced from PXA3xx to completely move the pin-mux functions
-out of the GPIO controller. In addition to pin-mux configurations, the MFP
-also controls the low power state, driving strength, pull-up/down and event
-detection of each pin. Below is a diagram of internal connections between
-the MFP logic and the remaining SoC peripherals::
-
- +--------+
- | |--(GPIO19)--+
- | GPIO | |
- | |--(GPIO...) |
- +--------+ |
- | +---------+
- +--------+ +------>| |
- | PWM2 |--(PWM_OUT)-------->| MFP |
- +--------+ +------>| |-------> to external PAD
- | +---->| |
- +--------+ | | +-->| |
- | SSP2 |---(TXD)----+ | | +---------+
- +--------+ | |
- | |
- +--------+ | |
- | Keypad |--(MKOUT4)----+ |
- +--------+ |
- |
- +--------+ |
- | UART2 |---(TXD)--------+
- +--------+
-
-NOTE: the external pad is named as MFP_PIN_GPIO19, it doesn't necessarily
-mean it's dedicated for GPIO19, only as a hint that internally this pin
-can be routed from GPIO19 of the GPIO controller.
-
-To better understand the change from PXA25x/PXA27x GPIO alternate function
-to this new MFP mechanism, here are several key points:
-
- 1. GPIO controller on PXA3xx is now a dedicated controller, same as other
- internal controllers like PWM, SSP and UART, with 128 internal signals
- which can be routed to external through one or more MFPs (e.g. GPIO<0>
- can be routed through either MFP_PIN_GPIO0 as well as MFP_PIN_GPIO0_2,
- see arch/arm/mach-pxa/mfp-pxa300.h)
-
- 2. Alternate function configuration is removed from this GPIO controller,
- the remaining functions are pure GPIO-specific, i.e.
-
- - GPIO signal level control
- - GPIO direction control
- - GPIO level change detection
-
- 3. Low power state for each pin is now controlled by MFP, this means the
- PGSRx registers on PXA2xx are now useless on PXA3xx
-
- 4. Wakeup detection is now controlled by MFP, PWER does not control the
- wakeup from GPIO(s) any more, depending on the sleeping state, ADxER
- (as defined in pxa3xx-regs.h) controls the wakeup from MFP
-
-NOTE: with such a clear separation of MFP and GPIO, by GPIO<xx> we normally
-mean it is a GPIO signal, and by MFP<xxx> or pin xxx, we mean a physical
-pad (or ball).
-
-MFP API Usage
-=============
-
-For board code writers, here are some guidelines:
-
-1. include ONE of the following header files in your <board>.c:
-
- - #include "mfp-pxa25x.h"
- - #include "mfp-pxa27x.h"
- - #include "mfp-pxa300.h"
- - #include "mfp-pxa320.h"
- - #include "mfp-pxa930.h"
-
- NOTE: only one file in your <board>.c, depending on the processors used,
- because pin configuration definitions may conflict in these file (i.e.
- same name, different meaning and settings on different processors). E.g.
- for zylonite platform, which support both PXA300/PXA310 and PXA320, two
- separate files are introduced: zylonite_pxa300.c and zylonite_pxa320.c
- (in addition to handle MFP configuration differences, they also handle
- the other differences between the two combinations).
-
- NOTE: PXA300 and PXA310 are almost identical in pin configurations (with
- PXA310 supporting some additional ones), thus the difference is actually
- covered in a single mfp-pxa300.h.
-
-2. prepare an array for the initial pin configurations, e.g.::
-
- static unsigned long mainstone_pin_config[] __initdata = {
- /* Chip Select */
- GPIO15_nCS_1,
-
- /* LCD - 16bpp Active TFT */
- GPIOxx_TFT_LCD_16BPP,
- GPIO16_PWM0_OUT, /* Backlight */
-
- /* MMC */
- GPIO32_MMC_CLK,
- GPIO112_MMC_CMD,
- GPIO92_MMC_DAT_0,
- GPIO109_MMC_DAT_1,
- GPIO110_MMC_DAT_2,
- GPIO111_MMC_DAT_3,
-
- ...
-
- /* GPIO */
- GPIO1_GPIO | WAKEUP_ON_EDGE_BOTH,
- };
-
- a) once the pin configurations are passed to pxa{2xx,3xx}_mfp_config(),
- and written to the actual registers, they are useless and may discard,
- adding '__initdata' will help save some additional bytes here.
-
- b) when there is only one possible pin configurations for a component,
- some simplified definitions can be used, e.g. GPIOxx_TFT_LCD_16BPP on
- PXA25x and PXA27x processors
-
- c) if by board design, a pin can be configured to wake up the system
- from low power state, it can be 'OR'ed with any of:
-
- WAKEUP_ON_EDGE_BOTH
- WAKEUP_ON_EDGE_RISE
- WAKEUP_ON_EDGE_FALL
- WAKEUP_ON_LEVEL_HIGH - specifically for enabling of keypad GPIOs,
-
- to indicate that this pin has the capability of wake-up the system,
- and on which edge(s). This, however, doesn't necessarily mean the
- pin _will_ wakeup the system, it will only when set_irq_wake() is
- invoked with the corresponding GPIO IRQ (GPIO_IRQ(xx) or gpio_to_irq())
- and eventually calls gpio_set_wake() for the actual register setting.
-
- d) although PXA3xx MFP supports edge detection on each pin, the
- internal logic will only wakeup the system when those specific bits
- in ADxER registers are set, which can be well mapped to the
- corresponding peripheral, thus set_irq_wake() can be called with
- the peripheral IRQ to enable the wakeup.
-
-
-MFP on PXA3xx
-=============
-
-Every external I/O pad on PXA3xx (excluding those for special purpose) has
-one MFP logic associated, and is controlled by one MFP register (MFPR).
-
-The MFPR has the following bit definitions (for PXA300/PXA310/PXA320)::
-
- 31 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
- +-------------------------+--+--+--+--+--+--+--+--+--+--+--+--+--+--+--+--+
- | RESERVED |PS|PU|PD| DRIVE |SS|SD|SO|EC|EF|ER|--| AF_SEL |
- +-------------------------+--+--+--+--+--+--+--+--+--+--+--+--+--+--+--+--+
-
- Bit 3: RESERVED
- Bit 4: EDGE_RISE_EN - enable detection of rising edge on this pin
- Bit 5: EDGE_FALL_EN - enable detection of falling edge on this pin
- Bit 6: EDGE_CLEAR - disable edge detection on this pin
- Bit 7: SLEEP_OE_N - enable outputs during low power modes
- Bit 8: SLEEP_DATA - output data on the pin during low power modes
- Bit 9: SLEEP_SEL - selection control for low power modes signals
- Bit 13: PULLDOWN_EN - enable the internal pull-down resistor on this pin
- Bit 14: PULLUP_EN - enable the internal pull-up resistor on this pin
- Bit 15: PULL_SEL - pull state controlled by selected alternate function
- (0) or by PULL{UP,DOWN}_EN bits (1)
-
- Bit 0 - 2: AF_SEL - alternate function selection, 8 possibilities, from 0-7
- Bit 10-12: DRIVE - drive strength and slew rate
- 0b000 - fast 1mA
- 0b001 - fast 2mA
- 0b002 - fast 3mA
- 0b003 - fast 4mA
- 0b004 - slow 6mA
- 0b005 - fast 6mA
- 0b006 - slow 10mA
- 0b007 - fast 10mA
-
-MFP Design for PXA2xx/PXA3xx
-============================
-
-Due to the difference of pin-mux handling between PXA2xx and PXA3xx, a unified
-MFP API is introduced to cover both series of processors.
-
-The basic idea of this design is to introduce definitions for all possible pin
-configurations, these definitions are processor and platform independent, and
-the actual API invoked to convert these definitions into register settings and
-make them effective there-after.
-
-Files Involved
---------------
-
- - arch/arm/mach-pxa/include/mach/mfp.h
-
- for
- 1. Unified pin definitions - enum constants for all configurable pins
- 2. processor-neutral bit definitions for a possible MFP configuration
-
- - arch/arm/mach-pxa/mfp-pxa3xx.h
-
- for PXA3xx specific MFPR register bit definitions and PXA3xx common pin
- configurations
-
- - arch/arm/mach-pxa/mfp-pxa2xx.h
-
- for PXA2xx specific definitions and PXA25x/PXA27x common pin configurations
-
- - arch/arm/mach-pxa/mfp-pxa25x.h
- arch/arm/mach-pxa/mfp-pxa27x.h
- arch/arm/mach-pxa/mfp-pxa300.h
- arch/arm/mach-pxa/mfp-pxa320.h
- arch/arm/mach-pxa/mfp-pxa930.h
-
- for processor specific definitions
-
- - arch/arm/mach-pxa/mfp-pxa3xx.c
- - arch/arm/mach-pxa/mfp-pxa2xx.c
-
- for implementation of the pin configuration to take effect for the actual
- processor.
-
-Pin Configuration
------------------
-
- The following comments are copied from mfp.h (see the actual source code
- for most updated info)::
-
- /*
- * a possible MFP configuration is represented by a 32-bit integer
- *
- * bit 0.. 9 - MFP Pin Number (1024 Pins Maximum)
- * bit 10..12 - Alternate Function Selection
- * bit 13..15 - Drive Strength
- * bit 16..18 - Low Power Mode State
- * bit 19..20 - Low Power Mode Edge Detection
- * bit 21..22 - Run Mode Pull State
- *
- * to facilitate the definition, the following macros are provided
- *
- * MFP_CFG_DEFAULT - default MFP configuration value, with
- * alternate function = 0,
- * drive strength = fast 3mA (MFP_DS03X)
- * low power mode = default
- * edge detection = none
- *
- * MFP_CFG - default MFPR value with alternate function
- * MFP_CFG_DRV - default MFPR value with alternate function and
- * pin drive strength
- * MFP_CFG_LPM - default MFPR value with alternate function and
- * low power mode
- * MFP_CFG_X - default MFPR value with alternate function,
- * pin drive strength and low power mode
- */
-
- Examples of pin configurations are::
-
- #define GPIO94_SSP3_RXD MFP_CFG_X(GPIO94, AF1, DS08X, FLOAT)
-
- which reads GPIO94 can be configured as SSP3_RXD, with alternate function
- selection of 1, driving strength of 0b101, and a float state in low power
- modes.
-
- NOTE: this is the default setting of this pin being configured as SSP3_RXD
- which can be modified a bit in board code, though it is not recommended to
- do so, simply because this default setting is usually carefully encoded,
- and is supposed to work in most cases.
-
-Register Settings
------------------
-
- Register settings on PXA3xx for a pin configuration is actually very
- straight-forward, most bits can be converted directly into MFPR value
- in a easier way. Two sets of MFPR values are calculated: the run-time
- ones and the low power mode ones, to allow different settings.
-
- The conversion from a generic pin configuration to the actual register
- settings on PXA2xx is a bit complicated: many registers are involved,
- including GAFRx, GPDRx, PGSRx, PWER, PKWR, PFER and PRER. Please see
- mfp-pxa2xx.c for how the conversion is made.
+++ /dev/null
-============================================
-The Intel Assabet (SA-1110 evaluation) board
-============================================
-
-Please see:
-http://developer.intel.com
-
-http://www.cs.cmu.edu/~wearable/software/assabet.html
-
-
-Building the kernel
--------------------
-
-To build the kernel with current defaults::
-
- make assabet_defconfig
- make oldconfig
- make zImage
-
-The resulting kernel image should be available in linux/arch/arm/boot/zImage.
-
-
-Installing a bootloader
------------------------
-
-A couple of bootloaders able to boot Linux on Assabet are available:
-
-BLOB (http://www.lartmaker.nl/lartware/blob/)
-
- BLOB is a bootloader used within the LART project. Some contributed
- patches were merged into BLOB to add support for Assabet.
-
-Compaq's Bootldr + John Dorsey's patch for Assabet support
-(http://www.handhelds.org/Compaq/bootldr.html)
-(http://www.wearablegroup.org/software/bootldr/)
-
- Bootldr is the bootloader developed by Compaq for the iPAQ Pocket PC.
- John Dorsey has produced add-on patches to add support for Assabet and
- the JFFS filesystem.
-
-RedBoot (http://sources.redhat.com/redboot/)
-
- RedBoot is a bootloader developed by Red Hat based on the eCos RTOS
- hardware abstraction layer. It supports Assabet amongst many other
- hardware platforms.
-
-RedBoot is currently the recommended choice since it's the only one to have
-networking support, and is the most actively maintained.
-
-Brief examples on how to boot Linux with RedBoot are shown below. But first
-you need to have RedBoot installed in your flash memory. A known to work
-precompiled RedBoot binary is available from the following location:
-
-- ftp://ftp.netwinder.org/users/n/nico/
-- ftp://ftp.arm.linux.org.uk/pub/linux/arm/people/nico/
-- ftp://ftp.handhelds.org/pub/linux/arm/sa-1100-patches/
-
-Look for redboot-assabet*.tgz. Some installation infos are provided in
-redboot-assabet*.txt.
-
-
-Initial RedBoot configuration
------------------------------
-
-The commands used here are explained in The RedBoot User's Guide available
-on-line at http://sources.redhat.com/ecos/docs.html.
-Please refer to it for explanations.
-
-If you have a CF network card (my Assabet kit contained a CF+ LP-E from
-Socket Communications Inc.), you should strongly consider using it for TFTP
-file transfers. You must insert it before RedBoot runs since it can't detect
-it dynamically.
-
-To initialize the flash directory::
-
- fis init -f
-
-To initialize the non-volatile settings, like whether you want to use BOOTP or
-a static IP address, etc, use this command::
-
- fconfig -i
-
-
-Writing a kernel image into flash
----------------------------------
-
-First, the kernel image must be loaded into RAM. If you have the zImage file
-available on a TFTP server::
-
- load zImage -r -b 0x100000
-
-If you rather want to use Y-Modem upload over the serial port::
-
- load -m ymodem -r -b 0x100000
-
-To write it to flash::
-
- fis create "Linux kernel" -b 0x100000 -l 0xc0000
-
-
-Booting the kernel
-------------------
-
-The kernel still requires a filesystem to boot. A ramdisk image can be loaded
-as follows::
-
- load ramdisk_image.gz -r -b 0x800000
-
-Again, Y-Modem upload can be used instead of TFTP by replacing the file name
-by '-y ymodem'.
-
-Now the kernel can be retrieved from flash like this::
-
- fis load "Linux kernel"
-
-or loaded as described previously. To boot the kernel::
-
- exec -b 0x100000 -l 0xc0000
-
-The ramdisk image could be stored into flash as well, but there are better
-solutions for on-flash filesystems as mentioned below.
-
-
-Using JFFS2
------------
-
-Using JFFS2 (the Second Journalling Flash File System) is probably the most
-convenient way to store a writable filesystem into flash. JFFS2 is used in
-conjunction with the MTD layer which is responsible for low-level flash
-management. More information on the Linux MTD can be found on-line at:
-http://www.linux-mtd.infradead.org/. A JFFS howto with some infos about
-creating JFFS/JFFS2 images is available from the same site.
-
-For instance, a sample JFFS2 image can be retrieved from the same FTP sites
-mentioned below for the precompiled RedBoot image.
-
-To load this file::
-
- load sample_img.jffs2 -r -b 0x100000
-
-The result should look like::
-
- RedBoot> load sample_img.jffs2 -r -b 0x100000
- Raw file loaded 0x00100000-0x00377424
-
-Now we must know the size of the unallocated flash::
-
- fis free
-
-Result::
-
- RedBoot> fis free
- 0x500E0000 .. 0x503C0000
-
-The values above may be different depending on the size of the filesystem and
-the type of flash. See their usage below as an example and take care of
-substituting yours appropriately.
-
-We must determine some values::
-
- size of unallocated flash: 0x503c0000 - 0x500e0000 = 0x2e0000
- size of the filesystem image: 0x00377424 - 0x00100000 = 0x277424
-
-We want to fit the filesystem image of course, but we also want to give it all
-the remaining flash space as well. To write it::
-
- fis unlock -f 0x500E0000 -l 0x2e0000
- fis erase -f 0x500E0000 -l 0x2e0000
- fis write -b 0x100000 -l 0x277424 -f 0x500E0000
- fis create "JFFS2" -n -f 0x500E0000 -l 0x2e0000
-
-Now the filesystem is associated to a MTD "partition" once Linux has discovered
-what they are in the boot process. From Redboot, the 'fis list' command
-displays them::
-
- RedBoot> fis list
- Name FLASH addr Mem addr Length Entry point
- RedBoot 0x50000000 0x50000000 0x00020000 0x00000000
- RedBoot config 0x503C0000 0x503C0000 0x00020000 0x00000000
- FIS directory 0x503E0000 0x503E0000 0x00020000 0x00000000
- Linux kernel 0x50020000 0x00100000 0x000C0000 0x00000000
- JFFS2 0x500E0000 0x500E0000 0x002E0000 0x00000000
-
-However Linux should display something like::
-
- SA1100 flash: probing 32-bit flash bus
- SA1100 flash: Found 2 x16 devices at 0x0 in 32-bit mode
- Using RedBoot partition definition
- Creating 5 MTD partitions on "SA1100 flash":
- 0x00000000-0x00020000 : "RedBoot"
- 0x00020000-0x000e0000 : "Linux kernel"
- 0x000e0000-0x003c0000 : "JFFS2"
- 0x003c0000-0x003e0000 : "RedBoot config"
- 0x003e0000-0x00400000 : "FIS directory"
-
-What's important here is the position of the partition we are interested in,
-which is the third one. Within Linux, this correspond to /dev/mtdblock2.
-Therefore to boot Linux with the kernel and its root filesystem in flash, we
-need this RedBoot command::
-
- fis load "Linux kernel"
- exec -b 0x100000 -l 0xc0000 -c "root=/dev/mtdblock2"
-
-Of course other filesystems than JFFS might be used, like cramfs for example.
-You might want to boot with a root filesystem over NFS, etc. It is also
-possible, and sometimes more convenient, to flash a filesystem directly from
-within Linux while booted from a ramdisk or NFS. The Linux MTD repository has
-many tools to deal with flash memory as well, to erase it for example. JFFS2
-can then be mounted directly on a freshly erased partition and files can be
-copied over directly. Etc...
-
-
-RedBoot scripting
------------------
-
-All the commands above aren't so useful if they have to be typed in every
-time the Assabet is rebooted. Therefore it's possible to automate the boot
-process using RedBoot's scripting capability.
-
-For example, I use this to boot Linux with both the kernel and the ramdisk
-images retrieved from a TFTP server on the network::
-
- RedBoot> fconfig
- Run script at boot: false true
- Boot script:
- Enter script, terminate with empty line
- >> load zImage -r -b 0x100000
- >> load ramdisk_ks.gz -r -b 0x800000
- >> exec -b 0x100000 -l 0xc0000
- >>
- Boot script timeout (1000ms resolution): 3
- Use BOOTP for network configuration: true
- GDB connection port: 9000
- Network debug at boot time: false
- Update RedBoot non-volatile configuration - are you sure (y/n)? y
-
-Then, rebooting the Assabet is just a matter of waiting for the login prompt.
-
-
-
-Nicolas Pitre
-
-June 12, 2001
-
-
-Status of peripherals in -rmk tree (updated 14/10/2001)
--------------------------------------------------------
-
-Assabet:
- Serial ports:
- Radio: TX, RX, CTS, DSR, DCD, RI
- - PM: Not tested.
- - COM: TX, RX, CTS, DSR, DCD, RTS, DTR, PM
- - PM: Not tested.
- - I2C: Implemented, not fully tested.
- - L3: Fully tested, pass.
- - PM: Not tested.
-
- Video:
- - LCD: Fully tested. PM
-
- (LCD doesn't like being blanked with neponset connected)
-
- - Video out: Not fully
-
- Audio:
- UDA1341:
- - Playback: Fully tested, pass.
- - Record: Implemented, not tested.
- - PM: Not tested.
-
- UCB1200:
- - Audio play: Implemented, not heavily tested.
- - Audio rec: Implemented, not heavily tested.
- - Telco audio play: Implemented, not heavily tested.
- - Telco audio rec: Implemented, not heavily tested.
- - POTS control: No
- - Touchscreen: Yes
- - PM: Not tested.
-
- Other:
- - PCMCIA:
- - LPE: Fully tested, pass.
- - USB: No
- - IRDA:
- - SIR: Fully tested, pass.
- - FIR: Fully tested, pass.
- - PM: Not tested.
-
-Neponset:
- Serial ports:
- - COM1,2: TX, RX, CTS, DSR, DCD, RTS, DTR
- - PM: Not tested.
- - USB: Implemented, not heavily tested.
- - PCMCIA: Implemented, not heavily tested.
- - CF: Implemented, not heavily tested.
- - PM: Not tested.
-
-More stuff can be found in the -np (Nicolas Pitre's) tree.
+++ /dev/null
-==============
-CerfBoard/Cube
-==============
-
-*** The StrongARM version of the CerfBoard/Cube has been discontinued ***
-
-The Intrinsyc CerfBoard is a StrongARM 1110-based computer on a board
-that measures approximately 2" square. It includes an Ethernet
-controller, an RS232-compatible serial port, a USB function port, and
-one CompactFlash+ slot on the back. Pictures can be found at the
-Intrinsyc website, http://www.intrinsyc.com.
-
-This document describes the support in the Linux kernel for the
-Intrinsyc CerfBoard.
-
-Supported in this version
-=========================
-
- - CompactFlash+ slot (select PCMCIA in General Setup and any options
- that may be required)
- - Onboard Crystal CS8900 Ethernet controller (Cerf CS8900A support in
- Network Devices)
- - Serial ports with a serial console (hardcoded to 38400 8N1)
-
-In order to get this kernel onto your Cerf, you need a server that runs
-both BOOTP and TFTP. Detailed instructions should have come with your
-evaluation kit on how to use the bootloader. This series of commands
-will suffice::
-
- make ARCH=arm CROSS_COMPILE=arm-linux- cerfcube_defconfig
- make ARCH=arm CROSS_COMPILE=arm-linux- zImage
- make ARCH=arm CROSS_COMPILE=arm-linux- modules
- cp arch/arm/boot/zImage <TFTP directory>
-
+++ /dev/null
-.. SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0
-
-====================
-Intel StrongARM 1100
-====================
-
-.. toctree::
- :maxdepth: 1
-
- assabet
- cerf
- lart
- serial_uart
+++ /dev/null
-====================================
-Linux Advanced Radio Terminal (LART)
-====================================
-
-The LART is a small (7.5 x 10cm) SA-1100 board, designed for embedded
-applications. It has 32 MB DRAM, 4MB Flash ROM, double RS232 and all
-other StrongARM-gadgets. Almost all SA signals are directly accessible
-through a number of connectors. The powersupply accepts voltages
-between 3.5V and 16V and is overdimensioned to support a range of
-daughterboards. A quad Ethernet / IDE / PS2 / sound daughterboard
-is under development, with plenty of others in different stages of
-planning.
-
-The hardware designs for this board have been released under an open license;
-see the LART page at http://www.lartmaker.nl/ for more information.
+++ /dev/null
-==================
-SA1100 serial port
-==================
-
-The SA1100 serial port had its major/minor numbers officially assigned::
-
- > Date: Sun, 24 Sep 2000 21:40:27 -0700
- > Subject: Re: device
- >
- > Okay. Note that device numbers 204 and 205 are used for "low density
- > serial devices", so you will have a range of minors on those majors (the
- > tty device layer handles this just fine, so you don't have to worry about
- > doing anything special.)
- >
- > So your assignments are:
- >
- > 204 char Low-density serial ports
- > 5 = /dev/ttySA0 SA1100 builtin serial port 0
- > 6 = /dev/ttySA1 SA1100 builtin serial port 1
- > 7 = /dev/ttySA2 SA1100 builtin serial port 2
- >
- > 205 char Low-density serial ports (alternate device)
- > 5 = /dev/cusa0 Callout device for ttySA0
- > 6 = /dev/cusa1 Callout device for ttySA1
- > 7 = /dev/cusa2 Callout device for ttySA2
- >
-
-You must create those inodes in /dev on the root filesystem used
-by your SA1100-based device::
-
- mknod ttySA0 c 204 5
- mknod ttySA1 c 204 6
- mknod ttySA2 c 204 7
- mknod cusa0 c 205 5
- mknod cusa1 c 205 6
- mknod cusa2 c 205 7
-
-In addition to the creation of the appropriate device nodes above, you
-must ensure your user space applications make use of the correct device
-name. The classic example is the content of the /etc/inittab file where
-you might have a getty process started on ttyS0.
-
-In this case:
-
-- replace occurrences of ttyS0 with ttySA0, ttyS1 with ttySA1, etc.
-
-- don't forget to add 'ttySA0', 'console', or the appropriate tty name
- in /etc/securetty for root to be allowed to login as well.
+++ /dev/null
-==========================================================
-Interface between kernel and boot loaders on Exynos boards
-==========================================================
-
-Author: Krzysztof Kozlowski
-
-Date : 6 June 2015
-
-The document tries to describe currently used interface between Linux kernel
-and boot loaders on Samsung Exynos based boards. This is not a definition
-of interface but rather a description of existing state, a reference
-for information purpose only.
-
-In the document "boot loader" means any of following: U-boot, proprietary
-SBOOT or any other firmware for ARMv7 and ARMv8 initializing the board before
-executing kernel.
-
-
-1. Non-Secure mode
-
-Address: sysram_ns_base_addr
-
-============= ============================================ ==================
-Offset Value Purpose
-============= ============================================ ==================
-0x08 exynos_cpu_resume_ns, mcpm_entry_point System suspend
-0x0c 0x00000bad (Magic cookie) System suspend
-0x1c exynos4_secondary_startup Secondary CPU boot
-0x1c + 4*cpu exynos4_secondary_startup (Exynos4412) Secondary CPU boot
-0x20 0xfcba0d10 (Magic cookie) AFTR
-0x24 exynos_cpu_resume_ns AFTR
-0x28 + 4*cpu 0x8 (Magic cookie, Exynos3250) AFTR
-0x28 0x0 or last value during resume (Exynos542x) System suspend
-============= ============================================ ==================
-
-
-2. Secure mode
-
-Address: sysram_base_addr
-
-============= ============================================ ==================
-Offset Value Purpose
-============= ============================================ ==================
-0x00 exynos4_secondary_startup Secondary CPU boot
-0x04 exynos4_secondary_startup (Exynos542x) Secondary CPU boot
-4*cpu exynos4_secondary_startup (Exynos4412) Secondary CPU boot
-0x20 exynos_cpu_resume (Exynos4210 r1.0) AFTR
-0x24 0xfcba0d10 (Magic cookie, Exynos4210 r1.0) AFTR
-============= ============================================ ==================
-
-Address: pmu_base_addr
-
-============= ============================================ ==================
-Offset Value Purpose
-============= ============================================ ==================
-0x0800 exynos_cpu_resume AFTR, suspend
-0x0800 mcpm_entry_point (Exynos542x with MCPM) AFTR, suspend
-0x0804 0xfcba0d10 (Magic cookie) AFTR
-0x0804 0x00000bad (Magic cookie) System suspend
-0x0814 exynos4_secondary_startup (Exynos4210 r1.1) Secondary CPU boot
-0x0818 0xfcba0d10 (Magic cookie, Exynos4210 r1.1) AFTR
-0x081C exynos_cpu_resume (Exynos4210 r1.1) AFTR
-============= ============================================ ==================
-
-3. Other (regardless of secure/non-secure mode)
-
-Address: pmu_base_addr
-
-============= =============================== ===============================
-Offset Value Purpose
-============= =============================== ===============================
-0x0908 Non-zero Secondary CPU boot up indicator
- on Exynos3250 and Exynos542x
-============= =============================== ===============================
-
-
-4. Glossary
-
-AFTR - ARM Off Top Running, a low power mode, Cortex cores and many other
-modules are power gated, except the TOP modules
-MCPM - Multi-Cluster Power Management
+++ /dev/null
-#!/usr/bin/awk -f
-#
-#
-# Released under GPLv2
-
-# example usage
-# ./clksrc-change-registers.awk arch/arm/plat-s5pc1xx/include/plat/regs-clock.h < src > dst
-
-function extract_value(s)
-{
- eqat = index(s, "=")
- comat = index(s, ",")
- return substr(s, eqat+2, (comat-eqat)-2)
-}
-
-function remove_brackets(b)
-{
- return substr(b, 2, length(b)-2)
-}
-
-function splitdefine(l, p)
-{
- r = split(l, tp)
-
- p[0] = tp[2]
- p[1] = remove_brackets(tp[3])
-}
-
-function find_length(f)
-{
- if (0)
- printf "find_length " f "\n" > "/dev/stderr"
-
- if (f ~ /0x1/)
- return 1
- else if (f ~ /0x3/)
- return 2
- else if (f ~ /0x7/)
- return 3
- else if (f ~ /0xf/)
- return 4
-
- printf "unknown length " f "\n" > "/dev/stderr"
- exit
-}
-
-function find_shift(s)
-{
- id = index(s, "<")
- if (id <= 0) {
- printf "cannot find shift " s "\n" > "/dev/stderr"
- exit
- }
-
- return substr(s, id+2)
-}
-
-
-BEGIN {
- if (ARGC < 2) {
- print "too few arguments" > "/dev/stderr"
- exit
- }
-
-# read the header file and find the mask values that we will need
-# to replace and create an associative array of values
-
- while (getline line < ARGV[1] > 0) {
- if (line ~ /\#define.*_MASK/ &&
- !(line ~ /USB_SIG_MASK/)) {
- splitdefine(line, fields)
- name = fields[0]
- if (0)
- printf "MASK " line "\n" > "/dev/stderr"
- dmask[name,0] = find_length(fields[1])
- dmask[name,1] = find_shift(fields[1])
- if (0)
- printf "=> '" name "' LENGTH=" dmask[name,0] " SHIFT=" dmask[name,1] "\n" > "/dev/stderr"
- } else {
- }
- }
-
- delete ARGV[1]
-}
-
-/clksrc_clk.*=.*{/ {
- shift=""
- mask=""
- divshift=""
- reg_div=""
- reg_src=""
- indent=1
-
- print $0
-
- for(; indent >= 1;) {
- if ((getline line) <= 0) {
- printf "unexpected end of file" > "/dev/stderr"
- exit 1;
- }
-
- if (line ~ /\.shift/) {
- shift = extract_value(line)
- } else if (line ~ /\.mask/) {
- mask = extract_value(line)
- } else if (line ~ /\.reg_divider/) {
- reg_div = extract_value(line)
- } else if (line ~ /\.reg_source/) {
- reg_src = extract_value(line)
- } else if (line ~ /\.divider_shift/) {
- divshift = extract_value(line)
- } else if (line ~ /{/) {
- indent++
- print line
- } else if (line ~ /}/) {
- indent--
-
- if (indent == 0) {
- if (0) {
- printf "shift '" shift "' ='" dmask[shift,0] "'\n" > "/dev/stderr"
- printf "mask '" mask "'\n" > "/dev/stderr"
- printf "dshft '" divshift "'\n" > "/dev/stderr"
- printf "rdiv '" reg_div "'\n" > "/dev/stderr"
- printf "rsrc '" reg_src "'\n" > "/dev/stderr"
- }
-
- generated = mask
- sub(reg_src, reg_div, generated)
-
- if (0) {
- printf "/* rsrc " reg_src " */\n"
- printf "/* rdiv " reg_div " */\n"
- printf "/* shift " shift " */\n"
- printf "/* mask " mask " */\n"
- printf "/* generated " generated " */\n"
- }
-
- if (reg_div != "") {
- printf "\t.reg_div = { "
- printf ".reg = " reg_div ", "
- printf ".shift = " dmask[generated,1] ", "
- printf ".size = " dmask[generated,0] ", "
- printf "},\n"
- }
-
- printf "\t.reg_src = { "
- printf ".reg = " reg_src ", "
- printf ".shift = " dmask[mask,1] ", "
- printf ".size = " dmask[mask,0] ", "
-
- printf "},\n"
-
- }
-
- print line
- } else {
- print line
- }
-
- if (0)
- printf indent ":" line "\n" > "/dev/stderr"
- }
-}
-
-// && ! /clksrc_clk.*=.*{/ { print $0 }
+++ /dev/null
-===========================
-Samsung GPIO implementation
-===========================
-
-Introduction
-------------
-
-This outlines the Samsung GPIO implementation and the architecture
-specific calls provided alongside the drivers/gpio core.
-
-
-GPIOLIB integration
--------------------
-
-The gpio implementation uses gpiolib as much as possible, only providing
-specific calls for the items that require Samsung specific handling, such
-as pin special-function or pull resistor control.
-
-GPIO numbering is synchronised between the Samsung and gpiolib system.
-
-
-PIN configuration
------------------
-
-Pin configuration is specific to the Samsung architecture, with each SoC
-registering the necessary information for the core gpio configuration
-implementation to configure pins as necessary.
-
-The s3c_gpio_cfgpin() and s3c_gpio_setpull() provide the means for a
-driver or machine to change gpio configuration.
-
-See arch/arm/mach-s3c/gpio-cfg.h for more information on these functions.
+++ /dev/null
-.. SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0
-
-===========
-Samsung SoC
-===========
-
-.. toctree::
- :maxdepth: 1
-
- gpio
- bootloader-interface
- overview
+++ /dev/null
-==========================
-Samsung ARM Linux Overview
-==========================
-
-Introduction
-------------
-
- The Samsung range of ARM SoCs spans many similar devices, from the initial
- ARM9 through to the newest ARM cores. This document shows an overview of
- the current kernel support, how to use it and where to find the code
- that supports this.
-
- The currently supported SoCs are:
-
- - S3C64XX: S3C6400 and S3C6410
- - S5PC110 / S5PV210
-
-
-Configuration
--------------
-
- A number of configurations are supplied, as there is no current way of
- unifying all the SoCs into one kernel.
-
- s5pc110_defconfig
- - S5PC110 specific default configuration
- s5pv210_defconfig
- - S5PV210 specific default configuration
-
-
-Layout
-------
-
- The directory layout is currently being restructured, and consists of
- several platform directories and then the machine specific directories
- of the CPUs being built for.
-
- plat-samsung provides the base for all the implementations, and is the
- last in the line of include directories that are processed for the build
- specific information. It contains the base clock, GPIO and device definitions
- to get the system running.
-
- plat-s5p is for s5p specific builds, and contains common support for the
- S5P specific systems. Not all S5Ps use all the features in this directory
- due to differences in the hardware.
-
-
-Layout changes
---------------
-
- The old plat-s3c and plat-s5pc1xx directories have been removed, with
- support moved to either plat-samsung or plat-s5p as necessary. These moves
- where to simplify the include and dependency issues involved with having
- so many different platform directories.
-
-
-Port Contributors
------------------
-
- Ben Dooks (BJD)
- Vincent Sanders
- Herbert Potzl
- Arnaud Patard (RTP)
- Roc Wu
- Klaus Fetscher
- Dimitry Andric
- Shannon Holland
- Guillaume Gourat (NexVision)
- Christer Weinigel (wingel) (Acer N30)
- Lucas Correia Villa Real (S3C2400 port)
-
-
-Document Author
----------------
-
+++ /dev/null
-=============================================
-Kernel initialisation parameters on ARM Linux
-=============================================
-
-The following document describes the kernel initialisation parameter
-structure, otherwise known as 'struct param_struct' which is used
-for most ARM Linux architectures.
-
-This structure is used to pass initialisation parameters from the
-kernel loader to the Linux kernel proper, and may be short lived
-through the kernel initialisation process. As a general rule, it
-should not be referenced outside of arch/arm/kernel/setup.c:setup_arch().
-
-There are a lot of parameters listed in there, and they are described
-below:
-
- page_size
- This parameter must be set to the page size of the machine, and
- will be checked by the kernel.
-
- nr_pages
- This is the total number of pages of memory in the system. If
- the memory is banked, then this should contain the total number
- of pages in the system.
-
- If the system contains separate VRAM, this value should not
- include this information.
-
- ramdisk_size
- This is now obsolete, and should not be used.
-
- flags
- Various kernel flags, including:
-
- ===== ========================
- bit 0 1 = mount root read only
- bit 1 unused
- bit 2 0 = load ramdisk
- bit 3 0 = prompt for ramdisk
- ===== ========================
-
- rootdev
- major/minor number pair of device to mount as the root filesystem.
-
- video_num_cols / video_num_rows
- These two together describe the character size of the dummy console,
- or VGA console character size. They should not be used for any other
- purpose.
-
- It's generally a good idea to set these to be either standard VGA, or
- the equivalent character size of your fbcon display. This then allows
- all the bootup messages to be displayed correctly.
-
- video_x / video_y
- This describes the character position of cursor on VGA console, and
- is otherwise unused. (should not be used for other console types, and
- should not be used for other purposes).
-
- memc_control_reg
- MEMC chip control register for Acorn Archimedes and Acorn A5000
- based machines. May be used differently by different architectures.
-
- sounddefault
- Default sound setting on Acorn machines. May be used differently by
- different architectures.
-
- adfsdrives
- Number of ADFS/MFM disks. May be used differently by different
- architectures.
-
- bytes_per_char_h / bytes_per_char_v
- These are now obsolete, and should not be used.
-
- pages_in_bank[4]
- Number of pages in each bank of the systems memory (used for RiscPC).
- This is intended to be used on systems where the physical memory
- is non-contiguous from the processors point of view.
-
- pages_in_vram
- Number of pages in VRAM (used on Acorn RiscPC). This value may also
- be used by loaders if the size of the video RAM can't be obtained
- from the hardware.
-
- initrd_start / initrd_size
- This describes the kernel virtual start address and size of the
- initial ramdisk.
-
- rd_start
- Start address in sectors of the ramdisk image on a floppy disk.
-
- system_rev
- system revision number.
-
- system_serial_low / system_serial_high
- system 64-bit serial number
-
- mem_fclk_21285
- The speed of the external oscillator to the 21285 (footbridge),
- which control's the speed of the memory bus, timer & serial port.
- Depending upon the speed of the cpu its value can be between
- 0-66 MHz. If no params are passed or a value of zero is passed,
- then a value of 50 Mhz is the default on 21285 architectures.
-
- paths[8][128]
- These are now obsolete, and should not be used.
-
- commandline
- Kernel command line parameters. Details can be found elsewhere.
+++ /dev/null
-========================
-SPEAr ARM Linux Overview
-========================
-
-Introduction
-------------
-
- SPEAr (Structured Processor Enhanced Architecture).
- weblink : http://www.st.com/spear
-
- The ST Microelectronics SPEAr range of ARM9/CortexA9 System-on-Chip CPUs are
- supported by the 'spear' platform of ARM Linux. Currently SPEAr1310,
- SPEAr1340, SPEAr300, SPEAr310, SPEAr320 and SPEAr600 SOCs are supported.
-
- Hierarchy in SPEAr is as follows:
-
- SPEAr (Platform)
-
- - SPEAr3XX (3XX SOC series, based on ARM9)
- - SPEAr300 (SOC)
- - SPEAr300 Evaluation Board
- - SPEAr310 (SOC)
- - SPEAr310 Evaluation Board
- - SPEAr320 (SOC)
- - SPEAr320 Evaluation Board
- - SPEAr6XX (6XX SOC series, based on ARM9)
- - SPEAr600 (SOC)
- - SPEAr600 Evaluation Board
- - SPEAr13XX (13XX SOC series, based on ARM CORTEXA9)
- - SPEAr1310 (SOC)
- - SPEAr1310 Evaluation Board
- - SPEAr1340 (SOC)
- - SPEAr1340 Evaluation Board
-
-Configuration
--------------
-
- A generic configuration is provided for each machine, and can be used as the
- default by::
-
- make spear13xx_defconfig
- make spear3xx_defconfig
- make spear6xx_defconfig
-
-Layout
-------
-
- The common files for multiple machine families (SPEAr3xx, SPEAr6xx and
- SPEAr13xx) are located in the platform code contained in arch/arm/plat-spear
- with headers in plat/.
-
- Each machine series have a directory with name arch/arm/mach-spear followed by
- series name. Like mach-spear3xx, mach-spear6xx and mach-spear13xx.
-
- Common file for machines of spear3xx family is mach-spear3xx/spear3xx.c, for
- spear6xx is mach-spear6xx/spear6xx.c and for spear13xx family is
- mach-spear13xx/spear13xx.c. mach-spear* also contain soc/machine specific
- files, like spear1310.c, spear1340.c spear300.c, spear310.c, spear320.c and
- spear600.c. mach-spear* doesn't contains board specific files as they fully
- support Flattened Device Tree.
-
-
-Document Author
----------------
-
+++ /dev/null
-======================
-STi ARM Linux Overview
-======================
-
-Introduction
-------------
-
- The ST Microelectronics Multimedia and Application Processors range of
- CortexA9 System-on-Chip are supported by the 'STi' platform of
- ARM Linux. Currently STiH407, STiH410 and STiH418 are supported.
-
-
-configuration
--------------
-
- The configuration for the STi platform is supported via the multi_v7_defconfig.
-
-Layout
-------
-
- All the files for multiple machine families (STiH407, STiH410, and STiH418)
- are located in the platform code contained in arch/arm/mach-sti
-
- There is a generic board board-dt.c in the mach folder which support
- Flattened Device Tree, which means, It works with any compatible board with
- Device Trees.
-
-
-Document Author
----------------
-
+++ /dev/null
-================
-STiH407 Overview
-================
-
-Introduction
-------------
-
- The STiH407 is the new generation of SoC for Multi-HD, AVC set-top boxes
- and server/connected client application for satellite, cable, terrestrial
- and IP-STB markets.
-
- Features
- - ARM Cortex-A9 1.5 GHz dual core CPU (28nm)
- - SATA2, USB 3.0, PCIe, Gbit Ethernet
-
-Document Author
----------------
-
+++ /dev/null
-================
-STiH418 Overview
-================
-
-Introduction
-------------
-
- The STiH418 is the new generation of SoC for UHDp60 set-top boxes
- and server/connected client application for satellite, cable, terrestrial
- and IP-STB markets.
-
- Features
- - ARM Cortex-A9 1.5 GHz quad core CPU (28nm)
- - SATA2, USB 3.0, PCIe, Gbit Ethernet
- - HEVC L5.1 Main 10
- - VP9
-
-Document Author
----------------
-
+++ /dev/null
-========================
-STM32 ARM Linux Overview
-========================
-
-Introduction
-------------
-
-The STMicroelectronics STM32 family of Cortex-A microprocessors (MPUs) and
-Cortex-M microcontrollers (MCUs) are supported by the 'STM32' platform of
-ARM Linux.
-
-Configuration
--------------
-
-For MCUs, use the provided default configuration:
- make stm32_defconfig
-For MPUs, use multi_v7 configuration:
- make multi_v7_defconfig
-
-Layout
-------
-
-All the files for multiple machine families are located in the platform code
-contained in arch/arm/mach-stm32
-
-There is a generic board board-dt.c in the mach folder which support
-Flattened Device Tree, which means, it works with any compatible board with
-Device Trees.
-
-:Authors:
-
+++ /dev/null
-.. SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0
-
-=======================
-STM32 DMA-MDMA chaining
-=======================
-
-
-Introduction
-------------
-
- This document describes the STM32 DMA-MDMA chaining feature. But before going
- further, let's introduce the peripherals involved.
-
- To offload data transfers from the CPU, STM32 microprocessors (MPUs) embed
- direct memory access controllers (DMA).
-
- STM32MP1 SoCs embed both STM32 DMA and STM32 MDMA controllers. STM32 DMA
- request routing capabilities are enhanced by a DMA request multiplexer
- (STM32 DMAMUX).
-
- **STM32 DMAMUX**
-
- STM32 DMAMUX routes any DMA request from a given peripheral to any STM32 DMA
- controller (STM32MP1 counts two STM32 DMA controllers) channels.
-
- **STM32 DMA**
-
- STM32 DMA is mainly used to implement central data buffer storage (usually in
- the system SRAM) for different peripheral. It can access external RAMs but
- without the ability to generate convenient burst transfer ensuring the best
- load of the AXI.
-
- **STM32 MDMA**
-
- STM32 MDMA (Master DMA) is mainly used to manage direct data transfers between
- RAM data buffers without CPU intervention. It can also be used in a
- hierarchical structure that uses STM32 DMA as first level data buffer
- interfaces for AHB peripherals, while the STM32 MDMA acts as a second level
- DMA with better performance. As a AXI/AHB master, STM32 MDMA can take control
- of the AXI/AHB bus.
-
-
-Principles
-----------
-
- STM32 DMA-MDMA chaining feature relies on the strengths of STM32 DMA and
- STM32 MDMA controllers.
-
- STM32 DMA has a circular Double Buffer Mode (DBM). At each end of transaction
- (when DMA data counter - DMA_SxNDTR - reaches 0), the memory pointers
- (configured with DMA_SxSM0AR and DMA_SxM1AR) are swapped and the DMA data
- counter is automatically reloaded. This allows the SW or the STM32 MDMA to
- process one memory area while the second memory area is being filled/used by
- the STM32 DMA transfer.
-
- With STM32 MDMA linked-list mode, a single request initiates the data array
- (collection of nodes) to be transferred until the linked-list pointer for the
- channel is null. The channel transfer complete of the last node is the end of
- transfer, unless first and last nodes are linked to each other, in such a
- case, the linked-list loops on to create a circular MDMA transfer.
-
- STM32 MDMA has direct connections with STM32 DMA. This enables autonomous
- communication and synchronization between peripherals, thus saving CPU
- resources and bus congestion. Transfer Complete signal of STM32 DMA channel
- can triggers STM32 MDMA transfer. STM32 MDMA can clear the request generated
- by the STM32 DMA by writing to its Interrupt Clear register (whose address is
- stored in MDMA_CxMAR, and bit mask in MDMA_CxMDR).
-
- .. table:: STM32 MDMA interconnect table with STM32 DMA
-
- +--------------+----------------+-----------+------------+
- | STM32 DMAMUX | STM32 DMA | STM32 DMA | STM32 MDMA |
- | channels | channels | Transfer | request |
- | | | complete | |
- | | | signal | |
- +==============+================+===========+============+
- | Channel *0* | DMA1 channel 0 | dma1_tcf0 | *0x00* |
- +--------------+----------------+-----------+------------+
- | Channel *1* | DMA1 channel 1 | dma1_tcf1 | *0x01* |
- +--------------+----------------+-----------+------------+
- | Channel *2* | DMA1 channel 2 | dma1_tcf2 | *0x02* |
- +--------------+----------------+-----------+------------+
- | Channel *3* | DMA1 channel 3 | dma1_tcf3 | *0x03* |
- +--------------+----------------+-----------+------------+
- | Channel *4* | DMA1 channel 4 | dma1_tcf4 | *0x04* |
- +--------------+----------------+-----------+------------+
- | Channel *5* | DMA1 channel 5 | dma1_tcf5 | *0x05* |
- +--------------+----------------+-----------+------------+
- | Channel *6* | DMA1 channel 6 | dma1_tcf6 | *0x06* |
- +--------------+----------------+-----------+------------+
- | Channel *7* | DMA1 channel 7 | dma1_tcf7 | *0x07* |
- +--------------+----------------+-----------+------------+
- | Channel *8* | DMA2 channel 0 | dma2_tcf0 | *0x08* |
- +--------------+----------------+-----------+------------+
- | Channel *9* | DMA2 channel 1 | dma2_tcf1 | *0x09* |
- +--------------+----------------+-----------+------------+
- | Channel *10* | DMA2 channel 2 | dma2_tcf2 | *0x0A* |
- +--------------+----------------+-----------+------------+
- | Channel *11* | DMA2 channel 3 | dma2_tcf3 | *0x0B* |
- +--------------+----------------+-----------+------------+
- | Channel *12* | DMA2 channel 4 | dma2_tcf4 | *0x0C* |
- +--------------+----------------+-----------+------------+
- | Channel *13* | DMA2 channel 5 | dma2_tcf5 | *0x0D* |
- +--------------+----------------+-----------+------------+
- | Channel *14* | DMA2 channel 6 | dma2_tcf6 | *0x0E* |
- +--------------+----------------+-----------+------------+
- | Channel *15* | DMA2 channel 7 | dma2_tcf7 | *0x0F* |
- +--------------+----------------+-----------+------------+
-
- STM32 DMA-MDMA chaining feature then uses a SRAM buffer. STM32MP1 SoCs embed
- three fast access static internal RAMs of various size, used for data storage.
- Due to STM32 DMA legacy (within microcontrollers), STM32 DMA performances are
- bad with DDR, while they are optimal with SRAM. Hence the SRAM buffer used
- between STM32 DMA and STM32 MDMA. This buffer is split in two equal periods
- and STM32 DMA uses one period while STM32 MDMA uses the other period
- simultaneously.
- ::
-
- dma[1:2]-tcf[0:7]
- .----------------.
- ____________ ' _________ V____________
- | STM32 DMA | / __|>_ \ | STM32 MDMA |
- |------------| | / \ | |------------|
- | DMA_SxM0AR |<=>| | SRAM | |<=>| []-[]...[] |
- | DMA_SxM1AR | | \_____/ | | |
- |____________| \___<|____/ |____________|
-
- STM32 DMA-MDMA chaining uses (struct dma_slave_config).peripheral_config to
- exchange the parameters needed to configure MDMA. These parameters are
- gathered into a u32 array with three values:
-
- * the STM32 MDMA request (which is actually the DMAMUX channel ID),
- * the address of the STM32 DMA register to clear the Transfer Complete
- interrupt flag,
- * the mask of the Transfer Complete interrupt flag of the STM32 DMA channel.
-
-Device Tree updates for STM32 DMA-MDMA chaining support
--------------------------------------------------------
-
- **1. Allocate a SRAM buffer**
-
- SRAM device tree node is defined in SoC device tree. You can refer to it in
- your board device tree to define your SRAM pool.
- ::
-
- &sram {
- my_foo_device_dma_pool: dma-sram@0 {
- reg = <0x0 0x1000>;
- };
- };
-
- Be careful of the start index, in case there are other SRAM consumers.
- Define your pool size strategically: to optimise chaining, the idea is that
- STM32 DMA and STM32 MDMA can work simultaneously, on each buffer of the
- SRAM.
- If the SRAM period is greater than the expected DMA transfer, then STM32 DMA
- and STM32 MDMA will work sequentially instead of simultaneously. It is not a
- functional issue but it is not optimal.
-
- Don't forget to refer to your SRAM pool in your device node. You need to
- define a new property.
- ::
-
- &my_foo_device {
- ...
- my_dma_pool = &my_foo_device_dma_pool;
- };
-
- Then get this SRAM pool in your foo driver and allocate your SRAM buffer.
-
- **2. Allocate a STM32 DMA channel and a STM32 MDMA channel**
-
- You need to define an extra channel in your device tree node, in addition to
- the one you should already have for "classic" DMA operation.
-
- This new channel must be taken from STM32 MDMA channels, so, the phandle of
- the DMA controller to use is the MDMA controller's one.
- ::
-
- &my_foo_device {
- [...]
- my_dma_pool = &my_foo_device_dma_pool;
- dmas = <&dmamux1 ...>, // STM32 DMA channel
- <&mdma1 0 0x3 0x1200000a 0 0>; // + STM32 MDMA channel
- };
-
- Concerning STM32 MDMA bindings:
-
- 1. The request line number : whatever the value here, it will be overwritten
- by MDMA driver with the STM32 DMAMUX channel ID passed through
- (struct dma_slave_config).peripheral_config
-
- 2. The priority level : choose Very High (0x3) so that your channel will
- take priority other the other during request arbitration
-
- 3. A 32bit mask specifying the DMA channel configuration : source and
- destination address increment, block transfer with 128 bytes per single
- transfer
-
- 4. The 32bit value specifying the register to be used to acknowledge the
- request: it will be overwritten by MDMA driver, with the DMA channel
- interrupt flag clear register address passed through
- (struct dma_slave_config).peripheral_config
-
- 5. The 32bit mask specifying the value to be written to acknowledge the
- request: it will be overwritten by MDMA driver, with the DMA channel
- Transfer Complete flag passed through
- (struct dma_slave_config).peripheral_config
-
-Driver updates for STM32 DMA-MDMA chaining support in foo driver
-----------------------------------------------------------------
-
- **0. (optional) Refactor the original sg_table if dmaengine_prep_slave_sg()**
-
- In case of dmaengine_prep_slave_sg(), the original sg_table can't be used as
- is. Two new sg_tables must be created from the original one. One for
- STM32 DMA transfer (where memory address targets now the SRAM buffer instead
- of DDR buffer) and one for STM32 MDMA transfer (where memory address targets
- the DDR buffer).
-
- The new sg_list items must fit SRAM period length. Here is an example for
- DMA_DEV_TO_MEM:
- ::
-
- /*
- * Assuming sgl and nents, respectively the initial scatterlist and its
- * length.
- * Assuming sram_dma_buf and sram_period, respectively the memory
- * allocated from the pool for DMA usage, and the length of the period,
- * which is half of the sram_buf size.
- */
- struct sg_table new_dma_sgt, new_mdma_sgt;
- struct scatterlist *s, *_sgl;
- dma_addr_t ddr_dma_buf;
- u32 new_nents = 0, len;
- int i;
-
- /* Count the number of entries needed */
- for_each_sg(sgl, s, nents, i)
- if (sg_dma_len(s) > sram_period)
- new_nents += DIV_ROUND_UP(sg_dma_len(s), sram_period);
- else
- new_nents++;
-
- /* Create sg table for STM32 DMA channel */
- ret = sg_alloc_table(&new_dma_sgt, new_nents, GFP_ATOMIC);
- if (ret)
- dev_err(dev, "DMA sg table alloc failed\n");
-
- for_each_sg(new_dma_sgt.sgl, s, new_dma_sgt.nents, i) {
- _sgl = sgl;
- sg_dma_len(s) = min(sg_dma_len(_sgl), sram_period);
- /* Targets the beginning = first half of the sram_buf */
- s->dma_address = sram_buf;
- /*
- * Targets the second half of the sram_buf
- * for odd indexes of the item of the sg_list
- */
- if (i & 1)
- s->dma_address += sram_period;
- }
-
- /* Create sg table for STM32 MDMA channel */
- ret = sg_alloc_table(&new_mdma_sgt, new_nents, GFP_ATOMIC);
- if (ret)
- dev_err(dev, "MDMA sg_table alloc failed\n");
-
- _sgl = sgl;
- len = sg_dma_len(sgl);
- ddr_dma_buf = sg_dma_address(sgl);
- for_each_sg(mdma_sgt.sgl, s, mdma_sgt.nents, i) {
- size_t bytes = min_t(size_t, len, sram_period);
-
- sg_dma_len(s) = bytes;
- sg_dma_address(s) = ddr_dma_buf;
- len -= bytes;
-
- if (!len && sg_next(_sgl)) {
- _sgl = sg_next(_sgl);
- len = sg_dma_len(_sgl);
- ddr_dma_buf = sg_dma_address(_sgl);
- } else {
- ddr_dma_buf += bytes;
- }
- }
-
- Don't forget to release these new sg_tables after getting the descriptors
- with dmaengine_prep_slave_sg().
-
- **1. Set controller specific parameters**
-
- First, use dmaengine_slave_config() with a struct dma_slave_config to
- configure STM32 DMA channel. You just have to take care of DMA addresses,
- the memory address (depending on the transfer direction) must point on your
- SRAM buffer, and set (struct dma_slave_config).peripheral_size != 0.
-
- STM32 DMA driver will check (struct dma_slave_config).peripheral_size to
- determine if chaining is being used or not. If it is used, then STM32 DMA
- driver fills (struct dma_slave_config).peripheral_config with an array of
- three u32 : the first one containing STM32 DMAMUX channel ID, the second one
- the channel interrupt flag clear register address, and the third one the
- channel Transfer Complete flag mask.
-
- Then, use dmaengine_slave_config with another struct dma_slave_config to
- configure STM32 MDMA channel. Take care of DMA addresses, the device address
- (depending on the transfer direction) must point on your SRAM buffer, and
- the memory address must point to the buffer originally used for "classic"
- DMA operation. Use the previous (struct dma_slave_config).peripheral_size
- and .peripheral_config that have been updated by STM32 DMA driver, to set
- (struct dma_slave_config).peripheral_size and .peripheral_config of the
- struct dma_slave_config to configure STM32 MDMA channel.
- ::
-
- struct dma_slave_config dma_conf;
- struct dma_slave_config mdma_conf;
-
- memset(&dma_conf, 0, sizeof(dma_conf));
- [...]
- config.direction = DMA_DEV_TO_MEM;
- config.dst_addr = sram_dma_buf; // SRAM buffer
- config.peripheral_size = 1; // peripheral_size != 0 => chaining
-
- dmaengine_slave_config(dma_chan, &dma_config);
-
- memset(&mdma_conf, 0, sizeof(mdma_conf));
- config.direction = DMA_DEV_TO_MEM;
- mdma_conf.src_addr = sram_dma_buf; // SRAM buffer
- mdma_conf.dst_addr = rx_dma_buf; // original memory buffer
- mdma_conf.peripheral_size = dma_conf.peripheral_size; // <- dma_conf
- mdma_conf.peripheral_config = dma_config.peripheral_config; // <- dma_conf
-
- dmaengine_slave_config(mdma_chan, &mdma_conf);
-
- **2. Get a descriptor for STM32 DMA channel transaction**
-
- In the same way you get your descriptor for your "classic" DMA operation,
- you just have to replace the original sg_list (in case of
- dmaengine_prep_slave_sg()) with the new sg_list using SRAM buffer, or to
- replace the original buffer address, length and period (in case of
- dmaengine_prep_dma_cyclic()) with the new SRAM buffer.
-
- **3. Get a descriptor for STM32 MDMA channel transaction**
-
- If you previously get descriptor (for STM32 DMA) with
-
- * dmaengine_prep_slave_sg(), then use dmaengine_prep_slave_sg() for
- STM32 MDMA;
- * dmaengine_prep_dma_cyclic(), then use dmaengine_prep_dma_cyclic() for
- STM32 MDMA.
-
- Use the new sg_list using SRAM buffer (in case of dmaengine_prep_slave_sg())
- or, depending on the transfer direction, either the original DDR buffer (in
- case of DMA_DEV_TO_MEM) or the SRAM buffer (in case of DMA_MEM_TO_DEV), the
- source address being previously set with dmaengine_slave_config().
-
- **4. Submit both transactions**
-
- Before submitting your transactions, you may need to define on which
- descriptor you want a callback to be called at the end of the transfer
- (dmaengine_prep_slave_sg()) or the period (dmaengine_prep_dma_cyclic()).
- Depending on the direction, set the callback on the descriptor that finishes
- the overal transfer:
-
- * DMA_DEV_TO_MEM: set the callback on the "MDMA" descriptor
- * DMA_MEM_TO_DEV: set the callback on the "DMA" descriptor
-
- Then, submit the descriptors whatever the order, with dmaengine_tx_submit().
-
- **5. Issue pending requests (and wait for callback notification)**
-
- As STM32 MDMA channel transfer is triggered by STM32 DMA, you must issue
- STM32 MDMA channel before STM32 DMA channel.
-
- If any, your callback will be called to warn you about the end of the overal
- transfer or the period completion.
-
- Don't forget to terminate both channels. STM32 DMA channel is configured in
- cyclic Double-Buffer mode so it won't be disabled by HW, you need to terminate
- it. STM32 MDMA channel will be stopped by HW in case of sg transfer, but not
- in case of cyclic transfer. You can terminate it whatever the kind of transfer.
-
- **STM32 DMA-MDMA chaining DMA_MEM_TO_DEV special case**
-
- STM32 DMA-MDMA chaining in DMA_MEM_TO_DEV is a special case. Indeed, the
- STM32 MDMA feeds the SRAM buffer with the DDR data, and the STM32 DMA reads
- data from SRAM buffer. So some data (the first period) have to be copied in
- SRAM buffer when the STM32 DMA starts to read.
-
- A trick could be pausing the STM32 DMA channel (that will raise a Transfer
- Complete signal, triggering the STM32 MDMA channel), but the first data read
- by the STM32 DMA could be "wrong". The proper way is to prepare the first SRAM
- period with dmaengine_prep_dma_memcpy(). Then this first period should be
- "removed" from the sg or the cyclic transfer.
-
- Due to this complexity, rather use the STM32 DMA-MDMA chaining for
- DMA_DEV_TO_MEM and keep the "classic" DMA usage for DMA_MEM_TO_DEV, unless
- you're not afraid.
-
-Resources
----------
-
- Application note, datasheet and reference manual are available on ST website
- (STM32MP1_).
-
- Dedicated focus on three application notes (AN5224_, AN4031_ & AN5001_)
- dealing with STM32 DMAMUX, STM32 DMA and STM32 MDMA.
-
-.. _STM32MP1: https://www.st.com/en/microcontrollers-microprocessors/stm32mp1-series.html
-.. _AN5224: https://www.st.com/resource/en/application_note/an5224-stm32-dmamux-the-dma-request-router-stmicroelectronics.pdf
-.. _AN4031: https://www.st.com/resource/en/application_note/dm00046011-using-the-stm32f2-stm32f4-and-stm32f7-series-dma-controller-stmicroelectronics.pdf
-.. _AN5001: https://www.st.com/resource/en/application_note/an5001-stm32cube-expansion-package-for-stm32h7-series-mdma-stmicroelectronics.pdf
-
-:Authors:
-
\ No newline at end of file
+++ /dev/null
-==================
-STM32F429 Overview
-==================
-
-Introduction
-------------
-
-The STM32F429 is a Cortex-M4 MCU aimed at various applications.
-It features:
-
-- ARM Cortex-M4 up to 180MHz with FPU
-- 2MB internal Flash Memory
-- External memory support through FMC controller (PSRAM, SDRAM, NOR, NAND)
-- I2C, SPI, SAI, CAN, USB OTG, Ethernet controllers
-- LCD controller & Camera interface
-- Cryptographic processor
-
-Resources
----------
-
-Datasheet and reference manual are publicly available on ST website (STM32F429_).
-
-.. _STM32F429: http://www.st.com/web/en/catalog/mmc/FM141/SC1169/SS1577/LN1806?ecmp=stm32f429-439_pron_pr-ces2014_nov2013
-
+++ /dev/null
-==================
-STM32F746 Overview
-==================
-
-Introduction
-------------
-
-The STM32F746 is a Cortex-M7 MCU aimed at various applications.
-It features:
-
-- Cortex-M7 core running up to @216MHz
-- 1MB internal flash, 320KBytes internal RAM (+4KB of backup SRAM)
-- FMC controller to connect SDRAM, NOR and NAND memories
-- Dual mode QSPI
-- SD/MMC/SDIO support
-- Ethernet controller
-- USB OTFG FS & HS controllers
-- I2C, SPI, CAN busses support
-- Several 16 & 32 bits general purpose timers
-- Serial Audio interface
-- LCD controller
-- HDMI-CEC
-- SPDIFRX
-
-Resources
----------
-
-Datasheet and reference manual are publicly available on ST website (STM32F746_).
-
-.. _STM32F746: http://www.st.com/content/st_com/en/products/microcontrollers/stm32-32-bit-arm-cortex-mcus/stm32f7-series/stm32f7x6/stm32f746ng.html
-
+++ /dev/null
-==================
-STM32F769 Overview
-==================
-
-Introduction
-------------
-
-The STM32F769 is a Cortex-M7 MCU aimed at various applications.
-It features:
-
-- Cortex-M7 core running up to @216MHz
-- 2MB internal flash, 512KBytes internal RAM (+4KB of backup SRAM)
-- FMC controller to connect SDRAM, NOR and NAND memories
-- Dual mode QSPI
-- SD/MMC/SDIO support*2
-- Ethernet controller
-- USB OTFG FS & HS controllers
-- I2C*4, SPI*6, CAN*3 busses support
-- Several 16 & 32 bits general purpose timers
-- Serial Audio interface*2
-- LCD controller
-- HDMI-CEC
-- DSI
-- SPDIFRX
-- MDIO salave interface
-
-Resources
----------
-
-Datasheet and reference manual are publicly available on ST website (STM32F769_).
-
-.. _STM32F769: http://www.st.com/content/st_com/en/products/microcontrollers/stm32-32-bit-arm-cortex-mcus/stm32-high-performance-mcus/stm32f7-series/stm32f7x9/stm32f769ni.html
-
+++ /dev/null
-==================
-STM32H743 Overview
-==================
-
-Introduction
-------------
-
-The STM32H743 is a Cortex-M7 MCU aimed at various applications.
-It features:
-
-- Cortex-M7 core running up to @400MHz
-- 2MB internal flash, 1MBytes internal RAM
-- FMC controller to connect SDRAM, NOR and NAND memories
-- Dual mode QSPI
-- SD/MMC/SDIO support
-- Ethernet controller
-- USB OTFG FS & HS controllers
-- I2C, SPI, CAN busses support
-- Several 16 & 32 bits general purpose timers
-- Serial Audio interface
-- LCD controller
-- HDMI-CEC
-- SPDIFRX
-- DFSDM
-
-Resources
----------
-
-Datasheet and reference manual are publicly available on ST website (STM32H743_).
-
-.. _STM32H743: http://www.st.com/en/microcontrollers/stm32h7x3.html?querycriteria=productId=LN2033
-
+++ /dev/null
-==================
-STM32H750 Overview
-==================
-
-Introduction
-------------
-
-The STM32H750 is a Cortex-M7 MCU aimed at various applications.
-It features:
-
-- Cortex-M7 core running up to @480MHz
-- 128K internal flash, 1MBytes internal RAM
-- FMC controller to connect SDRAM, NOR and NAND memories
-- Dual mode QSPI
-- SD/MMC/SDIO support
-- Ethernet controller
-- USB OTFG FS & HS controllers
-- I2C, SPI, CAN busses support
-- Several 16 & 32 bits general purpose timers
-- Serial Audio interface
-- LCD controller
-- HDMI-CEC
-- SPDIFRX
-- DFSDM
-
-Resources
----------
-
-Datasheet and reference manual are publicly available on ST website (STM32H750_).
-
-.. _STM32H750: https://www.st.com/en/microcontrollers-microprocessors/stm32h750-value-line.html
-
-
+++ /dev/null
-===================
-STM32MP13 Overview
-===================
-
-Introduction
-------------
-
-The STM32MP131/STM32MP133/STM32MP135 are Cortex-A MPU aimed at various applications.
-They feature:
-
-- One Cortex-A7 application core
-- Standard memories interface support
-- Standard connectivity, widely inherited from the STM32 MCU family
-- Comprehensive security support
-
-More details:
-
-- Cortex-A7 core running up to @900MHz
-- FMC controller to connect SDRAM, NOR and NAND memories
-- QSPI
-- SD/MMC/SDIO support
-- 2*Ethernet controller
-- CAN
-- ADC/DAC
-- USB EHCI/OHCI controllers
-- USB OTG
-- I2C, SPI, CAN busses support
-- Several general purpose timers
-- Serial Audio interface
-- LCD controller
-- DCMIPP
-- SPDIFRX
-- DFSDM
-
-:Authors:
-
+++ /dev/null
-===================
-STM32MP151 Overview
-===================
-
-Introduction
-------------
-
-The STM32MP151 is a Cortex-A MPU aimed at various applications.
-It features:
-
-- Single Cortex-A7 application core
-- Standard memories interface support
-- Standard connectivity, widely inherited from the STM32 MCU family
-- Comprehensive security support
-
-More details:
-
-- Cortex-A7 core running up to @800MHz
-- FMC controller to connect SDRAM, NOR and NAND memories
-- QSPI
-- SD/MMC/SDIO support
-- Ethernet controller
-- ADC/DAC
-- USB EHCI/OHCI controllers
-- USB OTG
-- I2C, SPI busses support
-- Several general purpose timers
-- Serial Audio interface
-- LCD-TFT controller
-- DCMIPP
-- SPDIFRX
-- DFSDM
-
-:Authors:
-
+++ /dev/null
-===================
-STM32MP157 Overview
-===================
-
-Introduction
-------------
-
-The STM32MP157 is a Cortex-A MPU aimed at various applications.
-It features:
-
-- Dual core Cortex-A7 application core
-- 2D/3D image composition with GPU
-- Standard memories interface support
-- Standard connectivity, widely inherited from the STM32 MCU family
-- Comprehensive security support
-
-:Authors:
-
+++ /dev/null
-==================
-ARM Allwinner SoCs
-==================
-
-This document lists all the ARM Allwinner SoCs that are currently
-supported in mainline by the Linux kernel. This document will also
-provide links to documentation and/or datasheet for these SoCs.
-
-SunXi family
-------------
- Linux kernel mach directory: arch/arm/mach-sunxi
-
- Flavors:
-
- * ARM926 based SoCs
- - Allwinner F20 (sun3i)
-
- * Not Supported
-
- * ARM Cortex-A8 based SoCs
- - Allwinner A10 (sun4i)
-
- * Datasheet
-
- http://dl.linux-sunxi.org/A10/A10%20Datasheet%20-%20v1.21%20%282012-04-06%29.pdf
- * User Manual
-
- http://dl.linux-sunxi.org/A10/A10%20User%20Manual%20-%20v1.20%20%282012-04-09%2c%20DECRYPTED%29.pdf
-
- - Allwinner A10s (sun5i)
-
- * Datasheet
-
- http://dl.linux-sunxi.org/A10s/A10s%20Datasheet%20-%20v1.20%20%282012-03-27%29.pdf
-
- - Allwinner A13 / R8 (sun5i)
-
- * Datasheet
-
- http://dl.linux-sunxi.org/A13/A13%20Datasheet%20-%20v1.12%20%282012-03-29%29.pdf
- * User Manual
-
- http://dl.linux-sunxi.org/A13/A13%20User%20Manual%20-%20v1.2%20%282013-01-08%29.pdf
-
- - Next Thing Co GR8 (sun5i)
-
- * Single ARM Cortex-A7 based SoCs
- - Allwinner V3s (sun8i)
-
- * Datasheet
-
- http://linux-sunxi.org/File:Allwinner_V3s_Datasheet_V1.0.pdf
-
- * Dual ARM Cortex-A7 based SoCs
- - Allwinner A20 (sun7i)
-
- * User Manual
-
- http://dl.linux-sunxi.org/A20/A20%20User%20Manual%202013-03-22.pdf
-
- - Allwinner A23 (sun8i)
-
- * Datasheet
-
- http://dl.linux-sunxi.org/A23/A23%20Datasheet%20V1.0%2020130830.pdf
-
- * User Manual
-
- http://dl.linux-sunxi.org/A23/A23%20User%20Manual%20V1.0%2020130830.pdf
-
- * Quad ARM Cortex-A7 based SoCs
- - Allwinner A31 (sun6i)
-
- * Datasheet
-
- http://dl.linux-sunxi.org/A31/A3x_release_document/A31/IC/A31%20datasheet%20V1.3%2020131106.pdf
-
- * User Manual
-
- http://dl.linux-sunxi.org/A31/A3x_release_document/A31/IC/A31%20user%20manual%20V1.1%2020130630.pdf
-
- - Allwinner A31s (sun6i)
-
- * Datasheet
-
- http://dl.linux-sunxi.org/A31/A3x_release_document/A31s/IC/A31s%20datasheet%20V1.3%2020131106.pdf
-
- * User Manual
-
- http://dl.linux-sunxi.org/A31/A3x_release_document/A31s/IC/A31s%20User%20Manual%20%20V1.0%2020130322.pdf
-
- - Allwinner A33 (sun8i)
-
- * Datasheet
-
- http://dl.linux-sunxi.org/A33/A33%20Datasheet%20release%201.1.pdf
-
- * User Manual
-
- http://dl.linux-sunxi.org/A33/A33%20user%20manual%20release%201.1.pdf
-
- - Allwinner H2+ (sun8i)
-
- * No document available now, but is known to be working properly with
- H3 drivers and memory map.
-
- - Allwinner H3 (sun8i)
-
- * Datasheet
-
- https://linux-sunxi.org/images/4/4b/Allwinner_H3_Datasheet_V1.2.pdf
-
- - Allwinner R40 (sun8i)
-
- * Datasheet
-
- https://github.com/tinalinux/docs/raw/r40-v1.y/R40_Datasheet_V1.0.pdf
-
- * User Manual
-
- https://github.com/tinalinux/docs/raw/r40-v1.y/Allwinner_R40_User_Manual_V1.0.pdf
-
- * Quad ARM Cortex-A15, Quad ARM Cortex-A7 based SoCs
- - Allwinner A80
-
- * Datasheet
-
- http://dl.linux-sunxi.org/A80/A80_Datasheet_Revision_1.0_0404.pdf
-
- * Octa ARM Cortex-A7 based SoCs
- - Allwinner A83T
-
- * Datasheet
-
- https://github.com/allwinner-zh/documents/raw/master/A83T/A83T_Datasheet_v1.3_20150510.pdf
-
- * User Manual
-
- https://github.com/allwinner-zh/documents/raw/master/A83T/A83T_User_Manual_v1.5.1_20150513.pdf
-
- * Quad ARM Cortex-A53 based SoCs
- - Allwinner A64
-
- * Datasheet
-
- http://dl.linux-sunxi.org/A64/A64_Datasheet_V1.1.pdf
-
- * User Manual
-
- http://dl.linux-sunxi.org/A64/Allwinner%20A64%20User%20Manual%20v1.0.pdf
-
- - Allwinner H6
-
- * Datasheet
-
- https://linux-sunxi.org/images/5/5c/Allwinner_H6_V200_Datasheet_V1.1.pdf
-
- * User Manual
-
- https://linux-sunxi.org/images/4/46/Allwinner_H6_V200_User_Manual_V1.1.pdf
-
- - Allwinner H616
-
- * Datasheet
-
- https://linux-sunxi.org/images/b/b9/H616_Datasheet_V1.0_cleaned.pdf
-
- * User Manual
-
- https://linux-sunxi.org/images/2/24/H616_User_Manual_V1.0_cleaned.pdf
+++ /dev/null
-=======================================================
-Frequently asked questions about the sunxi clock system
-=======================================================
-
-This document contains useful bits of information that people tend to ask
-about the sunxi clock system, as well as accompanying ASCII art when adequate.
-
-Q: Why is the main 24MHz oscillator gatable? Wouldn't that break the
- system?
-
-A: The 24MHz oscillator allows gating to save power. Indeed, if gated
- carelessly the system would stop functioning, but with the right
- steps, one can gate it and keep the system running. Consider this
- simplified suspend example:
-
- While the system is operational, you would see something like::
-
- 24MHz 32kHz
- |
- PLL1
- \
- \_ CPU Mux
- |
- [CPU]
-
- When you are about to suspend, you switch the CPU Mux to the 32kHz
- oscillator::
-
- 24Mhz 32kHz
- | |
- PLL1 |
- /
- CPU Mux _/
- |
- [CPU]
-
- Finally you can gate the main oscillator::
-
- 32kHz
- |
- |
- /
- CPU Mux _/
- |
- [CPU]
-
-Q: Were can I learn more about the sunxi clocks?
-
-A: The linux-sunxi wiki contains a page documenting the clock registers,
- you can find it at
-
- http://linux-sunxi.org/A10/CCM
-
- The authoritative source for information at this time is the ccmu driver
- released by Allwinner, you can find it at
-
- https://github.com/linux-sunxi/linux-sunxi/tree/sunxi-3.0/arch/arm/mach-sun4i/clock/ccmu
+++ /dev/null
-Software emulation of deprecated SWP instruction (CONFIG_SWP_EMULATE)
----------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-ARMv6 architecture deprecates use of the SWP/SWPB instructions, and recommeds
-moving to the load-locked/store-conditional instructions LDREX and STREX.
-
-ARMv7 multiprocessing extensions introduce the ability to disable these
-instructions, triggering an undefined instruction exception when executed.
-Trapped instructions are emulated using an LDREX/STREX or LDREXB/STREXB
-sequence. If a memory access fault (an abort) occurs, a segmentation fault is
-signalled to the triggering process.
-
-/proc/cpu/swp_emulation holds some statistics/information, including the PID of
-the last process to trigger the emulation to be invocated. For example::
-
- Emulated SWP: 12
- Emulated SWPB: 0
- Aborted SWP{B}: 1
- Last process: 314
-
-
-NOTE:
- when accessing uncached shared regions, LDREX/STREX rely on an external
- transaction monitoring block called a global monitor to maintain update
- atomicity. If your system does not implement a global monitor, this option can
- cause programs that perform SWP operations to uncached memory to deadlock, as
- the STREX operation will always fail.
+++ /dev/null
-==================================================
-ARM TCM (Tightly-Coupled Memory) handling in Linux
-==================================================
-
-
-Some ARM SoCs have a so-called TCM (Tightly-Coupled Memory).
-This is usually just a few (4-64) KiB of RAM inside the ARM
-processor.
-
-Due to being embedded inside the CPU, the TCM has a
-Harvard-architecture, so there is an ITCM (instruction TCM)
-and a DTCM (data TCM). The DTCM can not contain any
-instructions, but the ITCM can actually contain data.
-The size of DTCM or ITCM is minimum 4KiB so the typical
-minimum configuration is 4KiB ITCM and 4KiB DTCM.
-
-ARM CPUs have special registers to read out status, physical
-location and size of TCM memories. arch/arm/include/asm/cputype.h
-defines a CPUID_TCM register that you can read out from the
-system control coprocessor. Documentation from ARM can be found
-at http://infocenter.arm.com, search for "TCM Status Register"
-to see documents for all CPUs. Reading this register you can
-determine if ITCM (bits 1-0) and/or DTCM (bit 17-16) is present
-in the machine.
-
-There is further a TCM region register (search for "TCM Region
-Registers" at the ARM site) that can report and modify the location
-size of TCM memories at runtime. This is used to read out and modify
-TCM location and size. Notice that this is not a MMU table: you
-actually move the physical location of the TCM around. At the
-place you put it, it will mask any underlying RAM from the
-CPU so it is usually wise not to overlap any physical RAM with
-the TCM.
-
-The TCM memory can then be remapped to another address again using
-the MMU, but notice that the TCM is often used in situations where
-the MMU is turned off. To avoid confusion the current Linux
-implementation will map the TCM 1 to 1 from physical to virtual
-memory in the location specified by the kernel. Currently Linux
-will map ITCM to 0xfffe0000 and on, and DTCM to 0xfffe8000 and
-on, supporting a maximum of 32KiB of ITCM and 32KiB of DTCM.
-
-Newer versions of the region registers also support dividing these
-TCMs in two separate banks, so for example an 8KiB ITCM is divided
-into two 4KiB banks with its own control registers. The idea is to
-be able to lock and hide one of the banks for use by the secure
-world (TrustZone).
-
-TCM is used for a few things:
-
-- FIQ and other interrupt handlers that need deterministic
- timing and cannot wait for cache misses.
-
-- Idle loops where all external RAM is set to self-refresh
- retention mode, so only on-chip RAM is accessible by
- the CPU and then we hang inside ITCM waiting for an
- interrupt.
-
-- Other operations which implies shutting off or reconfiguring
- the external RAM controller.
-
-There is an interface for using TCM on the ARM architecture
-in <asm/tcm.h>. Using this interface it is possible to:
-
-- Define the physical address and size of ITCM and DTCM.
-
-- Tag functions to be compiled into ITCM.
-
-- Tag data and constants to be allocated to DTCM and ITCM.
-
-- Have the remaining TCM RAM added to a special
- allocation pool with gen_pool_create() and gen_pool_add()
- and provice tcm_alloc() and tcm_free() for this
- memory. Such a heap is great for things like saving
- device state when shutting off device power domains.
-
-A machine that has TCM memory shall select HAVE_TCM from
-arch/arm/Kconfig for itself. Code that needs to use TCM shall
-#include <asm/tcm.h>
-
-Functions to go into itcm can be tagged like this:
-int __tcmfunc foo(int bar);
-
-Since these are marked to become long_calls and you may want
-to have functions called locally inside the TCM without
-wasting space, there is also the __tcmlocalfunc prefix that
-will make the call relative.
-
-Variables to go into dtcm can be tagged like this::
-
- int __tcmdata foo;
-
-Constants can be tagged like this::
-
- int __tcmconst foo;
-
-To put assembler into TCM just use::
-
- .section ".tcm.text" or .section ".tcm.data"
-
-respectively.
-
-Example code::
-
- #include <asm/tcm.h>
-
- /* Uninitialized data */
- static u32 __tcmdata tcmvar;
- /* Initialized data */
- static u32 __tcmdata tcmassigned = 0x2BADBABEU;
- /* Constant */
- static const u32 __tcmconst tcmconst = 0xCAFEBABEU;
-
- static void __tcmlocalfunc tcm_to_tcm(void)
- {
- int i;
- for (i = 0; i < 100; i++)
- tcmvar ++;
- }
-
- static void __tcmfunc hello_tcm(void)
- {
- /* Some abstract code that runs in ITCM */
- int i;
- for (i = 0; i < 100; i++) {
- tcmvar ++;
- }
- tcm_to_tcm();
- }
-
- static void __init test_tcm(void)
- {
- u32 *tcmem;
- int i;
-
- hello_tcm();
- printk("Hello TCM executed from ITCM RAM\n");
-
- printk("TCM variable from testrun: %u @ %p\n", tcmvar, &tcmvar);
- tcmvar = 0xDEADBEEFU;
- printk("TCM variable: 0x%x @ %p\n", tcmvar, &tcmvar);
-
- printk("TCM assigned variable: 0x%x @ %p\n", tcmassigned, &tcmassigned);
-
- printk("TCM constant: 0x%x @ %p\n", tcmconst, &tcmconst);
-
- /* Allocate some TCM memory from the pool */
- tcmem = tcm_alloc(20);
- if (tcmem) {
- printk("TCM Allocated 20 bytes of TCM @ %p\n", tcmem);
- tcmem[0] = 0xDEADBEEFU;
- tcmem[1] = 0x2BADBABEU;
- tcmem[2] = 0xCAFEBABEU;
- tcmem[3] = 0xDEADBEEFU;
- tcmem[4] = 0x2BADBABEU;
- for (i = 0; i < 5; i++)
- printk("TCM tcmem[%d] = %08x\n", i, tcmem[i]);
- tcm_free(tcmem, 20);
- }
- }
+++ /dev/null
-================================================
-The Unified Extensible Firmware Interface (UEFI)
-================================================
-
-UEFI, the Unified Extensible Firmware Interface, is a specification
-governing the behaviours of compatible firmware interfaces. It is
-maintained by the UEFI Forum - http://www.uefi.org/.
-
-UEFI is an evolution of its predecessor 'EFI', so the terms EFI and
-UEFI are used somewhat interchangeably in this document and associated
-source code. As a rule, anything new uses 'UEFI', whereas 'EFI' refers
-to legacy code or specifications.
-
-UEFI support in Linux
-=====================
-Booting on a platform with firmware compliant with the UEFI specification
-makes it possible for the kernel to support additional features:
-
-- UEFI Runtime Services
-- Retrieving various configuration information through the standardised
- interface of UEFI configuration tables. (ACPI, SMBIOS, ...)
-
-For actually enabling [U]EFI support, enable:
-
-- CONFIG_EFI=y
-- CONFIG_EFIVAR_FS=y or m
-
-The implementation depends on receiving information about the UEFI environment
-in a Flattened Device Tree (FDT) - so is only available with CONFIG_OF.
-
-UEFI stub
-=========
-The "stub" is a feature that extends the Image/zImage into a valid UEFI
-PE/COFF executable, including a loader application that makes it possible to
-load the kernel directly from the UEFI shell, boot menu, or one of the
-lightweight bootloaders like Gummiboot or rEFInd.
-
-The kernel image built with stub support remains a valid kernel image for
-booting in non-UEFI environments.
-
-UEFI kernel support on ARM
-==========================
-UEFI kernel support on the ARM architectures (arm and arm64) is only available
-when boot is performed through the stub.
-
-When booting in UEFI mode, the stub deletes any memory nodes from a provided DT.
-Instead, the kernel reads the UEFI memory map.
-
-The stub populates the FDT /chosen node with (and the kernel scans for) the
-following parameters:
-
-========================== ====== ===========================================
-Name Size Description
-========================== ====== ===========================================
-linux,uefi-system-table 64-bit Physical address of the UEFI System Table.
-
-linux,uefi-mmap-start 64-bit Physical address of the UEFI memory map,
- populated by the UEFI GetMemoryMap() call.
-
-linux,uefi-mmap-size 32-bit Size in bytes of the UEFI memory map
- pointed to in previous entry.
-
-linux,uefi-mmap-desc-size 32-bit Size in bytes of each entry in the UEFI
- memory map.
-
-linux,uefi-mmap-desc-ver 32-bit Version of the mmap descriptor format.
-
-kaslr-seed 64-bit Entropy used to randomize the kernel image
- base address location.
-========================== ====== ===========================================
+++ /dev/null
-===============================================
-Release notes for Linux Kernel VFP support code
-===============================================
-
-Date: 20 May 2004
-
-Author: Russell King
-
-This is the first release of the Linux Kernel VFP support code. It
-provides support for the exceptions bounced from VFP hardware found
-on ARM926EJ-S.
-
-This release has been validated against the SoftFloat-2b library by
-John R. Hauser using the TestFloat-2a test suite. Details of this
-library and test suite can be found at:
-
- http://www.jhauser.us/arithmetic/SoftFloat.html
-
-The operations which have been tested with this package are:
-
- - fdiv
- - fsub
- - fadd
- - fmul
- - fcmp
- - fcmpe
- - fcvtd
- - fcvts
- - fsito
- - ftosi
- - fsqrt
-
-All the above pass softfloat tests with the following exceptions:
-
-- fadd/fsub shows some differences in the handling of +0 / -0 results
- when input operands differ in signs.
-- the handling of underflow exceptions is slightly different. If a
- result underflows before rounding, but becomes a normalised number
- after rounding, we do not signal an underflow exception.
-
-Other operations which have been tested by basic assembly-only tests
-are:
-
- - fcpy
- - fabs
- - fneg
- - ftoui
- - ftosiz
- - ftouiz
-
-The combination operations have not been tested:
-
- - fmac
- - fnmac
- - fmsc
- - fnmsc
- - fnmul
+++ /dev/null
-======================================
-vlocks for Bare-Metal Mutual Exclusion
-======================================
-
-Voting Locks, or "vlocks" provide a simple low-level mutual exclusion
-mechanism, with reasonable but minimal requirements on the memory
-system.
-
-These are intended to be used to coordinate critical activity among CPUs
-which are otherwise non-coherent, in situations where the hardware
-provides no other mechanism to support this and ordinary spinlocks
-cannot be used.
-
-
-vlocks make use of the atomicity provided by the memory system for
-writes to a single memory location. To arbitrate, every CPU "votes for
-itself", by storing a unique number to a common memory location. The
-final value seen in that memory location when all the votes have been
-cast identifies the winner.
-
-In order to make sure that the election produces an unambiguous result
-in finite time, a CPU will only enter the election in the first place if
-no winner has been chosen and the election does not appear to have
-started yet.
-
-
-Algorithm
----------
-
-The easiest way to explain the vlocks algorithm is with some pseudo-code::
-
-
- int currently_voting[NR_CPUS] = { 0, };
- int last_vote = -1; /* no votes yet */
-
- bool vlock_trylock(int this_cpu)
- {
- /* signal our desire to vote */
- currently_voting[this_cpu] = 1;
- if (last_vote != -1) {
- /* someone already volunteered himself */
- currently_voting[this_cpu] = 0;
- return false; /* not ourself */
- }
-
- /* let's suggest ourself */
- last_vote = this_cpu;
- currently_voting[this_cpu] = 0;
-
- /* then wait until everyone else is done voting */
- for_each_cpu(i) {
- while (currently_voting[i] != 0)
- /* wait */;
- }
-
- /* result */
- if (last_vote == this_cpu)
- return true; /* we won */
- return false;
- }
-
- bool vlock_unlock(void)
- {
- last_vote = -1;
- }
-
-
-The currently_voting[] array provides a way for the CPUs to determine
-whether an election is in progress, and plays a role analogous to the
-"entering" array in Lamport's bakery algorithm [1].
-
-However, once the election has started, the underlying memory system
-atomicity is used to pick the winner. This avoids the need for a static
-priority rule to act as a tie-breaker, or any counters which could
-overflow.
-
-As long as the last_vote variable is globally visible to all CPUs, it
-will contain only one value that won't change once every CPU has cleared
-its currently_voting flag.
-
-
-Features and limitations
-------------------------
-
- * vlocks are not intended to be fair. In the contended case, it is the
- _last_ CPU which attempts to get the lock which will be most likely
- to win.
-
- vlocks are therefore best suited to situations where it is necessary
- to pick a unique winner, but it does not matter which CPU actually
- wins.
-
- * Like other similar mechanisms, vlocks will not scale well to a large
- number of CPUs.
-
- vlocks can be cascaded in a voting hierarchy to permit better scaling
- if necessary, as in the following hypothetical example for 4096 CPUs::
-
- /* first level: local election */
- my_town = towns[(this_cpu >> 4) & 0xf];
- I_won = vlock_trylock(my_town, this_cpu & 0xf);
- if (I_won) {
- /* we won the town election, let's go for the state */
- my_state = states[(this_cpu >> 8) & 0xf];
- I_won = vlock_lock(my_state, this_cpu & 0xf));
- if (I_won) {
- /* and so on */
- I_won = vlock_lock(the_whole_country, this_cpu & 0xf];
- if (I_won) {
- /* ... */
- }
- vlock_unlock(the_whole_country);
- }
- vlock_unlock(my_state);
- }
- vlock_unlock(my_town);
-
-
-ARM implementation
-------------------
-
-The current ARM implementation [2] contains some optimisations beyond
-the basic algorithm:
-
- * By packing the members of the currently_voting array close together,
- we can read the whole array in one transaction (providing the number
- of CPUs potentially contending the lock is small enough). This
- reduces the number of round-trips required to external memory.
-
- In the ARM implementation, this means that we can use a single load
- and comparison::
-
- LDR Rt, [Rn]
- CMP Rt, #0
-
- ...in place of code equivalent to::
-
- LDRB Rt, [Rn]
- CMP Rt, #0
- LDRBEQ Rt, [Rn, #1]
- CMPEQ Rt, #0
- LDRBEQ Rt, [Rn, #2]
- CMPEQ Rt, #0
- LDRBEQ Rt, [Rn, #3]
- CMPEQ Rt, #0
-
- This cuts down on the fast-path latency, as well as potentially
- reducing bus contention in contended cases.
-
- The optimisation relies on the fact that the ARM memory system
- guarantees coherency between overlapping memory accesses of
- different sizes, similarly to many other architectures. Note that
- we do not care which element of currently_voting appears in which
- bits of Rt, so there is no need to worry about endianness in this
- optimisation.
-
- If there are too many CPUs to read the currently_voting array in
- one transaction then multiple transations are still required. The
- implementation uses a simple loop of word-sized loads for this
- case. The number of transactions is still fewer than would be
- required if bytes were loaded individually.
-
-
- In principle, we could aggregate further by using LDRD or LDM, but
- to keep the code simple this was not attempted in the initial
- implementation.
-
-
- * vlocks are currently only used to coordinate between CPUs which are
- unable to enable their caches yet. This means that the
- implementation removes many of the barriers which would be required
- when executing the algorithm in cached memory.
-
- packing of the currently_voting array does not work with cached
- memory unless all CPUs contending the lock are cache-coherent, due
- to cache writebacks from one CPU clobbering values written by other
- CPUs. (Though if all the CPUs are cache-coherent, you should be
- probably be using proper spinlocks instead anyway).
-
-
- * The "no votes yet" value used for the last_vote variable is 0 (not
- -1 as in the pseudocode). This allows statically-allocated vlocks
- to be implicitly initialised to an unlocked state simply by putting
- them in .bss.
-
- An offset is added to each CPU's ID for the purpose of setting this
- variable, so that no CPU uses the value 0 for its ID.
-
-
-Colophon
---------
-
-Originally created and documented by Dave Martin for Linaro Limited, for
-use in ARM-based big.LITTLE platforms, with review and input gratefully
-received from Nicolas Pitre and Achin Gupta. Thanks to Nicolas for
-grabbing most of this text out of the relevant mail thread and writing
-up the pseudocode.
-
-Copyright (C) 2012-2013 Linaro Limited
-Distributed under the terms of Version 2 of the GNU General Public
-License, as defined in linux/COPYING.
-
-
-References
-----------
-
-[1] Lamport, L. "A New Solution of Dijkstra's Concurrent Programming
- Problem", Communications of the ACM 17, 8 (August 1974), 453-455.
-
- https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Lamport%27s_bakery_algorithm
-
-[2] linux/arch/arm/common/vlock.S, www.kernel.org.
--- /dev/null
+Chinese translated version of Documentation/arch/arm/booting.rst
+
+If you have any comment or update to the content, please contact the
+original document maintainer directly. However, if you have a problem
+communicating in English you can also ask the Chinese maintainer for
+help. Contact the Chinese maintainer if this translation is outdated
+or if there is a problem with the translation.
+
+---------------------------------------------------------------------
+Documentation/arch/arm/booting.rst 的中文翻译
+
+如果想评论或更新本文的内容，请直接联系原文档的维护者。如果你使用英文
+交流有困难的话，也可以向中文版维护者求助。如果本翻译更新不及时或者翻
+译存在问题，请联系中文版维护者。
+
+
+以下为正文
+---------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+ 启动 ARM Linux
+ ==============
+
+作者：Russell King
+日期：2002年5月18日
+
+以下文档适用于 2.4.18-rmk6 及以上版本。
+
+为了启动 ARM Linux，你需要一个引导装载程序（boot loader），
+它是一个在主内核启动前运行的一个小程序。引导装载程序需要初始化各种
+设备，并最终调用 Linux 内核，将信息传递给内核。
+
+从本质上讲，引导装载程序应提供（至少）以下功能：
+
+1、设置和初始化 RAM。
+2、初始化一个串口。
+3、检测机器的类型（machine type）。
+4、设置内核标签列表（tagged list）。
+5、调用内核映像。
+
+
+1、设置和初始化 RAM
+-------------------
+
+现有的引导加载程序: 强制
+新开发的引导加载程序: 强制
+
+引导装载程序应该找到并初始化系统中所有内核用于保持系统变量数据的 RAM。
+这个操作的执行是设备依赖的。（它可能使用内部算法来自动定位和计算所有
+RAM，或可能使用对这个设备已知的 RAM 信息，还可能使用任何引导装载程序
+设计者想到的匹配方法。）
+
+
+2、初始化一个串口
+-----------------------------
+
+现有的引导加载程序: 可选、建议
+新开发的引导加载程序: 可选、建议
+
+引导加载程序应该初始化并使能一个目标板上的串口。这允许内核串口驱动
+自动检测哪个串口用于内核控制台。(一般用于调试或与目标板通信。)
+
+作为替代方案，引导加载程序也可以通过标签列表传递相关的'console='
+选项给内核以指定某个串口，而串口数据格式的选项在以下文档中描述：
+
+ Documentation/admin-guide/kernel-parameters.rst。
+
+
+3、检测机器类型
+--------------------------
+
+现有的引导加载程序: 可选
+新开发的引导加载程序: 强制
+
+引导加载程序应该通过某些方式检测自身所处的机器类型。这是一个硬件
+代码或通过查看所连接的硬件用某些算法得到，这些超出了本文档的范围。
+引导加载程序最终必须能提供一个 MACH_TYPE_xxx 值给内核。
+(详见 linux/arch/arm/tools/mach-types )。
+
+4、设置启动数据
+------------------
+
+现有的引导加载程序: 可选、强烈建议
+新开发的引导加载程序: 强制
+
+引导加载程序必须提供标签列表或者 dtb 映像以传递配置数据给内核。启动
+数据的物理地址通过寄存器 r2 传递给内核。
+
+4a、设置内核标签列表
+--------------------------------
+
+bootloader 必须创建和初始化内核标签列表。一个有效的标签列表以
+ATAG_CORE 标签开始，并以 ATAG_NONE 标签结束。ATAG_CORE 标签可以是
+空的，也可以是非空。一个空 ATAG_CORE 标签其 size 域设置为
+‘2’(0x00000002)。ATAG_NONE 标签的 size 域必须设置为零。
+
+在列表中可以保存任意数量的标签。对于一个重复的标签是追加到之前标签
+所携带的信息之后，还是会覆盖原来的信息，是未定义的。某些标签的行为
+是前者，其他是后者。
+
+bootloader 必须传递一个系统内存的位置和最小值，以及根文件系统位置。
+因此，最小的标签列表如下所示：
+
+ +-----------+
+基地址 -> | ATAG_CORE | |
+ +-----------+ |
+ | ATAG_MEM | | 地址增长方向
+ +-----------+ |
+ | ATAG_NONE | |
+ +-----------+ v
+
+标签列表应该保存在系统的 RAM 中。
+
+标签列表必须置于内核自解压和 initrd'bootp' 程序都不会覆盖的内存区。
+建议放在 RAM 的头 16KiB 中。
+
+4b、设置设备树
+-------------------------
+
+bootloader 必须以 64bit 地址对齐的形式加载一个设备树映像(dtb)到系统
+RAM 中，并用启动数据初始化它。dtb 格式在文档
+https://www.devicetree.org/specifications/ 中。内核将会在
+dtb 物理地址处查找 dtb 魔数值（0xd00dfeed），以确定 dtb 是否已经代替
+标签列表被传递进来。
+
+bootloader 必须传递一个系统内存的位置和最小值，以及根文件系统位置。
+dtb 必须置于内核自解压不会覆盖的内存区。建议将其放置于 RAM 的头 16KiB
+中。但是不可将其放置于“0”物理地址处，因为内核认为：r2 中为 0，意味着
+没有标签列表和 dtb 传递过来。
+
+5、调用内核映像
+---------------------------
+
+现有的引导加载程序: 强制
+新开发的引导加载程序: 强制
+
+调用内核映像 zImage 有两个选择。如果 zImge 保存在 flash 中，且是为了
+在 flash 中直接运行而被正确链接的。这样引导加载程序就可以在 flash 中
+直接调用 zImage。
+
+zImage 也可以被放在系统 RAM（任意位置）中被调用。注意：内核使用映像
+基地址的前 16KB RAM 空间来保存页表。建议将映像置于 RAM 的 32KB 处。
+
+对于以上任意一种情况，都必须符合以下启动状态：
+
+- 停止所有 DMA 设备，这样内存数据就不会因为虚假网络包或磁盘数据而被破坏。
+ 这可能可以节省你许多的调试时间。
+
+- CPU 寄存器配置
+ r0 = 0，
+ r1 = （在上面 3 中获取的）机器类型码。
+ r2 = 标签列表在系统 RAM 中的物理地址，或
+ 设备树块(dtb)在系统 RAM 中的物理地址
+
+- CPU 模式
+ 所有形式的中断必须被禁止 (IRQs 和 FIQs)
+ CPU 必须处于 SVC 模式。(对于 Angel 调试有特例存在)
+
+- 缓存，MMUs
+ MMU 必须关闭。
+ 指令缓存开启或关闭都可以。
+ 数据缓存必须关闭。
+
+- 引导加载程序应该通过直接跳转到内核映像的第一条指令来调用内核映像。
+
+ 对于支持 ARM 指令集的 CPU，跳入内核入口时必须处在 ARM 状态，即使
+ 对于 Thumb-2 内核也是如此。
+
+ 对于仅支持 Thumb 指令集的 CPU，比如 Cortex-M 系列的 CPU，跳入
+ 内核入口时必须处于 Thumb 状态。
--- /dev/null
+Chinese translated version of Documentation/arch/arm/kernel_user_helpers.rst
+
+If you have any comment or update to the content, please contact the
+original document maintainer directly. However, if you have a problem
+communicating in English you can also ask the Chinese maintainer for
+help. Contact the Chinese maintainer if this translation is outdated
+or if there is a problem with the translation.
+
+---------------------------------------------------------------------
+Documentation/arch/arm/kernel_user_helpers.rst 的中文翻译
+
+如果想评论或更新本文的内容，请直接联系原文档的维护者。如果你使用英文
+交流有困难的话，也可以向中文版维护者求助。如果本翻译更新不及时或者翻
+译存在问题，请联系中文版维护者。
+
+
+以下为正文
+---------------------------------------------------------------------
+内核提供的用户空间辅助代码
+=========================
+
+在内核内存空间的固定地址处，有一个由内核提供并可从用户空间访问的代码
+段。它用于向用户空间提供因在许多 ARM CPU 中未实现的特性和/或指令而需
+内核提供帮助的某些操作。这些代码直接在用户模式下执行的想法是为了获得
+最佳效率，但那些与内核计数器联系过于紧密的部分，则被留给了用户库实现。
+事实上，此代码甚至可能因不同的 CPU 而异，这取决于其可用的指令集或它
+是否为 SMP 系统。换句话说，内核保留在不作出警告的情况下根据需要更改
+这些代码的权利。只有本文档描述的入口及其结果是保证稳定的。
+
+这与完全成熟的 VDSO 实现不同（但两者并不冲突），尽管如此，VDSO 可阻止
+某些通过常量高效跳转到那些代码段的汇编技巧。且由于那些代码段在返回用户
+代码前仅使用少量的代码周期，则一个 VDSO 间接远程调用将会在这些简单的
+操作上增加一个可测量的开销。
+
+在对那些拥有原生支持的新型处理器进行代码优化时，仅在已为其他操作使用
+了类似的新增指令，而导致二进制结果已与早期 ARM 处理器不兼容的情况下，
+用户空间才应绕过这些辅助代码，并在内联函数中实现这些操作（无论是通过
+编译器在代码中直接放置，还是作为库函数调用实现的一部分）。也就是说，
+如果你编译的代码不会为了其他目的使用新指令，则不要仅为了避免使用这些
+内核辅助代码，导致二进制程序无法在早期处理器上运行。
+
+新的辅助代码可能随着时间的推移而增加，所以新内核中的某些辅助代码在旧
+内核中可能不存在。因此，程序必须在对任何辅助代码调用假设是安全之前，
+检测 __kuser_helper_version 的值（见下文）。理想情况下，这种检测应该
+只在进程启动时执行一次；如果内核版本不支持所需辅助代码，则该进程可尽早
+中止执行。
+
+kuser_helper_version
+--------------------
+
+位置: 0xffff0ffc
+
+参考声明:
+
+ extern int32_t __kuser_helper_version;
+
+定义:
+
+ 这个区域包含了当前运行内核实现的辅助代码版本号。用户空间可以通过读
+ 取此版本号以确定特定的辅助代码是否存在。
+
+使用范例:
+
+#define __kuser_helper_version (*(int32_t *)0xffff0ffc)
+
+void check_kuser_version(void)
+{
+ if (__kuser_helper_version < 2) {
+ fprintf(stderr, "can't do atomic operations, kernel too old\n");
+ abort();
+ }
+}
+
+注意:
+
+ 用户空间可以假设这个域的值不会在任何单个进程的生存期内改变。也就
+ 是说，这个域可以仅在库的初始化阶段或进程启动阶段读取一次。
+
+kuser_get_tls
+-------------
+
+位置: 0xffff0fe0
+
+参考原型:
+
+ void * __kuser_get_tls(void);
+
+输入:
+
+ lr = 返回地址
+
+输出:
+
+ r0 = TLS 值
+
+被篡改的寄存器:
+
+ 无
+
+定义:
+
+ 获取之前通过 __ARM_NR_set_tls 系统调用设置的 TLS 值。
+
+使用范例:
+
+typedef void * (__kuser_get_tls_t)(void);
+#define __kuser_get_tls (*(__kuser_get_tls_t *)0xffff0fe0)
+
+void foo()
+{
+ void *tls = __kuser_get_tls();
+ printf("TLS = %p\n", tls);
+}
+
+注意:
+
+ - 仅在 __kuser_helper_version >= 1 时，此辅助代码存在
+ （从内核版本 2.6.12 开始）。
+
+kuser_cmpxchg
+-------------
+
+位置: 0xffff0fc0
+
+参考原型:
+
+ int __kuser_cmpxchg(int32_t oldval, int32_t newval, volatile int32_t *ptr);
+
+输入:
+
+ r0 = oldval
+ r1 = newval
+ r2 = ptr
+ lr = 返回地址
+
+输出:
+
+ r0 = 成功代码 (零或非零)
+ C flag = 如果 r0 == 0 则置 1，如果 r0 != 0 则清零。
+
+被篡改的寄存器:
+
+ r3, ip, flags
+
+定义:
+
+ 仅在 *ptr 为 oldval 时原子保存 newval 于 *ptr 中。
+ 如果 *ptr 被改变，则返回值为零，否则为非零值。
+ 如果 *ptr 被改变，则 C flag 也会被置 1，以实现调用代码中的汇编
+ 优化。
+
+使用范例:
+
+typedef int (__kuser_cmpxchg_t)(int oldval, int newval, volatile int *ptr);
+#define __kuser_cmpxchg (*(__kuser_cmpxchg_t *)0xffff0fc0)
+
+int atomic_add(volatile int *ptr, int val)
+{
+ int old, new;
+
+ do {
+ old = *ptr;
+ new = old + val;
+ } while(__kuser_cmpxchg(old, new, ptr));
+
+ return new;
+}
+
+注意:
+
+ - 这个例程已根据需要包含了内存屏障。
+
+ - 仅在 __kuser_helper_version >= 2 时，此辅助代码存在
+ （从内核版本 2.6.12 开始）。
+
+kuser_memory_barrier
+--------------------
+
+位置: 0xffff0fa0
+
+参考原型:
+
+ void __kuser_memory_barrier(void);
+
+输入:
+
+ lr = 返回地址
+
+输出:
+
+ 无
+
+被篡改的寄存器:
+
+ 无
+
+定义:
+
+ 应用于任何需要内存屏障以防止手动数据修改带来的一致性问题，以及
+ __kuser_cmpxchg 中。
+
+使用范例:
+
+typedef void (__kuser_dmb_t)(void);
+#define __kuser_dmb (*(__kuser_dmb_t *)0xffff0fa0)
+
+注意:
+
+ - 仅在 __kuser_helper_version >= 3 时，此辅助代码存在
+ （从内核版本 2.6.15 开始）。
+
+kuser_cmpxchg64
+---------------
+
+位置: 0xffff0f60
+
+参考原型:
+
+ int __kuser_cmpxchg64(const int64_t *oldval,
+ const int64_t *newval,
+ volatile int64_t *ptr);
+
+输入:
+
+ r0 = 指向 oldval
+ r1 = 指向 newval
+ r2 = 指向目标值
+ lr = 返回地址
+
+输出:
+
+ r0 = 成功代码 (零或非零)
+ C flag = 如果 r0 == 0 则置 1，如果 r0 != 0 则清零。
+
+被篡改的寄存器:
+
+ r3, lr, flags
+
+定义:
+
+ 仅在 *ptr 等于 *oldval 指向的 64 位值时，原子保存 *newval
+ 指向的 64 位值于 *ptr 中。如果 *ptr 被改变，则返回值为零，
+ 否则为非零值。
+
+ 如果 *ptr 被改变，则 C flag 也会被置 1，以实现调用代码中的汇编
+ 优化。
+
+使用范例:
+
+typedef int (__kuser_cmpxchg64_t)(const int64_t *oldval,
+ const int64_t *newval,
+ volatile int64_t *ptr);
+#define __kuser_cmpxchg64 (*(__kuser_cmpxchg64_t *)0xffff0f60)
+
+int64_t atomic_add64(volatile int64_t *ptr, int64_t val)
+{
+ int64_t old, new;
+
+ do {
+ old = *ptr;
+ new = old + val;
+ } while(__kuser_cmpxchg64(&old, &new, ptr));
+
+ return new;
+}
+
+注意:
+
+ - 这个例程已根据需要包含了内存屏障。
+
+ - 由于这个过程的代码长度（此辅助代码跨越 2 个常规的 kuser “槽”），
+ 因此 0xffff0f80 不被作为有效的入口点。
+
+ - 仅在 __kuser_helper_version >= 5 时，此辅助代码存在
+ （从内核版本 3.1 开始）。
+++ /dev/null
-Chinese translated version of Documentation/arm/booting.rst
-
-If you have any comment or update to the content, please contact the
-original document maintainer directly. However, if you have a problem
-communicating in English you can also ask the Chinese maintainer for
-help. Contact the Chinese maintainer if this translation is outdated
-or if there is a problem with the translation.
-
----------------------------------------------------------------------
-Documentation/arm/booting.rst 的中文翻译
-
-如果想评论或更新本文的内容，请直接联系原文档的维护者。如果你使用英文
-交流有困难的话，也可以向中文版维护者求助。如果本翻译更新不及时或者翻
-译存在问题，请联系中文版维护者。
-
-
-以下为正文
----------------------------------------------------------------------
-
- 启动 ARM Linux
- ==============
-
-作者：Russell King
-日期：2002年5月18日
-
-以下文档适用于 2.4.18-rmk6 及以上版本。
-
-为了启动 ARM Linux，你需要一个引导装载程序（boot loader），
-它是一个在主内核启动前运行的一个小程序。引导装载程序需要初始化各种
-设备，并最终调用 Linux 内核，将信息传递给内核。
-
-从本质上讲，引导装载程序应提供（至少）以下功能：
-
-1、设置和初始化 RAM。
-2、初始化一个串口。
-3、检测机器的类型（machine type）。
-4、设置内核标签列表（tagged list）。
-5、调用内核映像。
-
-
-1、设置和初始化 RAM
--------------------
-
-现有的引导加载程序: 强制
-新开发的引导加载程序: 强制
-
-引导装载程序应该找到并初始化系统中所有内核用于保持系统变量数据的 RAM。
-这个操作的执行是设备依赖的。（它可能使用内部算法来自动定位和计算所有
-RAM，或可能使用对这个设备已知的 RAM 信息，还可能使用任何引导装载程序
-设计者想到的匹配方法。）
-
-
-2、初始化一个串口
------------------------------
-
-现有的引导加载程序: 可选、建议
-新开发的引导加载程序: 可选、建议
-
-引导加载程序应该初始化并使能一个目标板上的串口。这允许内核串口驱动
-自动检测哪个串口用于内核控制台。(一般用于调试或与目标板通信。)
-
-作为替代方案，引导加载程序也可以通过标签列表传递相关的'console='
-选项给内核以指定某个串口，而串口数据格式的选项在以下文档中描述：
-
- Documentation/admin-guide/kernel-parameters.rst。
-
-
-3、检测机器类型
---------------------------
-
-现有的引导加载程序: 可选
-新开发的引导加载程序: 强制
-
-引导加载程序应该通过某些方式检测自身所处的机器类型。这是一个硬件
-代码或通过查看所连接的硬件用某些算法得到，这些超出了本文档的范围。
-引导加载程序最终必须能提供一个 MACH_TYPE_xxx 值给内核。
-(详见 linux/arch/arm/tools/mach-types )。
-
-4、设置启动数据
-------------------
-
-现有的引导加载程序: 可选、强烈建议
-新开发的引导加载程序: 强制
-
-引导加载程序必须提供标签列表或者 dtb 映像以传递配置数据给内核。启动
-数据的物理地址通过寄存器 r2 传递给内核。
-
-4a、设置内核标签列表
---------------------------------
-
-bootloader 必须创建和初始化内核标签列表。一个有效的标签列表以
-ATAG_CORE 标签开始，并以 ATAG_NONE 标签结束。ATAG_CORE 标签可以是
-空的，也可以是非空。一个空 ATAG_CORE 标签其 size 域设置为
-‘2’(0x00000002)。ATAG_NONE 标签的 size 域必须设置为零。
-
-在列表中可以保存任意数量的标签。对于一个重复的标签是追加到之前标签
-所携带的信息之后，还是会覆盖原来的信息，是未定义的。某些标签的行为
-是前者，其他是后者。
-
-bootloader 必须传递一个系统内存的位置和最小值，以及根文件系统位置。
-因此，最小的标签列表如下所示：
-
- +-----------+
-基地址 -> | ATAG_CORE | |
- +-----------+ |
- | ATAG_MEM | | 地址增长方向
- +-----------+ |
- | ATAG_NONE | |
- +-----------+ v
-
-标签列表应该保存在系统的 RAM 中。
-
-标签列表必须置于内核自解压和 initrd'bootp' 程序都不会覆盖的内存区。
-建议放在 RAM 的头 16KiB 中。
-
-4b、设置设备树
--------------------------
-
-bootloader 必须以 64bit 地址对齐的形式加载一个设备树映像(dtb)到系统
-RAM 中，并用启动数据初始化它。dtb 格式在文档
-https://www.devicetree.org/specifications/ 中。内核将会在
-dtb 物理地址处查找 dtb 魔数值（0xd00dfeed），以确定 dtb 是否已经代替
-标签列表被传递进来。
-
-bootloader 必须传递一个系统内存的位置和最小值，以及根文件系统位置。
-dtb 必须置于内核自解压不会覆盖的内存区。建议将其放置于 RAM 的头 16KiB
-中。但是不可将其放置于“0”物理地址处，因为内核认为：r2 中为 0，意味着
-没有标签列表和 dtb 传递过来。
-
-5、调用内核映像
----------------------------
-
-现有的引导加载程序: 强制
-新开发的引导加载程序: 强制
-
-调用内核映像 zImage 有两个选择。如果 zImge 保存在 flash 中，且是为了
-在 flash 中直接运行而被正确链接的。这样引导加载程序就可以在 flash 中
-直接调用 zImage。
-
-zImage 也可以被放在系统 RAM（任意位置）中被调用。注意：内核使用映像
-基地址的前 16KB RAM 空间来保存页表。建议将映像置于 RAM 的 32KB 处。
-
-对于以上任意一种情况，都必须符合以下启动状态：
-
-- 停止所有 DMA 设备，这样内存数据就不会因为虚假网络包或磁盘数据而被破坏。
- 这可能可以节省你许多的调试时间。
-
-- CPU 寄存器配置
- r0 = 0，
- r1 = （在上面 3 中获取的）机器类型码。
- r2 = 标签列表在系统 RAM 中的物理地址，或
- 设备树块(dtb)在系统 RAM 中的物理地址
-
-- CPU 模式
- 所有形式的中断必须被禁止 (IRQs 和 FIQs)
- CPU 必须处于 SVC 模式。(对于 Angel 调试有特例存在)
-
-- 缓存，MMUs
- MMU 必须关闭。
- 指令缓存开启或关闭都可以。
- 数据缓存必须关闭。
-
-- 引导加载程序应该通过直接跳转到内核映像的第一条指令来调用内核映像。
-
- 对于支持 ARM 指令集的 CPU，跳入内核入口时必须处在 ARM 状态，即使
- 对于 Thumb-2 内核也是如此。
-
- 对于仅支持 Thumb 指令集的 CPU，比如 Cortex-M 系列的 CPU，跳入
- 内核入口时必须处于 Thumb 状态。
+++ /dev/null
-Chinese translated version of Documentation/arm/kernel_user_helpers.rst
-
-If you have any comment or update to the content, please contact the
-original document maintainer directly. However, if you have a problem
-communicating in English you can also ask the Chinese maintainer for
-help. Contact the Chinese maintainer if this translation is outdated
-or if there is a problem with the translation.
-
----------------------------------------------------------------------
-Documentation/arm/kernel_user_helpers.rst 的中文翻译
-
-如果想评论或更新本文的内容，请直接联系原文档的维护者。如果你使用英文
-交流有困难的话，也可以向中文版维护者求助。如果本翻译更新不及时或者翻
-译存在问题，请联系中文版维护者。
-
-
-以下为正文
----------------------------------------------------------------------
-内核提供的用户空间辅助代码
-=========================
-
-在内核内存空间的固定地址处，有一个由内核提供并可从用户空间访问的代码
-段。它用于向用户空间提供因在许多 ARM CPU 中未实现的特性和/或指令而需
-内核提供帮助的某些操作。这些代码直接在用户模式下执行的想法是为了获得
-最佳效率，但那些与内核计数器联系过于紧密的部分，则被留给了用户库实现。
-事实上，此代码甚至可能因不同的 CPU 而异，这取决于其可用的指令集或它
-是否为 SMP 系统。换句话说，内核保留在不作出警告的情况下根据需要更改
-这些代码的权利。只有本文档描述的入口及其结果是保证稳定的。
-
-这与完全成熟的 VDSO 实现不同（但两者并不冲突），尽管如此，VDSO 可阻止
-某些通过常量高效跳转到那些代码段的汇编技巧。且由于那些代码段在返回用户
-代码前仅使用少量的代码周期，则一个 VDSO 间接远程调用将会在这些简单的
-操作上增加一个可测量的开销。
-
-在对那些拥有原生支持的新型处理器进行代码优化时，仅在已为其他操作使用
-了类似的新增指令，而导致二进制结果已与早期 ARM 处理器不兼容的情况下，
-用户空间才应绕过这些辅助代码，并在内联函数中实现这些操作（无论是通过
-编译器在代码中直接放置，还是作为库函数调用实现的一部分）。也就是说，
-如果你编译的代码不会为了其他目的使用新指令，则不要仅为了避免使用这些
-内核辅助代码，导致二进制程序无法在早期处理器上运行。
-
-新的辅助代码可能随着时间的推移而增加，所以新内核中的某些辅助代码在旧
-内核中可能不存在。因此，程序必须在对任何辅助代码调用假设是安全之前，
-检测 __kuser_helper_version 的值（见下文）。理想情况下，这种检测应该
-只在进程启动时执行一次；如果内核版本不支持所需辅助代码，则该进程可尽早
-中止执行。
-
-kuser_helper_version
---------------------
-
-位置: 0xffff0ffc
-
-参考声明:
-
- extern int32_t __kuser_helper_version;
-
-定义:
-
- 这个区域包含了当前运行内核实现的辅助代码版本号。用户空间可以通过读
- 取此版本号以确定特定的辅助代码是否存在。
-
-使用范例:
-
-#define __kuser_helper_version (*(int32_t *)0xffff0ffc)
-
-void check_kuser_version(void)
-{
- if (__kuser_helper_version < 2) {
- fprintf(stderr, "can't do atomic operations, kernel too old\n");
- abort();
- }
-}
-
-注意:
-
- 用户空间可以假设这个域的值不会在任何单个进程的生存期内改变。也就
- 是说，这个域可以仅在库的初始化阶段或进程启动阶段读取一次。
-
-kuser_get_tls
--------------
-
-位置: 0xffff0fe0
-
-参考原型:
-
- void * __kuser_get_tls(void);
-
-输入:
-
- lr = 返回地址
-
-输出:
-
- r0 = TLS 值
-
-被篡改的寄存器:
-
- 无
-
-定义:
-
- 获取之前通过 __ARM_NR_set_tls 系统调用设置的 TLS 值。
-
-使用范例:
-
-typedef void * (__kuser_get_tls_t)(void);
-#define __kuser_get_tls (*(__kuser_get_tls_t *)0xffff0fe0)
-
-void foo()
-{
- void *tls = __kuser_get_tls();
- printf("TLS = %p\n", tls);
-}
-
-注意:
-
- - 仅在 __kuser_helper_version >= 1 时，此辅助代码存在
- （从内核版本 2.6.12 开始）。
-
-kuser_cmpxchg
--------------
-
-位置: 0xffff0fc0
-
-参考原型:
-
- int __kuser_cmpxchg(int32_t oldval, int32_t newval, volatile int32_t *ptr);
-
-输入:
-
- r0 = oldval
- r1 = newval
- r2 = ptr
- lr = 返回地址
-
-输出:
-
- r0 = 成功代码 (零或非零)
- C flag = 如果 r0 == 0 则置 1，如果 r0 != 0 则清零。
-
-被篡改的寄存器:
-
- r3, ip, flags
-
-定义:
-
- 仅在 *ptr 为 oldval 时原子保存 newval 于 *ptr 中。
- 如果 *ptr 被改变，则返回值为零，否则为非零值。
- 如果 *ptr 被改变，则 C flag 也会被置 1，以实现调用代码中的汇编
- 优化。
-
-使用范例:
-
-typedef int (__kuser_cmpxchg_t)(int oldval, int newval, volatile int *ptr);
-#define __kuser_cmpxchg (*(__kuser_cmpxchg_t *)0xffff0fc0)
-
-int atomic_add(volatile int *ptr, int val)
-{
- int old, new;
-
- do {
- old = *ptr;
- new = old + val;
- } while(__kuser_cmpxchg(old, new, ptr));
-
- return new;
-}
-
-注意:
-
- - 这个例程已根据需要包含了内存屏障。
-
- - 仅在 __kuser_helper_version >= 2 时，此辅助代码存在
- （从内核版本 2.6.12 开始）。
-
-kuser_memory_barrier
---------------------
-
-位置: 0xffff0fa0
-
-参考原型:
-
- void __kuser_memory_barrier(void);
-
-输入:
-
- lr = 返回地址
-
-输出:
-
- 无
-
-被篡改的寄存器:
-
- 无
-
-定义:
-
- 应用于任何需要内存屏障以防止手动数据修改带来的一致性问题，以及
- __kuser_cmpxchg 中。
-
-使用范例:
-
-typedef void (__kuser_dmb_t)(void);
-#define __kuser_dmb (*(__kuser_dmb_t *)0xffff0fa0)
-
-注意:
-
- - 仅在 __kuser_helper_version >= 3 时，此辅助代码存在
- （从内核版本 2.6.15 开始）。
-
-kuser_cmpxchg64
----------------
-
-位置: 0xffff0f60
-
-参考原型:
-
- int __kuser_cmpxchg64(const int64_t *oldval,
- const int64_t *newval,
- volatile int64_t *ptr);
-
-输入:
-
- r0 = 指向 oldval
- r1 = 指向 newval
- r2 = 指向目标值
- lr = 返回地址
-
-输出:
-
- r0 = 成功代码 (零或非零)
- C flag = 如果 r0 == 0 则置 1，如果 r0 != 0 则清零。
-
-被篡改的寄存器:
-
- r3, lr, flags
-
-定义:
-
- 仅在 *ptr 等于 *oldval 指向的 64 位值时，原子保存 *newval
- 指向的 64 位值于 *ptr 中。如果 *ptr 被改变，则返回值为零，
- 否则为非零值。
-
- 如果 *ptr 被改变，则 C flag 也会被置 1，以实现调用代码中的汇编
- 优化。
-
-使用范例:
-
-typedef int (__kuser_cmpxchg64_t)(const int64_t *oldval,
- const int64_t *newval,
- volatile int64_t *ptr);
-#define __kuser_cmpxchg64 (*(__kuser_cmpxchg64_t *)0xffff0f60)
-
-int64_t atomic_add64(volatile int64_t *ptr, int64_t val)
-{
- int64_t old, new;
-
- do {
- old = *ptr;
- new = old + val;
- } while(__kuser_cmpxchg64(&old, &new, ptr));
-
- return new;
-}
-
-注意:
-
- - 这个例程已根据需要包含了内存屏障。
-
- - 由于这个过程的代码长度（此辅助代码跨越 2 个常规的 kuser “槽”），
- 因此 0xffff0f80 不被作为有效的入口点。
-
- - 仅在 __kuser_helper_version >= 5 时，此辅助代码存在
- （从内核版本 3.1 开始）。
projects / linux.git / commitdiff